RE hg ih,
ogihens hem
i Achebowainbeenre eee
Ms peut ee
MaheRyn, ; i "
Wr a aut
tal Vert Rr age a, a
le NA Mayes Ey
fe ie
2 eee ae
Vole 20-21
1920=£21
‘ih
it
PAORREYA
A Bi-Montuty JourNAL or BotranicaLt Nores aNp News
JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873
i
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB-
BY
NORMAN TAYLOR
Volume XX
NEW YORK
1g20
O67
Nol, 19-2
ITD.0-2)
OFFICERS FOR 1920
President
H. M. RICHARDS, Pu.D.
Vice- Presidents.
JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D
C. STUART GAGER, Pu.D.
Secretary and Treasurer
FRANCIS W. PENNELL PH.D
New YorkK BOTANICAL GARDEN, NEW YorRK CITY
Editor
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D.
Associate Editors
JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. M. LEVINE, Pu.D.
J. A. HARRIS, PH.D. G. E. NICHOLS, Px.D.
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D. ARLOW B. STOUT, Pu.D.
NORMAN TAYLOR.
Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
M. A. HOWE, Pu.D.
Committees for 1920.
Finance Committee Field Committee
R. A. HARPER, Chairman. MICHAEL LEVINE, Chairman.
J. H. BARNHART, Mrs. L.M. KEELER
Miss C. C. HAYNES GEORGE T. HAST.NGS
SERENO STETSON F. J. SEAVER
NoRMAN TAYLOR
Percy WILSON
Budget Committee
Membership Committee
H. J. BARNHART, Chairman.
J. K. SMALL, Chairman.
SS - seo 'T. E. HAZEN
A. W. EVANS E. W. OLIVE
M. A. Howe
Eh Rusby Local Flora Committee
N. L. Britton, Chairman.
Program Committee Phanerogams: Cryptogams:
E P. BICKNELL Mrs. E.G. BRITTON
N. L. BRITTON T. E. HAZEN
C. GC. Curtis M. A. Howe
K. K. MACKENZIE MICHAEL LEVINE
NORMAN TAYLOR W. A. MuRRILL
Mrs. E. G. BRITTON, Chairman.
Pror. JEAN BROADHURST
ALFRED GUNDERSEN
F. J. SEAVER
Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora.
Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict. Lichens: W. C. Barbour
Mosses: Mrs. E. G. Britton Sphaeriaceae, Dothideaceae: H. M
Liverworts: A. W. Evans Richards
Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen Hypocreaceae, Perisporieae, Plectas.
Marine Algae: M. A. Howe cineae, Tuberineae: F. J. Seaver
Gasteromycetes G. C. Fisher Fungi-forming sclerotia: A. B. Stout
Hymenomycetes: W. A. Murrill Imperfecti: H. M. Richards, F.
Except Russula and Lactarius: Miss G. Seaver, Mel T. Cook
Burlingham Oomycetes: C. A. King
Cortinarius: R. A. Harper Zygomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee
Polyporeae: M. Levine Chytridiaceae,
Exobasidii: H. M. Richards Myxomycetes: Mrs. H. M. Richards
Rusts and Smuts: E. W. Olive Yeast and Bacteria: Prof. J. Broadhurst
Discomycetes: B. O. Dodge Insect galls: Mel T. Cook
Vol. 20 February, 1920 No.
~TORREYA
A Br-Montuiy Journat or Boranicat Notes anp News
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
NORMAN TAYLOR
JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873.
CONTENTS
Totreya:a,Bi-monthly 9." SE ee
List of the Members and Officers of the Club
SP PLE i oe he) ele
a Mastpe Se, ble 5 a4 ee a eels
We Vel ee td > eg
Soil Preferences of Scrophulariaceae. F. W. PENNELL. .
Reviews:
Murrill’s Nature Books. Tue Epiror . .
Proceedings of the Club... . ....,
ei Cee ek, Vo ee eee rae
News ‘Items Me Bybee
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
AT 4 NorTH Queen Street, LANCASTER, Pa.
sy Tur New Era Printinc Company
“Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa,., as second-class matter,
I
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1920
President :
H. M. RICHARDS, Sc.D.
Vice- Presidents.
JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D
C. STUART GAGER, PH.D.
Secretary and Treasurer
FRANCIS W. PENNELL
2764 CRESTON AVENUE, NEW YORK CITY
Editor
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D
Associate Editors
JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. M. LEVINE. Pu.D.
J. A. HARRIS, PH.D. G. E. NICHOLS, Pu.D. |
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D. ARLOW B. STOUT, Pu.D.
NORMAN TAYLOR.
Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
J. H. BARNHART, M.D.
OFFICIAL ORGAN-OF THE WILD FLOWER PRESERVATION
SocIETY OF AMERICA
Torreya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and —
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, thirty cents. To 3
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any we
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only ae
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY BoTAnicaL Cup, 41 North Queen St.,; Lan-
caster, Pa., or Dr. Francis W. Pennell, 2764 Creston Avenue, N. Y. «
City. en “ah ae :
Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should oh:
be addressed to : a
NORMAN TAYLOR
Brooklyn Botanic Garden |
Brooklyn, N.Y
TORREYA
Vol. 20 No. I
| January-February, 1920
LIBRARY
NEW YORK
BOTANICAL
GAKDEN .
TORREYA A BI-MONTHLY
Until further notice TORREYA will be issued bi-monthly. It
is to be regretted that greatly increased costs have made this
necessary and it will be continued in its present form only so
.long as the conditions which have caused its curtailment persist.
The income for its publication could be greatly increased by
adding to the subscribers and members, and those interested
in putting TORREYA on its monthly schedule will hasten that
time by actively pushing a campaign for new members and
subscribers.
For the present, manuscripts and reviews submitted for
publication will be printed as soon as possible, but papers by
members of the Club will be given precedence over others, if
our columns become crowded. Preference will usually be shown,
also, to papers on local botany, especially those on the distribu-
tion of vegetation within the Local Flora Area.
{No. 12, Vol. 19 of TORREYA, comprising pp. 235-257, was issued 26 January 1920}
MEMBERS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
FEBRUARY, 1920
Note: It is more than thirty years since a list of the members
of the Club has been published in our own publications. If there
are any errors, it is requested that a note regarding them be
sent to the Secretary, Dr. Francis‘ W. Pennell, 2764 Creston
BAG UN. Ys Coat ye
Mr. James. F. Adams, University Club, State College, Pa.
Miss Mary S. Andrews, 283 Elizabeth St., New York City.
Mr. William T. Arnold, 21 Park Road, Wyomissing, Pa.
Professor J. C. Arthur, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind.
Mr. E. G. Arzberger, Bureau Plant Industry, Washington, D. C.
Dr. Howard J. Banker, Eugenics Record Office, Cold Spring
Harbor, N. Y.
Dr. John H. Barnhart, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx Park,
New York City.
Mr. Edwin B. Bartram, 200 N. 3d St., Philadelphia, Pa.
Dr. Vincent Baudendistel, Guttenberg, N. J.
Mr. Alfred T. Beals, 71 West 23d St., New York City.
Professor H. C. Beardslee, Perry, Ohio.
Dr. Ralph C. Benedict, 322 East 19th St., Brooklyn, N. Y.
Miss Rhoda Benham, Cedarhurst, N. Y.
Professor Edward W. Berry, Care Maryland Geological Survey,
Baltimore, Md.
Dr. Ernst A. Bessey, East Lansing, Mich.
Dr. Geo. N. Best, Rosemont, N. J.
Mr. Ellsworth Bethel, State Museum, Denver, Colo. |
Mr. Eugene P. Bicknell, 30 Pine St., New York City.
Mr. Cecil Billington, 104 Woodland Ave., Detroit, Mich.
Mr. C. H. Bissell, Southington, Conn.
Dr. Albert F. Blakeslee, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y.
Dr. George F. Bovard, Univ. of Southern California, Los Angeles,
Calif.
Miss Laura M. Bragg, Charleston Museum, Charleston, S. C.
Mr. Harry Braun, Bureau Plant Industry, Washington, D. C.
, 3
Professor Wm. L. Bray, Syracuse University, Syracuse, N. Y.
Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton, 2965 Decatur Ave., New York City.
Professor N. L. Britton, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx
Park, New York City.
Dr. Jean Broadhurst, Teachers College, Columbia University,
New York City.
Mr. Charles Brown, 762 Courtlandt Ave., Bronx, New York City.
Mr. Stewardson Brown, Germantown, Philadelphia, Pa.
Mr. F. M. Bruggerhof, P. O. Box 1449, New York City.
~ Professor Edward S. Burgess, Ridge Road, Park Hill South,
Yonkers, N. Y.
Dr. Gertrude S. Burlingham, 556 Lafayette Ave., Brooklyn, N. Y.
Mr. Stewart H. Burnham, R. F. D. No. 2, Box 55, Hudson Falls,
NAY:
‘Professor B. T. Butler, College of the City of New York, 139th
St., New York City.
* Professor Otis W. Caldwell, Lincoln School, 646 Park Ave.,
New York City.
‘Mr. Walter S. Cameron, 239 West 136th St., New York City.
Professor D. H. Campbell, Stanford University, California.
Miss Gertrude L. Cannon, 1786 Clay Ave., New York City.
* Miss Cornelia L. Carey, Luddington Road, West Orange, N. J.
v Mr. H. A. Cassebeer, Jr., 1095 Steinway Ave., Steinway, N. Y.
Professor Edw. B. Chamberlain, 18 West 89th St., New York City.
“Miss Nessa Cohen, 2094 Fifth Ave., New York City.
Professor J. Franklin Collins, 468 Hope St., Providence, R. I.
Dr. James J. Concanon, 409 West 129th St., New York City.
Mrs. A. F. Coutant, 1058 A Sterling Place, Brooklyn, N. Y.
Mr. Joseph Crawford, Phipps Institute, 7th and Lombard Sts.,
Philadelphia, Pa.
Dr. C. C. Curtis, Columbia University, New York City.
Mr. Alfred Cuthbert, Box 122, Bradentown, Fla.
Mrs. Elizabeth B. Davenport, Northern Ave., Brattleboro, Vt.
_ Mr. John Davidson, Botanical Office, Vancouver, B. C.
Dr. J. J. Davis, Biology Building, University of Wisconsin,
Madison, Wis.
Mr. Maturin L. Delafield, Jr., 29 Avenue Davel, Lausanne,
Switzerland.
4
Rev. H. M. Denslow, 2 Chelsea Square, New York City.
Miss Susan Dixon, 29 West 54th St., New York City.
Dr. Bernard O. Dodge, Bureau Plant Industry, Washington,
NaC.
Dr. H. Beaman Douglass, 145 West 58th St., New York, N. Y.
Dr. Philip Dowell, Port Richmond, N. Y.
Mr. Wm. J. Downer, 229 Bedford Ave., Brooklyn, N. Y.
Mr. Charles Dreyer, 147 East 55th St., Brooklyn, N. Y.
Dr. Edwin H. Eames, 540 State St., Bridgeport, Conn.
Professor F. S. Earle, Herradura, Cuba.
Dr. Robert G. Eccles, 681 Tenth St., Brooklyn, N. Y.
Mr. W. W. Eggleston, Bureau Plant Industry, Washington, D. C.
Mrs. |. S: Ehrich, 1 West 72d St., New, York City: ;
Miss Julia T. Emerson, 131 East 66th St., New York City.
Mr. John Enequest, 96 Hausman St., Brooklyn, N. Y.
Professor A. W. Evans, Botanical Department, Yale University,
New Haven, Conn.
Mr. Jackson Evans, Box 97, Kirkland, Wash.
Dr: Charles E. Fairman, Lyndonville, N. Y.
Dr. Clifford H. Farr, State University, lowa City, lowa.
Mr. Oliver A. Farwell, 101 Smith Ave., Detroit, Mich.
Mr. William C. Ferguson, 60 Front St., Hempstead, N. Y.
‘Dr. G. Clyde Fisher, American Museum of Natural History,
77th St., New York City.
Professor T. J. Fitzpatrick, Bethany, Nebraska.
Mr. C. E. Foote, Care Foote and Jenks, Jackson, Mich.
Mr. W. W. Foote, State College of Washington, Pullman, Wash.
Mr. James B. Ford, 11 East 45th Street, New York City.
Dr. F. W. Foxworthy, Forest Research Office, Kuala Lampur,
Federated Malay States.
’ Dr. C. D. Fretz, Sellersville, Pa.
Dr. C. Stuart Gager, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, N. Y.
Professor A. O. Garrett, 234 F St., Salt Lake City, Utah.
Mr. Alexander Gershoy, Department of Botany, Columbia
University, New York City.
~ Dr. Wm. J. Gies, 437 West 59th St., New York City.
Dr. H. A. Gleason, N. Y. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New
York City,
, 5
/ Miss Margurite Gluck, 2010 Seventh Ave., New York City.
Dr. Charles C. Godfrey, 340 State St., Bridgeport, Conn.
~ Professor Paul W. Graff, Department of Botany, University of
Montana, Missoula, Mont.
Dr. Margaret A. Graham, 47 Kensington Ave., Jersey City, N. J.
_* Miss Helen E. Greenwood, 12 Hudson St., Worcester, Mass.
Dr. David Griffiths, Takoma Park, Washington, D. C.
* Dr. A. J. Grout, New Dorp, Staten Island, N. Y.
Dr. Alfred E. Gundersen, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn,
MY:
/ Dr. H. Hapeman, Minden, Nebraska.
/ Professor E. T. Harper, Geneseo, III.
~ Professor R. A. Harper, Columbia University, New York City.
Mrs. R. A. Harper, 417 Riverside Drive, New York City.
» Dr. Roland M. Harper, 555 First Ave., College Point, N. Y.
g-Dr. J. Arthur Harris, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y.
Dr. Geo. T. Hastings, 7 Robbins Place, Yonkers, N. Y.
¥ Miss Caroline C. Haynes, 16 East 36th St., New York City.
v Dr. Tracy E. Hazen, Barnard College, Columbia University,
New York City.
Mrs. Richard M. Hoe, 11 East 71st St., New York City.
vDr. Arthur Hollick, U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C.
¥ Professor W. T. Horne, University of California, Berkeley, Calif.
* Dr. Marshall A. Howe, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx
Park, New York City.
Dr. S. Ely Jelliffe, 64 West 56th St., New York City.
Miss Bernice Jenkins, 103 East 16th St., New York City.
/Mr. W. E. Jenkins, Librarian, University of Indiana, Blooming-
ton, Ind.
/ Professor D. S. Johnson, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore,
Md. ) :
“Mrs. T. W. Johnston, 206 East 200 St., New York City.
vMr. James H. Jones, 350 East Fordham Road, New York City.
¥ Miss Friedolina C. Jud, 119 Franklin St., Jersey City, N. J.
/Mr. Hilary S. Jurica, St. Procopius College, Lisle, Ill.
¥ Miss Pauline Kaufman, 173 East 124th St., New York City.
/ Mrs. L. M. Keeler, Box 473, Scarsdale, N. Y.
6
Professor Frank D. Kern, Pennsylvania State College, State
College, Pa.
Professor J. E. Kirkwood, University of Montana, Missoula, Mont.
Mr. Edward N. E. Klein, College Point, N. Y.
President R. B. von Kleinsmid, University of Arizona, Tucson,
Arizona.
Mr. Frederick W. Kobbé, 103 East 86th St., New York City.
Dr. Elsie M. Kupfer, Wadleigh High School, 114th St. and 7th
Ave., New York City.
Mr. Lewis H. Lapham, 15 West 56th St., New York City.
Mr. Arthur N. Leeds, 5321 Boynton Street, Germantown, Pa.
Dr. Isaac Levin, 119 West 7ist St., New York City.
Dr. Michael Levine, 1646 University Ave., New York City.
Miss Daisy Levy, 403 West 115th St., New York City.
Rev. L. H. Lighthipe, 74 Eaton Place, East Orange, N. J.
Mr. John A. Lindbo, St. Edward, Nebraska.
Mr. Bayard Long, Ashbourne, Pa.
/ Mr. W. H. Long, Karber Bldg., Albuquerque, New Mexico.
Miss Annie Lorenz, 96 Garden St., Hartford, Conn.
Miss Maude Lovering, 328 N. West St., Findlay, Ohio.
/ Miss Grace G. Lyman, 212 West 120th St., New York City.
. Dr. D. T. MacDougal, Desert Botanical Laboratory, Tucson,
Arizona.
Miss Lucy MacIntyre, Box 164, West Raleigh, N. C.
/Dr. A. H. Mac Kay, 163 Queen St., Dartmouth, Nova Scotia.
/Mr. Kenneth K. Mackenzie, 615 Prospect St., Maplewood, N. J.
Dr. Wm. Mansfield, College of Pharmacy, Albany, N. Y.
Miss Delia W. Marble, Bedford, New York.
v Professor Wm. Marquette, Pleasantville, N. Y.
/Mr. Frank J. McCarthy, 311 East 188th St., New York City.
’ Professor O. P. Medsger, 609 Kearney Ave., Arlington, N. J.
, Professor Henry F. A. Meier, Department of Botany, Syracuse
University, Syracuse, N. Y.
Mr. Geo. K. Merrill, 564 Main St., Rockland, Maine.
Miss Mabel L. Merriman, Hunter College, Park Ave and 68th St.,
New York City.
/ Mr. Barrington Moore, 925 Park Avenue, New York City.
<=
~
; 7
Miss Fanny A. Mulford, Hempstead, N. Y.
y Dr. William A. Murrill, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx
Park, New York City.
y Mr. George V. Nash, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx Park,
New York. City.
» Dr. George E. Nichols, Osborn Laboratory, Yale University,
New Haven, Conn.
Mr. M. Nishimura, Columbia University, New York City.
/Mrs. Alice R. Northrop, 4 East 85th St., New York City.
vy Miss Abigail O’Brien, 509 West 12Ist St., New York City.
/ Mrs. E. E. Olcott, 322 West 75th St., New York City.
/ Dr. E. W. Olive, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, N. Y.
“ Mr. William S. Opdyke, 20 Nassau St., New York City.
¥ Mr. George E. Osterhout, Windsor, Colo.
; Dr. T. M. Owen, Department Archives and History, Mont-
gomery, Ala.
‘Mr. William Agnew Paton, Room 30, 22 William St., New York
City.
¥ Dr. Francis W. Pennell, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx
Park, New York City.
/ Dr. Loren C. Petry, Syracuse University, Syracuse, N. Y.
v Dr. H.S. Piatt, 561 West 141st St., New York City.
/ Professor F. L. Pickett, Pullman, Wash.
: Professor Raymond J. Pool, University of Nebraska, Lincoln,
Neb.
Mr. Harold W. Pretz, 368 Union St., Allentown, Pa.
Mr. M. A. Raines, Department Botany, Columbia University,
New York City.
. “Mr. Eugene A. Rau, Bethlehem, Pa.
“Dr. H. M. Richards, Barnard College, New York City.
Mrs. H. M. Richards, Barnard College, New York City.
v Professor John W. Ritchie, 2 a Beech Terrace, Yonkers, N. Y.
¥ Miss Margaret Ritchie, 7714 South 10th St., Newark, N. J.
¥ Dr. Winifred J. Robinson, Woman’s Affiliated College, Newark,
Del.
v Professor Joseph F. C. Rock, College of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii.
Vv Miss Caroline S. Romer, 154 Second Ave., Newark, N. J.
8
Miss Rosalie Rosenberg, 62 East 83d St., New York City.
Miss Anna G. Runge, 577 9th Ave., Astoria, N. J.
Dr. Henry H. Rusby, 776 De Graw Ave., Newark, N. J.
Miss Hester M. Rusk, Barnard College, New York City.
Dr. Per Axel Rydberg, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx
Park, New York City.
Mr. Harold C. Sands, 17 East 11th St., New York City.
Miss Marie L. Sanial, Northport, N. Y.
Mrs. E. Scholl, 2650 Marion Ave., New York City.
Mr. E. S. Schultz, Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
Mr. Carl A. Schwarze, 8610 Ferriss St., Woodhaven, N. Y.
Dr. Fred J. Seaver, N. Y. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New
York City.
Miss Caroline L. Seifert, 230 West Second St., Mt. Vernon, N. Y.
Professor A. D. Selby, Wooster, Ohio.
Mr. Henry O. Severance, University of Missouri, Columbia, Mo.
Mr. C. M. Shipman, Willoughby, Ohio.
—-Professor George H. Shull, 60 Jefferson Road, Princeton, N. J.
4-Mr. Abraham Shultz, Laboratory U.S. A. General as ar No.
36, Detroit, Mich.
Dr. John K. Small, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx Park,
New York City.
Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith, 78 Orange St., Brooklyn, N. Y.
! Mr. William H. Smith, 61 Maple Ave., Maplewood, N. J.
“Dr. E. B. Southwick, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx
Park, New York City.
Mr. Robert Steinberg, 2520 K St., N.W., Washington, D. C.
# Mr. Sereno Stetson, 511 West 113th St.,. New York City.
Dr. Geo. T. Stevens, 350 West 88th St., New York City.
|’ Miss Grace Stewart, 457 West 123d St., New York City.
Dr. Ralph R. Stewart, Gordon College, Rawalpindi, India.
Miss Grace A. Stone, Teachers College, Columbia University,
New York City.
Mr. John H. Stottler, Hartford City, Indiana.
Dr. A. B. Stout, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx Park,
New York City.
Mr. Willard A. Stowell, 41 Delawareview Ave., Trenton, N. J.
P 9
v Mr. David R. Sumstine, 508 Elliott St., Wilkinsburg, Pa.
Dr. W. T. Swingle, Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D.C.
Dr. Tyézabur6 Tanaka, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Wash-
ington, D. C.
Mr. Norman Taylor, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, N. Y.
Mr. Arthur H. Thomas, Box 278, Haverford, Pa.
Mr. H. E. Thomas, Department of Botany, Columbia University,
New York City.
Mrs. H. M. Thomas, 611 West 11oth St., New York City.
* Miss Anna F. Thompson, Summit, N. J.
Mr. Henry W. Thurston, College of Agriculture, Lincoln, Nebr.
“Mr. Ivar Tidestrom, 807 North Capitol Street, Washington, D.C.
Mr. S.-M. Tracy, Biloxi, Miss.
_ VMrs. A. B. Tweedy, 473 West 22d St., New York City.
¥ Professor W. C. Twiss, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah.
v Brother Victorin, Longueiul College, Longueiul, Quebec.
YMr. H. E. Viola, P. O. Box No. 3, West Hoboken, N. J.
* Mr. C. A. Weatherby, 11 Wells Ave., East Hartford, Conn.
Dr. Paul Weatherwax, Athens, Ga.
Dr. James R. Weir, Laboratory of Forest Pathology, Spokane,
Wash. |
Mrs. Samuel Weiss, 271 Central Park West, New York City.
"Dr. William E. Wheelock, 45 West 51st St,, New York City.
¥Mr. Edward A. Wickham, 482 Broad St., Newark, N. J.
Miss Ruby B. Wilber, Sound Beach, Conn.
Mr. R. S. Williams, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx Park,
New York City.
‘Mr. Percy Wilson, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx Park,
New York City.
Mr. F. S. Wolpert, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo.
Mr. Richard W. Woodward, 22 College Street, New Haven, Conn.
/Mrs. Cecil Yampolsky, 230 Franklin Ave., Grantwood, N. J. }
OFFICERS
President, Herbert M. Richards, Sc.D.
Vice Presidents, John Hendley Barnhart, A.M., M.D., C.
Stuart Gager, Ph.D.
Secretary and Treasurer, Francis W. Pennell, Ph.D.
10
Editor, Alexander W. Evans, MD.,- Ph.D.
Associate Editors, Jean Broadhurst, Ph.D., J. Arthur Harris,
Ph.D., Marshall Avery Howe, Ph.D., Michael Levine, Ph.D.,
George E. Nichols, Ph.D., Arlow B. Stout, Ph.D., Norman Taylor.
Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences,
John Hendley Barnhart, M.D.
SOIL PREFERENCES OF SCROPHULARIACEAE
By FRANCIS W. PENNELL
Fifteen times during the course of my series of articles on the
‘“‘Scrophulariaceae of the Local Flora,’’ which appeared in
TORREYA during 1919, have I made the same mistake—an error
which to a person with a chemical knowledge of soils may appear
glaring. One correction will serve for all: for ‘‘potassic soil’’
read ‘‘non-calcareous and non-magnesian soil.”’
It is easy for those of us who are interested in plant-identity
and plant-distribution to realize that for each species there is a
soil of optimum chemical composition as well as one of optimum
physical composition. The writer’s first original scientific
study was an analysis of the flora of the Serpentine Barrens of
extreme southeastern Pennsylvania, and there, on soil identical
in texture with that of other barren hills of the section, the
Serpentine would present invariably its definite alliance of inter-
growing species—certainly the obvious explanation was the
presence in the soil of magnesium as a preponderant element.
With nearly equal sharpness one may denote the species growing
upon soils with calcium as the main determining element.
Other soils may not so readily be disposed into like groups, yet
the remaining aggregate possesses so much in common that
for it, and especially—most wrongly—for a pronounced part of it,
‘“‘acid soils,’ have I used the term ‘‘ potassic.”’
My present word of correction would emphasize the importance
of our local workers’ studying the problem of soil-preferences of
plants, and giving us just the information which my papers
intended to give. The ideal Local Flora of the future will
present a classification of the flora into sub-floras and associations,
accounting for the distinctness of each type; also it must give
i 11
us an account of each species, surely with less attention to its
nomenclature and history than the formative state of our science
now makes desirable, but rather telling of its life—of its “‘ prefer-
ence’’ with respect to food, to texture of soil, to moisture, to
light, of its manner of pollination, of its range—both portraying
and explaining this—and adding yet much more to that wealth
of information which an observational field-botany should
make ours.
Soil-chemistry is too fundamental for plant-distribution for
me to feel that this misstatement really deserves the pardon for
which I am asking.
NEw YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN
BOOK REVIEWS
Murrill’s Nature Books*
These three books complete the set of nature and character
' books published by Dr. Murrill during the past year, making a
total of about 1,000 pages of text, 129 halftones, and 5 colored
plates. The first of the series was reviewed in ToRREyA for
November, 1918.
In all these volumes, which are largely autobiographic, the
author seeks to educate and inspire both young and old in a
pleasing, indirect way that is quite original.
“The Naturalist in a Boarding School”’ contains the author’s
experiences while teaching at Bowling Green and Staunton,
Virginia; short essays on various subjects; a condensed guide to
bodily and mental health, character training, original epigrams
and maxims on a great variety of subjects, and classified quota-
tions.from the best literature relating to man; the latter feature
consisting of quotations reaching from Epictetus to Emerson and
beyond—over 100 pages!
“The Natural History of Staunton’
observations on all phases of natural history—beasts, birds,
trees, flowers, rocks, etc.—with colored figures of the more com-
mon butterflies and a list of nature quotations.
’
contains many original
* “The Three Young Crusoes.’’ The Naturalist ina Boarding School.’ ‘‘ The
Natural History of Staunton, Virginia.’’ Written and for sale by William Alphonso
Murrill, Bronxwood Park, New York, $1.50 per volume, postpaid.
12
“The Three Young Crusoes’’ is all about three children
wrecked on a fabulous West India island, what they saw there
and what they learned by the experience.
In Billy the Boy Naturalist, reviewed in an earlier number of
Torreya, the author’s gift for seeing things from the boy’s
point of view was noted as one of the merits of the book. In
the last three volumes this gift is somewhat obscured by a mass
of quotations, maxims, and epigrams, selected and composed
with a catholicity of taste that would stun the average boy.
Epigrams and maxims too, however piquant to grown-ups may
not be always virginibus puerisque. :
Writing books like these, even for children, involves an aston-
ishing willingness for self-revelation on the author’s part, for it
sweeps away some of the reticences of our Anglo-Saxon tradi-
tion. While most of us may have passed through the phases
of youth upon which the author dwells with such particularity,
few have the courage to disclose them. To alter slightly a
phrase of Stevenson, who in rare degree understood writing for
children, some of us might think that while we are quite capable
of writing books like these we prefer not to write them. But
the preferences of adults with Anglo-Saxon reticences, who may
object to the books, is not likely to weigh much against them so
far as children are concerned. And for young people there is in
them an undeniable fund of information on natural history.
THE EpiTor.
PROCEEDINGS: GPO TERE, CLOB
OCTOBER 29, 1919
The meeting was held in the Morphological Laboratory of the
New York Botanical Garden at 3:30 p.M., Vice-President Barn-
hart presiding. There were twenty-eight persons present.
The minutes of the meeting held October 14 were read and
approved. Dr. Isaac Levin, Mr. Arthur H. Thomas, were
nominated for membership.
Dr. Britton spoke of the completion of the new greenhouse
presented to the New York Botanical Garden by Messrs. Daniel
i 13
and Murry Guggenheim, and suggested that the Club hold a
Field meeting at the time of the formal opening of this green
house, Saturday, November 8, and also at the lectures to be
held the three following Saturday afternoons at the green house.
On the motion of Dr. Britton, the chairman of the Field Com-
mittee was directed to make the announcements in the Bulletin
of the New York Academy of Sciences.
Mrs. Britton mentioned communications which she and the
Secretary of the Club had received from a former Secretary,
Mrs. B. LeBrun, regarding the sale of certain water colors done
by Mrs. Ranseur. These illustrations were exhibited to the
Club.
Prof. Harper spoke of the opportunity to hear a lecture on the
flora of New Zealand in view of the fact that the program com-
mittee had secured the consent of Professor A. H. Cockayne, of
the Agricultural Department of New Zealand, to lecture on the
Tuesday evening meeting, November II.
The Secretary read a letter from Mr. George L. Moxley, of
5417 Santa Monica Boulevard, Los Angeles, Calif., regarding
the exchange of the Club’s publications for specimens which he
was now collecting and preparing. The letter was referred to
Dr. Britton with power.
The election of Dr. Levin and Mr. Thomas followed.
Dr. Britton exhibited an interesting specimen of a species of
Sedge, which consisted of a fruiting mass subtended by the
involucral brdcts of a leaf. This sedge, a Scirpodendron, a
native of the Philippines and other Eastern Islands, is probably
the largest sedge in the world.
Mrs. Britton spoke of the late blooming of Rhododendron
catawbiense in the New York Botanical Garden and stated that
the Japanese quince and lilacs were also in bloom. Dr. Harper
also noted that pears were in bloom at the Columbia campus.
Dr. Marshall A. Howe, in directing attention to several bou-
quets of dahlias, remarked that the Botanical Garden’s dahlia
border was enjoying an unusually successful season, due per-
haps to the fact that the rainfall during the summer and autumn
had been about five inches in excess of the normal. About 340
14
varieties, represented by somewhat more than 600 plants, had
reached the blossoming stage. Attention was directed especially
to the variety Juarezit which is supposed to represent rather
accurately the original ‘‘cactus’’ dahlia as first known in Europe
in 1872.
The Scientific program as announced was as follows: Dr.
John H. Barnhart, ‘‘ Wooden Flowers’”’; Dr. William A. Murrill,
‘‘Notes on Fungi’’; Dr. Francis W. Pennell, ‘ Field Excursions”’;
Dr. P. A. Rydberg ‘‘Notes on Philotria.” The following ex-
tracts were furnished by the speakers.
“Dr. Barnhart exhibited two fine specimens of ‘wooden
flowers’ recently presented to the museum of the New York
Botanical Garden by Dr. L. A. Wailes of New Orleans, and
remarked upon the cause of these curious malformations. They
are found in Central America, where they are known to the
natives as ‘flor de madera’ or ‘flor de infierno.’ They may be
classified as galls and are perhaps the only known kind of galls
produced by parasitic flowering plants; being the modification
produced in host-tissues by the base of a mistletoe of the genus
Phoradendron, this modification persisting after the parasite
had dropped from the host. Several good published illustra-
tions of the structure were shown.”
‘Collecting Fungi in Virginia.”
“During the latter half of July 1919, the writer made a tour
through parts of southwest Virginia, returning by way of Blue
Ridge Springs, Bedford City, Lynchburg, and Falls Church. A
drought early in the month was followed by over a week of rain,
which brought out an unusually large and diversified crop of
fungi. These were studied and collected for several days in the
vicinity of Blacksburg, Virginia, at an elevation of 2,200 feet,
where the woodlands are mostly oak-chestnut and the rocks
Trenton limestones or subcarboniferous shales and sandstones.
‘Trees were attacked by destructive polypores, among them
Bjerkandera adusta, Coriolus versicolor, Daedalea quercina,
Elfvingia lobata, Fulvifomes Robiniae, Grifolia Berkeleyi, Laeti-
porus speciosus, Porodaedalea Pini, Trametes robiniophila and
Tyromyces Spraguet. The most abundant of these were prob-
15
i
ably Fulvifomes Robiniae on black locust and Elfvingia lobata
on various species of oak, hickory, and maple.
“Of the fleshy forms that were eaten, the following might be
mentioned: Chanterel Chantarellus, Craterellus cornucopioides,
Lycoperdon cyathiforme, L. gemmatum, Cortinarius semisan-
guineus, Vaginata plumbea, Lactaria volema, L. corrugis, Hyd-
num repandum, Boletus bicolor, Pluteus cervinus, and Hypo-
myces lactifluorum. Those specially avoided where species of
Venenarius and brilliant clusters of Clitocybe illudens.”’
“One of the most interesting observations was made at Lynch-
burg at the corner of Tenth and Harrison Streets. Here stood
an English Walnut tree over a hundred years old, which measured
seven feet in circumference and about sixty feet in height, and
had borne quantities of good nuts until about 1915. Since
then, however, the nuts had been diseased and for the most part
worthless. Upon closer examination, some of the green fruits
hanging on the tree were seen to be partially blackened, while
many entirely blackened and decayed fruits were on the ground.
This walnut blight, Bacterium juglandis, has been known since
1900 on the Pacific coast, where it is esi a most serious
disease and one not amenable to treatment.’
“Dr. Pennell gave a résumé of the work done by the Field
Committee in connection with the summer’s field excursions.
He pointed out some of the difficulties of the situation and
urged a more hearty cooperation of the members of the club in
the future. The club voted to refer the questions to Dr. Pennell
with the request that he make further recommendations for
consideration at the Annual meeting.”
“Dr. Rydberg presented some notes on Philotria. In the
eastern species, the stamiate flowers have been described as
having oblong or elliptical petals and break loose from the
short pedical to float on the surface during pollination. Mr.
‘-R. Hitchcock of Ithaca had sent in some specimens collected in
Lake Cayuaga, in which the petals are narrowly linear and the
pedicels elongate so that the flower reaches the surface before
it breaks loose. In these respects the specimens agreed with
P. iowensis Wylie, which hitherto had been found only in Iowa
16
and in a pond near Denver, Colorado. Some peculiarities in
the pistillate flowers were also pointed out.”
Adjournment followed. B. O. DopGE,
Secretary.
NEWS ITEMS
At a dinner for botanists given by the Missouri Botanical
Garden during the St. Louis meeting two rather unusual vege-
tables were served. Dasheen en cassorole and Arracacha. The
latter is a Venezuelan plant, Arracacia xanthorrhiza, introduced
through the Foreign Seed and Plant Introduction Office at
Washington, and said to be the first grown in the United States
and served at a public banquet. The dasheen is Colocasia esculeuta,
a more familiar plant, grown commercially from South Carolina
to Florida and Texas, but not yet widely known near New York.
The Ecological Society of America elected the following
officers at the Christmas meetings. President, Barrington
Moore; Vice-President, G. E. Nichols; and Secretary-Treasurer,
A. O. Weese. The president was reelected and, after a several
month’s trip to the Southwest and California, will be at 925
Park Avenue, N. Y. after March 27.
Dr. R. M. Harper, after a short visit to New York, has re-
turned to Alabama. His address until further notice will be
University, Ala.
Dr. B. E. Livingston, of Johns Hopkins University, has been
appointed Permanent Secretary of the American Association for
the Advancement of Science. He will retain his position at
the University and spend one or two days a week at Washington. .
Mr. Robert Cushman Murphy has just returned from the
islands off the coast of Peru. While most of his material is
zoological he collected all the flowering plants known from the
islands. Some are absolute deserts, a few with only lichens and
mosses, others with as many as 15 flowering plants. One island
contains a fringe of a single beach species along the coast, then
for 1000 feet in elevation nothing but bare rock and soil, and
finally a single specimen of an Acacia-like tree, not over 3 feet
high. The specimens from these unique islands have been
presented to the Brooklyn Botanic Garden.
The Torrey Botanical Club
Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous copies
of the number of ToRREYA in which their papers appear, will kindly notify the
editor when returning proof.
Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned to the editor. The
New Era Printing Co., 4r North Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the
following rates:
4pp. 8pp. | pp. | r6pp. | 20pp. | 24pP. 28pp. 32pp- | 48pp..|. 64pp.
25 copies | $1. 40] $2. 45| $3.05! $ 4.40/$ 5.65 6.50 $ 8.00/$ 8.45 | $12.55) $15 90
50 1.65| 2.90) 4.25 5.10) 6.65 7-75| 9.40} 9.85] 14-15] 17.35
7 eres 1.95} 3-35] 4- 85) 5:65, 7-60) 8.75) 10.45} 11.25] 15-65} 19.95
100 |“ 2.25, 3-80} 5.35) 6.35, 8.25) 9.80| 11.55] 12.45] 17.55) 22-05
FENG: 2 70, 4.60| 6. 50| 7.60| 10.20 zs IO} 14.20} 15.20} 21.35) 26.80
200 ** 3-00}: 5.05). 7. 15| 8.35] 11.40) 3. BH 15.80 16.85| 23.55. 29.60
300->.**° 3: 3-85) 6. 20| 9. 20) 10.70) 14:85 17-55, 20.50) 21.05) 30.20) 37-40
Covers: 25 for $1.75. _Additional covers, rc. each. Plates: 100 for $1.00.
Committees for 1919.
Program Committee
Mrs. E. G. BRITTON, Chairman.
Pror. JEAN BROADHURST
ALFRED GUNDERSON
F. J. SEAVER
Finance Committee
R. A. HARPER, Chairman.
| J. H. BARNHART,
Miss C, C. HAYNES
_H, B. Doueras
Budget Committee
J. H. BARNHART, Chairman. Membership Committee
R. A. HARPER
J. K. SMALu, Chairman.
N. L. BRITTON T. E. Hazen
A. W. EVANS E. W. OLIVE
M. A. HowE. :
Ht. H. mice Local Flora Committee
N. L. Britton, Chairman.
Phanerogams: ~ Cryptogams:
E, P. BICKNELL Mrs: E. G. Britton
N. L. BRITTON T. E. HAZEN
C. C. Curtis M. A. Howe
K.K. MACKENZIE MICHAEL LEVINE
NORMAN TAYLOR W. A. MurRRILL
Field Committee
F. W. PENNELL, Chairman.
Mrs. L. M. KEELER
MICHAEL LEVINE
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
FP. J. SEAVER
- NORMAN TAYLOR
Percy WILSON
_ Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora
-Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C; Benedict. -Lichens: W. C. Barbour
Mosses: Mrs. E. G. Britton Sphaeriaceae, Dothideaceae: H. M
., Liverworts: A. W. Evans Richards
Hypocreaceae, Perisporieae, Plectas
cineae, Tuberineae: F. J. Seaver
Fungi-forming sclerotia: A. B. Stout
Imperfecti: H. M. Richards, F.
Seaver, Mel T. Cook
Oomycetes: C. A. King
Zygomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee
Chytridiaceae,
Myxomycetes: Mrs. H. M. Richards
Yeast and Bacteria: Prof. J. Broadhurst
Insect galls: Mel T. Cook
‘Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen
_ Marine Algae: M. A, Howe
Gasteromycetes: G. C. Fisher
Hymenomycetes: W. A. Murrill
Except Russula and Lactarius: Miss G.
Burlingham
Cortinarius: R. A. Harper
- Polyporeae: M. Levine-
Exobasidii: H. M. Richards
“Rusts and Smuts: E. W. Olive
-Discomycetes: B. O. Dodge
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
(1) BULLETIN
A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established
1870. Vol. 46 published in 1919, contained 502 pages of text
and 19 full-page plates. Price $4.00 per annum. For Europe,
18 shillings. .Dulau.& Co., 47 Soho Square, London, are,
agents for England. 4
Of former volumes, only 24-46 can be supplied entire ; cer-
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars
each; Vols. 28-46 three dollars each.
Single copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not»
breaking complete volumes.
(2) MEMOIRS
The. Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregu-
lar intervals. Volumes 1-15 are now completed; No. 1 of
Vol. 16 has been issued. The subscription price is fixed at
$3.00 per volume in advance; Vol. 17, containing Proceedings _
of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the Club, 490 pages, was
issued in 1918, price $5.00, Certain numbers can also be pur- ~~
chased singly.
is
rs
Beis, CONTENTS
- Some local names of Plants—III: W. L. McATEE ......
_ The Haunts of Rhododendron maximum ; Stewart H. BuRNHAM . ... . .
- Shorter Notes : .
ah Tilia europza in Oregon: J. C. NELSON
‘ ook Reviews : .
i East’s and Jones’s In-breeding and Out-breeding: O. E. WHITE
Mi _ Recknagel’s and Bentley’s Forest Management : BARRINGTON Moore . .
_ Proceedings of the Club... . .
_ News rem". 63. erie BAett sr Hy oN cant tok Vie d seh Cla) Bet
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
At 4x NortH Queen STREET, LANCASTER, Pa.
Died 3 BY Tsk New Era Printinc Company
ae “Entered at the Post Offite at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter.
17
28
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1920
President
H. M. RICHARDS, Sc.D.
Vice- Presidents.
JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D
C. STUART GAGER, PH.D.
Secretary and Treasurer
FRANCIS W. PENNELL
2764 CRESTON AVENUE, NEW YorK CITY
Editor
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D.
Associate Editors
JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. M.LEVINE, Pu.D.
J. A. HARRIS, Px.D. G. E. NICHOLS, Pu.D.
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D. ARLOW B. STOUT, Pu.D.
NORMAN TAYLOR.
Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
J. H. BARNHART, -M.D.
OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE WILD FLOWER PRESERVATION
SociETY OF AMERICA
Torreya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, thirty cents. To
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City —
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLups, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
caster, Pa., or Dr. Francis W. Pennell, 2764 Creston Avenue, N.Y.
City.
. Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should
be addressed to reg
NORMAN TAYLOR
Brooklyn Botanic Garden z
Brooklyn, N. Y
Wee!
LIBRARY
NEW YORK
T O R R KYA BOTANICAL
UAKUEN
Vol. 20 No. 2
March-April, 1920
SOME EOCAL, NAMES: OF PLANTS—IIl*
By W. L. McATEE
The present contribution to an enumeration of the local names
of American plants is compiled from several sources. It includes
names learned by the writer on field trips, both official and per-
sonal, others kindly contributed by friends (to whom credit is
given in connection with the names), local terms gleaned from
herbarium sheets and a few from old books. In the latter case
opportunity was taken to rescue from apparent oblivion the
more interesting plant appellations contained in the Arctic
Zoology (T. Pennant, 1785) and in Travels in the Confederation
(1783-4, Schoepf, J. D., translated by Alfred J. Morrison, 1911).
Whenever possible the locality where each name is or has been
used is cited. Like previous contributions this list is numbered
and indexed. As a point of interest, it may be mentioned that
of the 95 specific groups of plants catalogued 52 were named by
Linnaeus. Original authorities for names only are cited, and
except in the case of Linnaeus are spelled out.
POLYPODIACEAE
1. Pteridium aquilinum L.—Po man’s soap, Alabama. (E.
G. Holt.)
EQUISETACEAE
2. Equisetum spp.—Fishpoles, Traverse City, Mich.
PINACEAE
3. Pinus strobus L.—The name cork pine, applied to mature
trees of this species, appears not to be recorded in current man-
uals and glossaries.
* No. 1 of this series was published in TORREYA, 13: 225-236, 1913, and No. 2
in TORREYA, 16: 235-242, 1916.
[No. 1, Vol. 20 of TORREYA, comprising pp. I-16, was issued 1 April 1920]
17
18
4. Tsuga canadensis L.—Weymouth fir, Juniata River, Pa.
(Schoepf, I, p. 226.)
ZANNICHELLIACEAE
5. Potamogeton americanus Chamisso and Schlechtendahl.—
Flag, cane grass, Reelfoot Lake, Tenn.
6. Potamogeton pectinatus L.—Potato moss, duck moss, duck
grass, Salt Lake Valley, Utah. (A. Wetmore.)
7. Ruppia maritima L.—Redhead grass, Horn Point, Va.
8. Naias flexilis Willdenow.—Cedar grass, Horn Point, Va.
SCHEUCHZERIACEAE
9. Triglochin maritima L.—Goose grass, Lower Klamath
Lake, Calif.
VALLISNERIACEAE
10. Vallisneria spiralis L.—Celery grass, Horn Point, Va.;
Canvas-back grass, Chesapeake Bay, Md. (Sharpless in Audu-
bon, Ornithological Biography, 5, 1839, p. 137.)
GRAMINEAE
11. Echinochloa crus-gall1 L.—Whiteshank, red-shank, Bruns-
wick Co., S..C.: cat-tail, Charleston, S. C., Savannah, Ga;
12. Zizaniopsis miliacea Michaux.—Sword grass, Goose Creek,
=
13. Zizania aquatica L.—Water tare-grass (Pennant, II,
p. 263); reed is the name that has long been, and still is in use in
the vicinity of Philadelphia, Pa., and Wilmington, Del.
14. Calamagrostis inexpansa A. Gray.—Wild redtop, Lower
Klamath Lake, Calif.
15. Spartina michauxiana Hitchcock.—Prairie grass, ramrod
grass, Peruque, Mo.; lowland grass, sawgrass, rip-gut, Hart-
mann, Mo.
15a. Scolochloa festucacea Willdenow.—Wild Rice, North.
Dakota. (F. P. Metcalf.)
CYPERACEAE
16. Eleocharis palustris L.—Wire grass, Salt. Lake Valley,
Utah. (A. Wetmore.)
: 19
17. Scirpus occidentalis S. Watson.—Tule, Salt Lake Valley,
Utah. (A. Wetmore.)
18. Scirpus paludosus A. Nelson.—Tule, bayonet grass, Salt
Lake Valley, Utah (A. Wetmore); latter name used in North
Dakota also. (F. P. Metcalf.)
19. Rhynochspora corniculata Lamarck.—Spade grass, Savan-
nah, Ga.
PONTEDERIACEAE
20. Heteranthera dubia Jacquin.—Buffalo grass, Reelfoot
Lake, Tenn. This is the plant to which the name buffalo grass is
most frequently applied; however the term is loosely used to
denote any submerged vegetation other than cedar moss (Cera-
tophyllum) to which buffalo fish resort; in this way sometimes
applied to Naias flexilis and Philotria canadensis.
JUNCACEAE
' 21. Juncus effusus L.—Sugar grass, Lower Klamath Lake,
Calif.
MELANTHACEAE
22. Veratrum viride Aiton.—Rattle-snake root. (Schoepf,
I, p. 319.)
LILIACEAE
23. Brodiaea sp.—Wild onion, ground-nut, Los Angeles,
Calif.
24. Yucca gloriosa L—Palmetto, Florida. (Schoepf, II, p. 243.)
TRILLIACEAE
25. Trillium spp.—Corn lilies, Traverse City, Mich.
SMILACACEAE
26. Smilax herbacea L.—Field yam-root, Manitowoc, Wis.,
R. M. Strong; Bohea tea, Mercersburg, Pa., Detwiller.
27. Smilax bona-nox L.—Stretch-berry, Charleston, S. C.,
J. W. Harshberger.
27a. Smilax spp.—Bull-grip, Goose Creek, S. C.
IRIDACEAE
28. Iris verna L.—Violet, South Carolina. (Schoepf, II, p.
138.)
20
ORCHIDACEAE
29. Cypripedium spp.—Pitcher plant, Traverse City, Mich.
M yricaceae
30. Myrica sp.—Low mucker, undoubtedly a corruption of
low myrtle, Goose Creek, S. C.
SALICACEAE
31. Salix amygdaloides Anderson.—Black willow, Salt Lake |
Valley, Utah (A. Wetmore.)
32. Salix exigua Nuttall—Gray willow, Salt Lake Valley,
Utah. (A. Wetmore.)
BETULACEAE
33. Carpinus caroliniana Walter.—Black beech, Admiral, Md.
(Francis Harper.)
FAGACEAE
34. Quercus tlicifolia Wangenheim.—Bush oak (Schoepf, I,
p. 159.)
ULMACEAE
35. Celtis douglasitt Planchon.—Wild orange, Lyle, Wash.
(G. G. Cantwell.)
URTICACEAE
36. Pilea pumila L.—Bastard nettle, dead nettle, silverweed.
(Stokes, James. Med. and Surg. Rep. 17, 1867, p. 373.)
ARISTOLOCHIACEAE
37. Asarum sp.—Coltsfoot. (Schoepf, I, p. 319.)
3 CHENOPODIACEAE .
38. Allenrolfea utahensis Tidestrom.—Saltweed, Salt Lake
Valley, Utah. (A. Wetmore.)
39. Salicornia europea L.—Saltweed, Salt Lake Valley, Utah.
(A. Wetmore.)
40. Salicornia sp.—Sea cress, Wallops Id., Va.
j CERATOPHYLLACEAE
Al. Ceratophyllum demersum L.—Fish-blankets, Oakley, S. C.
(Nathaniel Heyward.); cedar moss, Reelfoot Lake, Tenn.
i 21
CABOMBACEAE
42. Brasenia schrebert Gmelin.—Egg bonnet, purple bonnet,
Reelfoot Lake, Tenn.
NELUMBONACEAE
43. Nelumbo lutea Willdenow.—Jacquinot, Peruque, Mo.,
Alligator buttons, Goose Creek, S. C.; bonnet, yonkapin bonnet,
Reelfoot Lake, Tenn.
NYMPHAEACEAE
44. Nymphaea advena Solander.—Mulefoot, mulefoot lily,
mulefoot bonnet, Reelfoot Lake, Tenn.
45. Castalia odorata Dryander.—Alligator bonnet, Cameron
Parish, La. (E. G. Holt.)
MAGNOLIACEAE
~ 46. Magnolia virginiana L.—Brewster, Brown’s Mills, N. J.
(Alex. McElwee.)
47. Magnolia acuminata L.—Blue or mountain magnolia.
(Schoepf, I, p. 227.)
48. Magnolia grandiflora L.—Laurel-tree. (Pennant, I], p.
4II.)
BERBERIDACEAE
49. Achlys triphylla De Candolle.—Vanilla art, Carson,
Wash. (G.G. Cantwell.) .
50. Podophyllum peltatum L.—Mug-apple. (Pennant, II,
p. 326.)
MENISPERMACEAE
51. Cocculus carolinus L.—Sarsaparilla, used as a tonic,
Texas. (Lincecum.)
CRUCIFERAE
52. Bursa bursa-pastoris L.—Hen pepper, pepper-weed,
Marion, Ind. ;
CAPPARIDACEAE
53. Cleome serrulata Pursh.—Skunk-weed, several western
states. (A. Wetmore.)
ROSACEAE
54. Cercocarpus spp.—Rabbit brush, quail brush, Apache
plume, southern Arizona. (A. Wetmore.)
22
AMYGDALACEAE
55. Prunus americana Marshall.—Indian plum, Pennsyl-
vania. (Schoepf. I, p. 165.)
-56. Prunus pumila L.—Butter plum, La Pointe, Wis. (I. A.
Lapham.)
FABACEAE
57. Arachis hypogoea L.—Been-nuts, Bladensburg, Md.
(Schoepf, I, p. 354.)
58. Aeschynomene virginica L.—Indigo, Savannah, Ga.
59. Daubentonia longifolia Cavanilles—Seenie bean, Indigo,
Cameron Parish, La. (E. G. Holt.)
SIMAROUBACEAE
60. Holacantha emoryi A. Gray.—Crucifixion thorn, Higley,
Agigw (EG. Holt?)
MELIACEAE
61. Melia azederach L.—Paternoster tree, Virginia. (Schoepf,
II, p. 77.)
ANACARDIACEAE
62. Rhus copallina L.—Black sumach, Texas. (Lincecum.)
63. Toxicodendron radicans L.—Poison ash, Mercersburg, Pa.
(Detwiller.) ; shoestring weed, Church’s Id., N. C.
ILACACEAE
64. Ilex cassine L.—Japan, North Carolina, (Schoepf, II,
p. 113.) This seems simply a corruption of youpon, but prob-
ably was in local use as the author quoted repeats the word in
the name of a drink, ‘Japan tea.” |
65. Llex vomitoria Aiton.—Deerberry, Texas. (Lincecum.)
66. Ilex glabra L.—Bear-bush, Brown’s Mills, N. J. (Alex.
McElwee.)
67. Ilex verticillata L—Winterberry, Mercersburg, Pa. (Det-
willer.); northern holly, Traverse City, Mich.
CELASTRACEAE
68. Celastrus scandens L.—Redroot, Mercersburg, Pa. (Det-
willer.)
; a3
: ACERACEAE
69. Acer negundo L.—White ash. (Schoepf, I, p. 319.)
SAPINDACEAE
70. Sapindus drummondit Hooker and Arnott.—Wild China,
groves of the trees called ‘‘China motts,’’ Midland, Texas.
(E. G. Holt.)
VITACEAE
71. Vitis labrusca L.—Raccoon grape, Coatsville, Pa. (Tat-
nall.); coon-grape, Ashland, Del. (A. Commons.); swamp
grape, Tennessee. (T. V. Munson.)
72. Vitis berlandiert Planchon.—Fall or winter grape. (T.
V. M.)
73. Vitis cinerea Engelmann.—Bunch grape, Gumboro, Del.
(A. Commons.); sweet winter grape. (T. V. M.)
74. Vitis cordifolia Michaux.—Sour winter grape. (T. V. M.)
75. Vitis coriacea Shuttleworth.—Leatherleaf, Caloosa or
Florida grape. (T. V. M.)
76. Vitis aestivalts var. lincecumi Munson.—Postoak or turkey
grape... T. V. M.)
77. Vitis munsoniana Simpson.—Everbearing, bird or mustang
grape. _(T. V. M.)
78. Vitts palmata Vahl.—Cat grape. (T. V. M.)
79. Vitis rupestris Scheele—Sand-beach grape. (T. V. M.)
80. Vitis simpsont Munson.—Rusty winter grape. (T.V. M.)
A number of the grape names here given were obtained from a
herbarium set made up by T. V. Munson. They may be in
part, mere personal inventions, but on the other hand, some of
them appear to be local names collected by this grape specialist.
Many of Munson’s grape names are included in Bailey’s ‘‘cyclo-
pedia of Horticulture,’’ but those here recorded have not yet
found recognition in modern manuals.
81. Ampelopsis cordata Michaux.—Raccoon, or swamp grape,
Louisiana. (Clarendon Peck.)
MALVACEAE
82. Sida sp.—Tea-weed, Goose Creek, S. C.; Savannah, Ga.
24
THYMELEACEAE
83. Dirca palustris L.—Wickerby bush, Moosehead Lake, Me.
(C. H. Goodwin.)
| ONAGRACEAE
84. Jussiaea diffusa Forskal—Water pusley, Reelfoot Lake,
Tenn.
AMMIACEAE
85. Erigenia bulbosa Michaux.—Turkeyfoot, Marion, Ind.
CORNACEAE
86. Cornus stolonifera Michaux.—Red willow, Traverse City,
Mich.
ERICACEAE
87. Arctostaphylos uva-urst L.—Mealyberry, Nantucket, Mass.
(J. W. Harshberger.)
This name is also used in Pine-barren region of New Jersey.
APOCYNACEAE
88. Carissa carandas L.—Crown-of-thorns, cultivated, Braden-
town, Fla.
ASCLEPIADACEAE
89. Asclepias tuberosa L.—Indian-plume, Indian-paint, Tra-
verse City, Mich.
VERBENACEAE
90. Callicarpa americana L.—Sourberry, Virginia. (Schoepf,
II, p. 82.); Spanish mulberry, Texas. (Lincecum.)
LABIATAE
91. Clinopodium nepeta L.—Sheepmint, Cleveland Park,
DC. GA. Viereek:)
92. Cunila origanoides L.—Pennyroyal. (Schoepf, I, p. 319.)
SCROPHULARIACEAE
93. Verbascum thapsus L.—Goose-grass. (Schoepf, I, p. 196.)
94. Paulownia tomentosa Thunberg.—Blue catalpa, Washing-
tons aoe:
: 25
RUBIACEAE
95. Cephalanthus occidentalis L.—Buckbrush, Reelfoot Lake,
Tenn.; Peruque, Mo.
96. Mitchella repens L.—Squawberry, Traverse Ciy, Mich.
97. Diodia virginiana L.—Jacob’s-ladder, Savannah, Ga.
CAPRIFOLIACEAE
98. Lonicera dioica L.—Bittersweet, Milwaukee, Wis. (I. A.
Lapham.)
99. Symphoricarpos occidentalis Hooker.—Buckbrush, badger-
brush, Pingree, Binford, N. Dak. (D.C. Mabbott.)
CAMPANULACEAE
100. Campanula rotundifolia L.—Blue or heatherbells, Tra-
verse City, Mich.
COMPOSITAE
tor. Baccharis halimifolia L.—Waterbush, water-gall, Horn
Point, Va.
102. Anaphalis margaritacea L.—Indian tobacco, Traverse
City, Mich.
103. Rudbeckia hirta L.—Black-eyed daisy, Baltimore, Md.
104. Rudbeckia montana A. Gray. ee oe Uintah Mts.,
Utah. (J. Silver.)
INDEX
Alligator bonnet, 45 Black-eyed daisy, 103
Alligator buttons, 43 Black sumach, 62
Apple, Mug, 50 Black willow, 31
Ash, Poison, 63 Bluebells, 100
Ash, White, 69
Badgerbrush, 99
Bastard nettle, 36
Bayonet grass, 18
Bear-bush, 66
Bean, Seenie, 59
Beech, Black, 33
Been-nuts, 57
Berry, Deer, 65
Berry, Mealy, 87
Berry, Sour, 90
Berry, Squaw, 96
Berry, Stretch, 27
Berry, Winter, 67
Bittersweet, 98
Black beech, 33
Blue catalpa, 94
Blue magnolia, 47
Bohea tea, 26
Bonnet, 43
Bonnet, Alligator, 45
Bonnet, Egg, 42
Bonnet, Mulefoot, 44
Bonnet, Purple, 42
Bonnet, Yonkapin, 43
Brewster, 46
Brush, Bagder, 99
Brush, Buck, 95, 99
Brush, Quail, 54
Brush, Rabbit, 54
Buckbrush, 95, 99
Buffalo grass, 20
Bull grip, 27a
Bunch grape, 73
Bush, Bear, 66
Bush oak, 34
Bush, Water, IOI
Bush, Wickerby, 83
Butter plum, 56
Caloosa grape, 75
Cane grass, 5
Canvass-back grass, 10
Catalpa, Blue, 94
Cat grape, 78
Cat-tail, 11
Cedar grass, 8
Cedar moss, 41
Celery grass, 10
China, Wild, 70
Coltsfoot, 37
Coongrape, 71
Cork pine, 3
Corn lilies, 25
Cress, Sea, 40
Crown-of-thorns, 88
Crucifixion thorn, 60
Daisy, Black-eyed, 103
Dead nettle, 36
Deerberry, 65
Duck grass, 6
Duck moss, 6
Egg bonnet, 42
Fall grape, 72
Field yam-root, 26
Fir, Weymouth, 4
Fish-blankets, 41
Fishpoles, 2
Flag, 5
Florida grape, 75
Goose grass, 9, 93
Grape, Bunch, 73
Grape, Caloosa, 75
Grape, Cat, 78
Grape, Coon, 71
Grape, Fall, 72
Grape, Florida, 75
Grape, Leatherleaf, 75
Grape, Post-oak, 76
Grape, Raccoon, 71, 81
Grape, Rusty winter, 80
Grape, Sand beach, 79
Grape, Sour winter, 74
Grape, Swamp, 71, 81
Grape, Sweet winter, 73
Grape, Turkey, 76
Grape, Winter, 72
Grass, Bayonet, 18
Grass, Buffalo, 20
Grass, Cane, 5
Grass, Canvass-back, 10
Grass, Cedar, 8
Grass, Celery, 10
Grass, Duck, 6
Grass, Goose, 9, 93
Grass, Lowland, 15
Grass, Prairie, 15
Grass, Ramrod, 15
Grass, Redhead, 7
Grass, Spade, 19
Grass, Sugar, 21
Grass, Sword, 12
Grass, Wire, 16
Gray willow, 32
Ground-nut, 23
Heatherbells, 100
Hen-pepper, 52
Holly, Northern, 67
Indian paint, 89
Indian plum, 55
Indian plume, 89
Indian tobacco, 102
Indigo, 58, 59
Jacob’s-ladder, 97
Jacquinot, 43
Japan, 64
Laurel-tree, 48
Leatherleaf grape, 75
Lilies, corn, 25
Lily, Mulefoot, 44
Lowland grass, 15
Low mucker, 30
Low myrtle, 30
Magnolia, Blue, 47
Magnolia, Mountain, 47
Mealyberry, 87
Mint, Sheep, 91
Moss, Cedar, 41
Moss, Duck, 6
Moss, Potato, 6
Mountain magnolia, 47
Mucker, Low, 30
Mug-apple, 50
Mulberry, Spanish, 90
Mulefoot, mulefoot bonnet or lily, 44
Myrtle, Low, 30
Nettle, Bastard, 36
Nettle, Dead, 36
Niggerhead, 104
Northern holly,’67
Nuts, Been, 57
Oak, Bush, 34
Onion, Wild, 23
Orange, Wild, 35
| be
Palmetto, 24'
Paternoster tree, 61
Pennyroyal, 92
Pepper, Hen, 52
Pepper-weed, 52
Pine, Cork, 3
Pitcher plant, 29
Plant, Pitcher, 29
Plant, Vanilla, 49
Plum, Butter, 56
Plum, Indian, 55
Poison ash, 63
Po man’s soap, I
Post-oak grape, 76
Potato moss, 6
Prairie grass, 15
Purple bonnet, 42
Pusley, Water, 84
Quail brush, 54
Rabbit brush, 54
Raccoon grape, 7I, 81
‘Ramrod grass, I5
Rattle-snake root, 22
Redhead grass, 7
Redroot, 68
Redshank, 11
Redtop, Wild, 14
Red willow, 86
Reed, 13
Rice, Wild, 15a
Ripgut, 15
Root, Rattle-snake, 22
Root, Red, 68
Rusty winter grape, 80
Saltweed, 38, 39
Sand-beach grape, 79
Sarsaparilla, 51
Sawgrass, I5
Sea cress, 40
Seenie bean, 59
Sheepmint, 91
Shoestring weed, 63
Silverweed, 36
Skunk-weed, 53
Soap, Po man’s, I
Sourberry, 90
Sour winter grape, 74
27
Spade grass, 19
Spanish mulberry, 90
Squawberry, 96
Stretch-berry, 27
Sugar grass, 21
Sumach, Black, 62
Swamp grape, 71, 81
Sweet winter grape, 73
Sword grass, 12
Tare-grass, Water, 13
Tea, Bohea, 26
Tea-weed, 82
Thorn, Crucifixion, 60
Tobacco, Indian, 102
Tree, Laurel, 48
Tree, Paternoster, 61
Tule, 17, 18
Turkey-foot, 85
Turkey grape, 76
Vanilla plant, 49
Violet, 28
Waterbush, ror
Watergall, ror
Water pusley, 84
Water tare-grass, 13
Weed, Pepper, 52
Weed, Salt, 38, 39
Weed, Shoestring, 63
Weed, Silver, 36
Weed, Skunk, 53
Weed, Tea, 82
Weymouth fir, 4
White ash, 69
Whiteshank, Ir
Wickerby bush, 83
Wild China, 70
Wild onion, 23
Wild orange, 35
Wild redtop, 14
Wild rice, 15a
Willow, Black, 31
Willow, Gray, 32
Willow, Red, 86
Winterberry, 67
Winter grape, 72
Wire grass, 16
Yam-root, Field, 26
Yonkapin bonnet, 43
28
THE HAUNTS OF RHODODENDRON MAXIMUM
By STEWART H. BURNHAM
Saturday, November 19, 1904, was a very fine mild Indian
Summer’s day; smoky and hazy but too warm for comfort
when climbing hills. (The examination of the great laurel brought
from Michigan Hollow swamp, a week ago, excited my curiosity
and desire to find this shrub growing wild. Rhododendron
7
Sketch showing the station or Rhododendron maximum in Michigan Hollow
swamp. I, West Danby; 2, School house; 3, Station for the great laurel; 4,
Source of Michigan creek, flowing in a southerly direction: 5, a small pond, source
of Tenmile creek, flowing in a northerly direction; 6, Danby; 7, To Ithaca, N. Y.
29
maximum LL. is a rare plant in New York state: something like*
“‘a dozen reported stations . .. scattered from the Adiron-
dacks to Chautauqua Co.’’; but it occurs quite abundantly on
the Pocono plateau in Pennsylvania. However, according to
Dr. C. H. Peck,} this showy shrub grows in great profusion
about Barryville and in other places in Sullivan county.
The morning train on the Lehigh Valley railroad, from Ithaca
-was taken to West Danby, ten miles south of the city. It was
with some hesitation that I started out in search of this rare
shrub, being told that I would not find it, as other collectors
had often failed.
Soon after leaving West Danby station, 872 feet above sea
level, the ascending road follows the meanderings of a rocky
rivulet. For some distance the woods are preserved on both sides
of the road; although further east quite a territory had been cut
over. It is a very pretty spot, the ground being covered with
“mosses and ferns, specially of the genera Hypnum and Dryop-
teris. Hylocomium proliferum (L.) Lindb. was abundant; and
Pogonatum brevicaule (Brid.) P. Bv., on moist roadside banks.
Up the hill, thickets were largely made up of sassafras, witch-
hazel and hawthorn. A few unfruited plants of Lycopodium
clavatum L., L. complanatum flabelliforme Fernald and L. obscurum
L. were found; and as far as observation was made, neither of
the first two clubmosses are as abundant in the Cayuga flora as
in the Adirondack forests.
To where one enters the swampy woods it is about two miles
from West Danby and one from Danby. The rail fence to be
followed lies between two houses south and two houses north;
with moderately large slate-colored barns standing on the east
side.of the road. The fence should be followed down to the
“‘jog’’ in the woods; then one should go north a few paces, then
directly east, a five minutes walk to the moister shades of the
wood.
Michigan Hollédw swamp covers several hundred acres, but in
less than a quarter of an hour after entering the woods, the great
laurel was found. The muddy bottom of partly desiccated
* W.R. Dudley, The Cayuga Fiora, 59. 1886.
7 N. Y. State Mus. Rep. 47:31. 18094 Bot. ed.
30
pools were covered with mats of golden saxifrage, Chrysosplenium
americanum Schwein., swamp saxifrage, Muicranthes pennsyl-
vanica (L.) Haw, and the naked bishop’s-cap, Mitella nuda L.
There are quite large white pines and black ash, with much
fallen timber and some underbrush in the immediate vicinity.
On account of the coriaceous leaves, the great laurel, was easily
seen in the leafless woods, but it might be readily passed by in
midsummer.
The space covered by Rhododendron maximum L. near West
Danby is within a circumference of six hundred feet, which is
considerably larger than the area ascribed to it in the Cayuga
Flora, 7. e.‘‘ 30 meters by 10.”’ There were about seven distinct
patches within the area: but one or two were slowly dying.
In the wild state, as in Michigan Hollow, the shrubs have a
tendency to form circular growths: and this is brought about by
the reclining flexuous branches, taking root on becoming buried
in the leaf mold and mud—nature performing the work of
reproducing the plant by layering. The shrub attains no great
height, on account of this natural process, although some of the
central stems were at least fifteen feet high and an inch or two in
diameter.
The bark on the older stems is rather close-flaky and grayish
brown, higher up there is a tendency to exfoliate in light gray,
thin plates; and in the leafy portion the young bark is reddish
intermixed with gray patches. The wood is whitish and moder-
ately hard. The evergreen leaves, clustered near and at the ends
of the branches, are very thick, lance-oblong, about nine inches
long including the reddish petiole, one to three inches wide, acute,
narrowed at the base, bright green above, paler and smooth or
sometimes rusty beneath, and the margin somewhat revolute.
At this season, the crowded leaves assume a drooping position.
Next season’s flower buds were conspicuous, ovate in outline
with foliaceous scales, and terminated the branches. Old seed
capsules persisted on some of the branches.
The great laurel is slowly spreading and is in no danger of
being exterminated, unless the wood choppers reach this portion
of the swamp. Further south, in the swamp, some denudation
i dL
has taken place. A few fungi were collected, and specimens of
Dryopteris Boottii (Tuck.) Underw. and D. intermedia (Muhl.)
A. Gray. One cannot but note the absence of the canoe and
gray birches from the Cayuga flora, but the black and yellow
birches are met with frequently. There are some fine yellow
birches in this section. White, pitch and red pines occur; two
fine trees of Pinus resinosa Ait., near the schoolhouse south of
Danby, at the highest elevation of the road, 1,550 feet above
sea level. Boughs of the red pine with cones attached were
brought to the city for decorative purposes, and during the
evening the cones gradually opened with a noticeable sound.
I climbed the high hill, southeast of West Danby station,
1,577 feet above the sea, in the late afternoon. The sides of the
hill had suffered from a forest fire, probably during 1903, and
but little timber was left. In the soil were many small flat
stones, and near the pine clad summit were thickets of New
‘Jersey tea, Ceanothus americanus L. and dockmackie, Viburnum
acerifolium L. The haze so filled the valley that but little of
the landscape could be seen, but the rolling hills, enshrouded as
they were, added to the picturesqueness of the scene. On
descending, the fruit of deerberry, Polycodium stamineum (L.)
Greene, fallen to the ground, was fourtd, in general appearance,
reminding one of large green service-berries.
The following Monday, I consulted with Mr. Robert Shore,
head gardener at the University, about starting the great laurel.
He said the best method is by layering, when attached to the
shrub, or by rooting the young growth to which a heel (node of
older growth) is attached. The latter method was the only one
opened to me, and after cutting away three fourths of the leaf,
the cuttings were put in the greenhouse. However, I was unsuc-
cessful, as all the cuttings finally died.
Hupson FALLS,
NEw YORK
SHORTER NOTES
¥
Y Tit1A EurRopAEA IN OREGON.—Dr. Gleason’s interesting note
on Rhamnus dahurica in Michigan calls forcibly to mind a similar
32
experience of the writer in finding an exotic tree naturalized in a
spot where it could by no ordinary possibility have been expected.
On June 19, 1919, while collecting in the Calapooia Mountains
along Smith River, near the northern boundary of Douglas
County, Oregon, in a very remote and thinly-settled district
about twenty miles to the west of the Southern Pacific Railroad,
a tree was observed in a dense thicket of alders and Douglas firs
near the roadside that attracted instant attention. No dwelling
or other evidence of civilization was anywhere in sight, and the
“forest primeval’”’ had apparently never been disturbed. The
tree stood about 40 feet in height, and was some six inches in
diameter above the base. At the time it was in full flower, and
was plainly a linden—a group not represented in the indigenous
flora of Oregon, although occasionally found among the shade-
trees in the larger towns. Closer examination of the flowers
showed that it was typical Tilia europaea L.—a tree as little to
be expected in the mountain-forest as a fan-palm. The mystery
was complete; but it was somewhat dispelled when, on arriving
at the little post-office of Gunter, a few hundred yards further
on, the stalwart mountaineer who acted as postmaster informed
us that some thirty years before an Englishman had taken up a
homestead near the spot and engaged in bee-culture—a venture
that ended in speedy failure; and the linden was probably a
relic of his undertaking, this tree being a favorite with English
apiarists. The forest had speedily resumed its sway, and no
trace even of a clearing remained; but the linden had grown to a
vigorous maturity, and will doubtless live to puzzle. the next
collector who may penetrate to this remote and little-known
district.
James C. NELSON.
BOOK REVIEWS
East’s and Jones’s Inbreeding and Outbreeding*
‘“A man should be very careful in the selection of his parents,”’
once said the poet Heine, half bitterly, half jestingly. But
* East, E. M. and Jones, D. E. Inbreeding and Outbreeding; Their genetic
and sociological significance. Pp. 285. Illustrated. J. B. Lippincott Co. Phila-
delphia. 1919. Price, $2.50.
; 33
even though one’s heredity has been well looked after by pre-
ceding generations, one’s environment also needs careful con-
sideration if one desires to make the most of life. So the far-
seeing human being must consider the laws underlying inheritance
as applied to his food crops, his meat animals, his pleasure plants
and his pleasure animals, for after all, these make up much of
his environment.
And it is certain phases of these problems of heredity in plants
and animals, including man, which Professors East and Jones
have set forth in very interesting, simple, clear and trustworthy
fashion in their ‘‘ Inbreeding and Outbreeding.”’ “Historically,”
say the authors, “‘these are old, old problems, practical problems
of considerable significance bound up with man’s gravest affairs,
his marriage customs and his means of subsistence.’’ The value
of inbreeding and outbreeding in the establishment and creation
of new breeds of domestic animals is still a much discussed
question among breeders of live stock. How to produce the
largest yields of certain staple grains, such as corn, from. an
acre of land, is one of the pressing problems of the present and
of the near future, since it has a direct bearing on questions in-
volving labor, food supply and increase in population. That
more fruit is obtained per unit area from tomato plants grown
from certain kinds of outcrossed seed is probably unknown to
most truckers, seedsmen, canning-factory managers and home
gardeners. Over laws regulating the marriage of first cousins
and other near relatives, our lawmakers still dispute. And
of the effects, good and bad, of immigration, the “melting pot”’
and the intermingling of races through marriage, even the intel-
ligent public is still largely uninformed from a biological stand-
point. Much light is thrown on these fascinating and important
questions as well as upon many others, such as heredity and
disease, reproduction in animals and plants, the increased vigor
of hybrids in many animals and plants over that of their parents,
the mechanism of heredity, sterility, and the inheritance of
genius in man. While this book is designed especially for those
interested in general biology, the authors had also in mind the
farmer and the live stock breeder, and especially the physician,
34
the clergyman, the social worker, the penologist and the states-
man for ‘‘all we would ask is that ‘these’ give conscientious
consideration to the facts of heredity as a guiding principle in the
solution of the problems of the family with which they have to do.
No questions are so hedged about with superstition, with irra-
tional tradition, with religious dogma, as those which concern
sex and reproduction; no problems are more delicate, more diffi-
cult, than those which seek the direction of human evolution;
yet after all, man is an animal and must be dealt with as such.
Civic law he may escape, to natural law there is no immunity.”
ORLAND E. WHITE.
Recknagel’s and Bentley’s Forest Management*
There is at present an active movement, led by professional
foresters with Lt. Col. Graves, Chief of the U. S. Forest Service,
at their head, for the application of forestry to privately owned
timberlands in the United States. These lands contain three
quarters of the standing timber in the United States, and are for
the most part being cut without regard to the future. Whether
or not Recknagel’s and Bentley’s ‘“‘Forest Management’’ was
planned by the authors as a part of this movement, aside from
the avowed purpose of stimulating forestry practice in general,
we do not know. In any case the book fits in admirably and is
most timely.
The authors do not claim originality for their work, admitting
that most of their material is already contained in the technical
literature already published in this country. Nor do they aim
at popular treatment. Their purpose is to present the subject
in such a way that it can be understood and applied by the
owners of forest lands who are not professional foresters. This
does not apply to the farmer and owner of a small woodlot for
whom Ferguson has already written ‘“‘Farm Forestry.’’t In
France the bulk of the forests are held by private owners as in
this country, but forestry is universally practiced. Most of the
* Recknagel, A.B., and Bentley, J., Jr., Forest Management, xiii + 269 pages,
26 figures, John Wiley and Sons, New York, Ig919, net $2.50.
+ Ferguson, J. A., Farm Forestry, viii + 241 pages, illustrated, John Wiley and
Sons, New York.
35
owners cannot afford the services of a highly trained forester.
They themselves understand enough forestry to be able to manage
their lands intelligently with the help of one or more forest
guards or rangers. It appears to be the purpose of Recknagel
and Bentley to assist in building up this type of owner in the
United States. If this can be done the gain to the country will
be incalculable.
_ The book gives briefly but clearly the essentials of the four
branches of Forest Management, namely: (1) forest mensuration
or the measurement of the tree crop including growth, (2) forest
organization or regulation of the cut so as to secure regular
periodic returns from the forest, (3) forest finance, a complex
but important phase of the subject, and (4) forest administration
or the organization and personnel of the force necessary to pro-
tect and control the forest.
It would be useless to pretend that such a subject as forest
management can be readily understood and applied by the
layman. It will require time and study, and often at the outset
the assistance of expert advice. But this book will be of great
assistance, and make possible to the forest owner an under-
standing of how to go about the matter, and of what returns
he may expect on his outlay.
The book has still another field of usefulness. It is sufficiently
detailed and accurate to be of much value to the professional
forester as a convenient handbook of reference in which he may
easily find certain formulae and tables which he could not possibly
keep in his head. On the whole therefore the book is a valuable
and welcome addition to forestry literature.
BARRINGTON MOORE
PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB
NOVEMBER II, I9I9
The meeting was held at the American Museum of Natural
History at 8.15 P.M., President Richards presiding. There
were fifty persons present.
36
The usual business was dispensed with and Professor A. H.
Cockayne, of the Agricultural Department of New Zealand, gave
an illustrated lecture on ‘‘ Botanical Features of the Flora of New
Zealand.’ A general discussion followed the lecture, after
which the meeting was adjourned.
B. O. DopGcE,
Secretary
NEWS ITEMS
Dr. B. O. Dodge for the last nine years the Club’s Secretary
and Treasurer, has resigned his position from the department of
botany at Columbia University and gone to the Bureau of Plant
Industry at Washington. Dr. Francis W. Pennell of the New
York Botanical Garden has been elected Secretary-Treasurer of
the Club.
Dr. Carl Skottsberg the director of the new botanical garden
at Gé6teborg, Sweden, who lectured before the Club in the
autumn of 1918, en route from Chili to Géteborg, writes that,
like our own, the winter just past was of exceptional severity.
The garden is to have special geographical sections of which that
devoted to Eastern Asia will be planted in 1920 and the North
American section in 1921.
Dr. Roland M. Harper has recently completed some studies
on the resources of southern Alabama, including considerable
work on the vegetation. He has gone to central Florida, where
he will carry on similar work, which was started in 1915. His
address will be Geological Department, Tallahassee, Florida.
The Torrey Botanical Club
Contributors of accepted articles and reviews whu wish six gratuitous copies
of the number of TorREYA in which their papers appear, will kindly notify the
editor when returning proof.
Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned to the editor, ~The
New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the
following rates:
! | j
| 4PP. [ Spp. { T2Pp. ] r6pp. zopp. | 24pp..| 28pp- | 32pp. | 43pp. | 64pP.
|
25 copie es | $1.40 | $2.45 $3. 65) $ 4.40\$°5.65| $ 6.50;|$ 8.00|$ 8 45| $12.55: $15.90
50 1.65} 2:90) 4.25} 5-10) 6.65 7.95| --9:40t> <9 85] T4. 5) 17-35
pews 1.95! 3-35) 485) 5-65) ~ 7-60) 8 75) 10-45) 11.25] 15-65) 19.95
100%. -S He 2.25|" 3.80) 5335| > 6:35}. - 8.25]. “9.80| 21755). 12.45|°17:55| 22:05
E5O°<~"* 2.70} _-4.60] 6.50) 7.60) 10.20} 12.10 14.20] 15.20| 21.35) 26.80
200 “* | 3:00) 5.05) 7-15| 8.35] Z¥.40) 13.50) 15.80) 16.85) 23.55! 29.60
55, 20.50) 21.05) 30.20. 37.40
BOG ee — | +385) 6.20) 9:20, 10.70) . 14.85) 17.
al 1 1
Covers: 25 for tone. Additional covers, 14c. each. - Plates: 100 for $1.00.
Committees for 1920.
Finance Committee Program Committee
_R. A. Harper, Chairman. Mrs. E. G. BRITTON, Chairman.
J. H. BARNHART, Bae Pror. JEAN BROADHURST
‘Miss C, C. HAYNES ALFRED GUNDERSON
H. B. DouGLas F. J. SEAVER
Budget Committee
J. H. BARNHART, Chairman. Membership Committee
R. A: HARPER , J. K. SMALL, Chairman.
-N. L. BrItTON '. T. E. Hazen
A. W. Evans E. W. OLIVE
M. A. Howe -
eG. Bucy Local Flora Committee
N, L. Britton, Chairman.
Field Committee
MICHAEL LEVINE, Chairman.
Mrs. L.M. KEELER
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
F. J. SEAVER
~ NORMAN TAYLOR
Percy WILSON
Phanerogams: Cryptogams:
E. P. BICKNELL- Mrs. E. G: BRITTON
N. L. BriTTON T. E. HAZEN
€, C..€ugtis M. A. Howe
K. K. MACKENZIE MICHAEL LEVINE
NORMAN TAYLOR W. A. MuRRILL
Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora
- Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C: Benedict. Lichens: W..C. Barbour
~ Mosses: Mrs. E. G. Britton Sphaeriaceae, Dothideaceae: H. M
_Liverworts: A. W. Evans Richards :
Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen ’. Hypocreaceae, Perisporieae, Plectas:-
Marine Algae: M. A. Howe cineae, Tuberineae: F. J. Seaver
Gasteromycetes: G. C. Fisher : Fungi-forming sclerotia: A. B. Stout
Hymenomycetes: W..A. Murrill - Imperfecti: H. M: Richards, F.
Except Russula and Lactarius: Miss G. Seaver, Mel T. Cook
Burlingham Oomycetes: C. A. King
Cortinarius: R. A. Harper Zygomycetes: A. F; Blakeslee
Polyporeae: M. Levine f Chytridiaceae,
Exobasidii: H. M. Richards Myxomycetes: Mrs. H. M. Richards
Rusts and Smuts: E. W. Olive Yeast and Bacteria: Prof. J. Broadhuist
Discomycetes: B. O. Dodge Insect galls: Mel T. Cook
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
(1) BULLETIN
A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established
1870. Vol. 46 published in 1919, contained 502 pages of text
and 19 full-page plates. Price $4.00 per annum. For Europe,
18 shillings. Dulau & Co., 47 Soho. Square, London, are,
agents for England. |
Of former volumes, only 24-46 can be supplied entire ; cer-
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars
each; Vols. 28-46 three dollars each. ‘
Single copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not
breaking complete volumes.
(2) MEMOIRS
The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregu-_
lar intervals. Volumes I-15 are now completed; No. 1 of |
Vol. 16 has been issued. The subscription price is fixed at
$3.00 per volume in advance; Vol. 17, containing Proceedings
of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the Club, 490 pages, was
issued in 1918, price $5.00. Certain numbers can also be pur-
chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers and of
prices will be furnished on application.
(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- |
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New
York, 1888.. Price, $1.00.
Correspondence relating to the above publications should be —
addressed to
DR. FRANCIS W. PENNELL
2764 Creston Avenue
New York City
Vol. 20° _ May—June, 1920 No. 3
TORREYA
A Bi-MontTHiy JourNaAt oF Botanicat Notes anp News
EDITED FOR
THE..TORREY- BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
NORMAN TAYLOR
JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873.
CONTENTS
Additions to the flora of Western Oregon during 1919: J. C. NEISON .. . 37
Length of Day and flowering and fruiting = -.....+..4-.24., 46
‘Pin Oak in Nebraska; RaymMonD J, Pool... 2... 2) ee 50
_ Shorter Notes :
The Paper Mulberry an ‘‘Artillery’? Plant: O. E, JennINcs ...... 52
- Reviews: . ;
Knowlton’s Mesozoic and Cenozoic Plants of America: T.D,A,CocKERELL 53
Brown’s Forest Products: BARRINGTON MooRE ...... ... era RST
Proceedings of the Club... ..... Rt ey he Sere: ed a eM dea gos 59
PuBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
At 4x NortH Quzen Street, Lancaster, Pa.
Bry Tur New Era Printinc Comeany
“Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa,, as second-class matter,
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
Rea FOR. 1920
President
H. M. RICHARDS, Sc.D.
Vice- Presidents.
JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D
C. STUART GAGER, Pu.D.
Secretary and Treasurer
FRANCIS W.: PENNELL
2764 CRESTON AVENUE, NEW YorRK CITY
Editor
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D.
Associate Editors
JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. M. LEVINE, Pu.D.
J. A. HARRIS, Pu.D. G. E. NICHOLS, Px.D.
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D. ARLOW B. STOUT, Pu.D.
NORMAN TAYLOR.
Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
J. H. BARNHART, M.D.
OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE WILD FLOWER~ PRESERVATION
; SoclETY OF AMERICA
TorreEya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and -
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, thirty cents. To~
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City.
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing —
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only —
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be
furnished at cost prices, Subscriptions and remittances should be sent —
to TREASURER, TorREY Botanica. Crus, 41 North Queen St., Lan-—
caster, Pa., or Dr. nas W. Pennell, 2764 Creston Avenue, N. Le
City. :
Matter for publication, and books and papers for ree should
be addressed to :
NORMAN TAYLOR
Brooklyn Botanic Garden
| Brooklyn, N. ¥
Dae
any
TORREYA
Vol. 20 No. 3
May-June, 1920
ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WESTERN OREGON
DURING tIog19
By JAMES C. NELSON
It has been possible to continue the examination of our flora
during the past season along the lines suggested in my previous
notes (Torreya 18: 21-35; ib. 220-226. 1918). It was pointed
out at that time (1) that the boundaries established in Piper &
Beattie’s Flora of the Northwest Coast were very easily crossed
by indigenous species of adjacent range; (2) that our climate and
soil are so favorable to the introduction and spread of foreign
species that a steady increase in our plant-population may be
expected from this source. The following notes on the collections
of the past season may serve to verify both of these propositions.
In the matter of native species, I was able to study three regions
which may be regarded as natural avenues of ingress. One of
these was the GCalapooia Range along the southern boundary of
Lane County, which was selected by Piper and Beattie as marking
the southern limit of their Flora. I had ventured the assertion
(Torreya 18 : 23) that this seemed a very slight barrier to inter-
pose to the northward extension of the Californian flora. But
I had not at that time visited the region, and knew nothing of its
topography in detail. In June of the present year (1919),
I made my headquarters at Cottage Grove, within two hours’
walk of the Calapooias, and worked along the range for a total
distance of some thirty miles east and west. I found it of very
moderate elevation, the highest summit visited reaching only
2,200 feet, and pierced by two main arteries of travel, the South-
ern Pacific Railway and the Pacific Highway, not to mention
many minor roads and innumerable trails. Just where the
[No..2, Vol. 20, of ToRREYA, comprising pp. 17-36, was issued 4 June, 1920.]
37
38
authors of the Flora meant to draw their boundary-line I was
unable to determine; perhaps, like myself, they were misled by
the map, on which the Calapooia Range appears as a single
well-defined ridge. Asa matter of fact, it is a complex of moun-
tains and valleys at least ten miles in breadth, flanked by foot-
hills on both sides, but with a somewhat more abrupt approach
on the north than on the south. To draw a botanical boundary-
line under such circumstances would be most difficult, for any
plant that succeeded in finding its way into the range would have
little trouble in advancing into thé more open country to the
north. There are no summits’above snow-line to be crossed, no
streams of any considerable width, no barren areas, no zones of
continuous cultivation, no appreciable change of climate—in
fact, the casual collector would never dream, from any outward
indications, that he was approaching anything as momentous as a
botanical boundary. It is not surprising therefore that several
species were collected during this trip which find no mention in
the pages of the Flora of the Northwest Coast.
After this hasty survey of the southern boundary, it seemed in
order to visit the eastern one, and try to determine to what extent
the Cascades have barred the way to the flora of Eastern Oregon.
Here is a real mountain barrier, often rising far above snowline,
pierced by few avenues of travel, and with very diverse climatic
conditions on the two faces. The point of attack was Mount
Jefferson, on the eastern line of Linn County—a precipitous
volcanic peak, 10,500 feet in height, and so steep that only a
veteran Alpinist can hope to reach the summit. Much of the
west slope is too sheer for trees to get more than a precarious
foothold, and a large part of the region has in addition been
swept by forest-fires, so that an aridity prevails in many places
which would not ordinarily be expected on the western side of
the Cascades. It was not surprising, in an environment so
similar to the semi-arid region of central Oregon, to encounter
species which have been thought to belong only to the eastern
division of the state.
Our western boundary, consisting of the Pacific Ocean, could
not be expected to afford an avenue for any introductions except
39
such as were frankly indebted to human agency for their trans-
portation; but the northern boundary of the State, although not
the northern boundary of the Flora of the Northwest Coast,
seemed worth some study. Along the sand-bars of the Columbia
and on its low muddy shores is a surprising aggregation of species
that have either been brought down by the river from their
inland range, or have found lodgment in some unexplained way
after wider wanderings. The number of these unexpected
strangers will be evident after a study of the following list.
In addition to these penetrations of the frontier by indigenous
species, the influx of foreign forms has been found to continue
unabated. Just where they come from it is usually quite impos-
sible to determine; they were not here yesterday, but to-day we
find them, and to-morrow, so favorable are our soil and climate,
-we can be reasonably certain that they will still be here. Not
only is this true in the centers of population, but very often our
first encounter with these new plants is in some remote country
district or along some mountain stream. No species has been
included in the following list that was not growing spontaneously
and with a good chance of perpetuating itself indefinitely. Every
one of these species was collected within the Oregon limits of the
Flora of the Northwest Coast, and is understood to be without
mention in that work. Specimens of each have been deposited
in the Gray Herbarium, and I must again express my indebted-
ness to Mr. J. Francis Macbride for his unwearying kindness in
revising and correcting my attempts at determination, as well
as in clearing up many knotty problems of nomenclature and
specific limits. Species that are clearly introduced are marked
with an asterisk(*). A number of these were originally reported
in my list of Linnton ballast-plants (Torreya 17: 151-160).
At the time they did not seem sufficiently stable to be worthy of
inclusion in a list of established species; but, although the area
was occupied by a shipyard during the war, and the vegetation
upon it consequently subjected to a very rigorous test (most of
the ground being excavated or planked over, covered with piles
of material and machinery, and tramped over daily by hundreds
of men and horses), I was delighted to find that several species
40
had survived all these vicissitudes, and were still flourishing on
the occasion of my last visit in August, 1919. I feel therefore
that they have earned their right to be regarded as permanent
members of our flora, and they are included in the following list.
iis
10.
1 Gy OP
2
1G
14.
Azolla caroliniana Willd. In shallow water at the west end
of Oswego Lake, Clackamas County. Also reported by
Gorman from Oak Grove in the same county.
. Equisetum fluviatile L. var. polystachyum (C. Briickn.) A. A.
Eaton. With the species in a marsh at the east end of
Pamelia Lake, at the southwest base of Mt. Jefferson.
Apparently has been found but once before in this country,
by Flett at Tacoma, Wash.
. *Digitaria. sanguinalis (L.) Scop. On site of old stable,
Salem.
. *Setaria glauca (L). Beauv. In waste ground on river-bank,
Salem.
. *Ammophila arenaria (L.) Link. In shipyard on old ballast,
Linnton, Portland.
. *Aspris.capillaris (Host.) Hitche. Beginning to appear in
many places, but first collected on a sand-bar in the North
Santiam River at N. Santiam Station, Marion County.
. Eragrostis caroliniana (Spreng.) Scribn. On a sand-bar in
the Columbia on Hayden Island, opposite Vancouver,
Wash. Has been reported from southeastern Oregon,
and common in the Middle West.
. *Bromus brizaeformis F. & M. In shipyard, Linnton.-
Very common east of the Cascades.
. *Agropyron junceum (L.) Beauv. With the last.
f } t
The Torrey Botanical Club
Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous copies
of the number of ToORREYA in which their papers appear, will kindly notify the
editor when returning proof.
Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned to the editor. The
New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the
following rates:
4pp. | 8pp. rep. | 16pp. | 20pp. 24pP. 28pp. | 32pp. | 48pp. | .64pp.
25 copies | $1.40 $2.45| $3- 65 8 4-40| $ 5.65)\$ 6.50 $ 8.00) $ 8.45) $12.55] $15.90
50 1-65} °2,90) 4.25 5.10) 6.65). 7:75|, 9.40]. 9:85] 14.15] 17.35
eet 1.95| 3.35} 4-85) 5.65|° 7.60, 8.75} 10.45} 11.25] 15-65} 19.95
TOO=4¢- 2.251> 3180] 5.35) 6.35| 8725]. 9-80} II.55] 12-45) 17.55! (22.05
1 Ay: Cae a 2.70) 4.60} 6.50) ~ 7:60] 10.20} 12.10) 44.20] 15.20} | 27.35) 26.80
200 ** 3-00] 5.05]. 7-15] ~ 8.35] I-40 13.50| 15.80 16.85) 23.55, 29.60
3002. = 3:85) 6.20} p20) 10.70) 14:85, 17-55, 20-50) 21.05; 30.20} 37.40
Covers: 25 for $1.75
Additional covers, 14c. each. Plates: 100 for $1.00.
Committees for 1920.
Finance Committee
R, A. Harper, Chairman.
J. H. BARNHART,
Miss C. C. HAYNES .
H. B. DouGLas
Budget Committee
J. H. BARNHART, Chairman.
R. A. HARPER
N. L. BRITTON
A. W. Evans
_M. A. Howe
-H. H, Russy
Field Committee
MICHAEL LEVINE, Chairman,
Soh s> “Mes. L.M. KEELER
GEORGE’T. HASTINGS
F. J: SEAVER
-, NoRMAN TAYLOR
Percy WILSON ~
- Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict:
~ Mosses:. Mrs. E. G. Britton
. Liverworts: A..W. Evans
_ Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen
' Marine Algae: M. A. Howe
~ Gasteromycetes: G. C. Fisher
*” Hymenomycetes: W. A? Murrill
- Except Russula and Lactarius: Miss G.
Burlingham . ‘
’ Corttharius: R. A> Harper
._Polyporeae: M. Levine
Beissobanidii: ‘H. M. Richards
- Rusts and Smuts: E. W. Olive
_ Discomyeetes: B: O. Dodge
~ on lb
Program Committee
Mrs. E. G. Britton, Chairman.
_ Pror. JEAN BROADHURST
ALFRED GUNDERSON
F. J. SEAVER
Membership Committee
J. K. SMALL, Chairman.
T. E. HAzEn
E.W. OLIVE
Local Flora Committee
N. L. Britton, Chairman.
Phanerogams: Cryptogams:
E P. BICKNELL “Mrs. E.G. BRITTON
N.L. Britton. T.E. HAZEN | -
C. C. CurTIs M.A. HowE
K. K. MACKENZIE MICHAEL LEVINE
NORMAN TAYLOR W. A. MuRRILL
Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora
Lichens: W. C. Barbour
Sphaeriaceae,, Dothideaceae: H. M
Richards
Hypocreaceae, Perisporieae, Plectas
cineae, Tuberineae: F. J. Seaver
Fungi-forming sclerotia: A. B. Stout
Imperfecti: H. M. Richards, F.
Seaver, Mel. T. Cook
Oomycetes: C. A. King
Zygomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee
Chytridiaceae,
Myxomycetes: Mrs. H. M. Richards
Yeast and Bacteria: Prof. J. Broadhurst
Insect galls: Mel T. Cook
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
(1) BULLETIN
A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established
1870. Vol. 46 published in 1919, contained 502 pages. of text ~
and 19 full-page plates. Price $4.00 per annum. For Europe, ~
18 shillings. Dulau & Co., 47 Soho Square, London, are, 4
agents for England. : 4
Of former volumes, only 24-46 can be supplied entire ; cer-~
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock — ;
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets j
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars
each; Vols. 28-46 three dollars each. :
Single copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not
breaking complete volumes.
.
(2) MEMOIRS
The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at. irregu-
lar intervals. Volumes 1-15 are now completed; No. 1 of
Vol. 16 has been issued. The subscription price is fixed at
$3.00 per volume in advance ; Vol. 17, containing Proceedings
of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the Club, 490 pages, was
issued in 1918, price $5.00. Certain numbers can also be pur-
chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers and of
prices will be furnished on application. ae
(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri-
- dophyta reported as growing within one hundise miles of New V
York, 1888. Price, $1.00. ;
Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to Evia ive :
DR. FRANCIS W. PENNELL
2764 Creston Avenue ,
New York cit
Vol. 20 July-August, 1920 No. 4
TORREYA
A Br-Montuty Journat or Botanicat Notes ann News
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
NORMAN TAYLOR
JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873.
a CONTENTS
Southern Louisiana from the Car Window: RoLanpD M. HARPER... 67
Value of Nutrient Solutions as Culture Media for Fern Prothallia: E. D. W.
Brown. pL Dae, ipiTey ee aS efit bags Raed eA ee oe EO La Fac
Two new West Indian Plants: N. L. Brirron....-...... ~~. 83
Reviews :
Hitchcock’s Genera of Grasses of the United States: J. C. NELson. . 84
Proceedingsofthe Club... . rs Seagal aur Mee oe Hee
Miawetteiia. ses OK Beira tape Maen Ha go
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
AT 41 NorTH QUEEN STREET, LANCASTER, Pa.
BY Tsk New ERA PrintTING ComPANY
“Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter.
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1920
President
H. M. RICHARDS, Sc.D.
Vice- Presidents.
JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D
C. STUART GAGER, Pu.D.
Secretary and Treasurer
FRANCIS W. PENNELL
2764 CRESTON AVENUE, NEW YorK CITY
Editor
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., Pu.D.
Associate Editors
JEAN BROADHURST, PH.D. M. LEVINE, Pu.D.
J. A. HARRIS, Px.D. G. E. NICHOLS, Pu.D.
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D. ARLOW B. STOUT, Pu.D.
NORMAN TAYLOR.
Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
J. H. BARNHART, M.D.
OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE WILD FLOWER PRESERVATION
Society OF AMERICA
TorreyA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum ; single copies, thirty cents. To
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be |
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLuB, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
caster, Pa., or Dr. Francis W. Pennell, 2764 Creston Avenue, N. Y.
City.
Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should
be addressed to
NORMAN TAYLOR
' Brooklyn Botanic Garden
Brooklyn, N. ¥
TORREYA
Vol. 20 No. 4
July-August, 1920
SOUTHERN LOUISIANA FROM THE CAR—-WINDOW
By Rotanp M. HARPER
Louisiana is one of the two states in the Union that is all coastal
plain (Florida being the other). The southern half of the state,
although essentially flat and hardly anywhere more than 150 feet
above sea-level, has considerable diversity of soil, which is re-
_ flected in the vegetation as well as in the population and agricul-
tural features. The agricultural regions of the state were well
mapped and described by Dr. E. W. Hilgard in the fifth volume
of the Tenth Census, 1884, and the same divisions with slight
modifications were used in a report on forest conditions in Louis-
iana by J. H. Foster (U. S. Forest Service Bull. 114. 1912*),
and in a colored “ Phytogeographic map of Louisiana,” on a scale
of about 18 miles to the inch, which has been issued in several
editions in recent’years by the State Department of Agriculture
and Immigration. Additional geographical details can be found
in the soil surveys of several parishes and similar areas published
by the U. S. Department of Agriculture, and in Water Supply
and Irrigation Paper tor of the U. S. Geological Survey, on the
underground waters of southern Louisiana, by G. D. Harris and
others (1904), which contains among other things a map showing
the distribution of forests, prairies and marshes in the neighbor-
hood of Lake Charles.
Existing descriptions of the vegetation of southern Louisiana
are not very numerous or voluminous. There are of course a
few local lists of plants, and monographic works that cite Louis-
* Reviewed, with a reduced copy of the map, in Geog. Review 2: 475-476.
Dec. 1916.
[No. 3, Vol. 20, of TorrEyA, comprising pp. 37-65, was issued 18 July 1920.]
67
68
jana specimens, but those are of little interest to the plant sociolo-
gist. The vegetation of the several regions of the state was
sketched by Hilgard in the census report above mentioned and in
one or two preliminary papers that preceded it. Nearly fifty
years ago Prof. A. Featherman of the Louisiana State University
published two or three official reports on botanical surveys in
Louisiana, and that for 1781 contains an interesting description
of the prairies in the southern part of the state.
Prof. S. M. Tracy, in Bulletin 15 of the Division of Agros-
tology of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1898 (pp. 10-11),
published some notes on prairie grasses of southern Louisiana,
with a list of about 19 species, including several weeds. Andrew
Allison, in a paper on the birds of West Baton Rouge Parish, in
the Auk (21: 472-483) for October, 1904, devoted about two pages
to vegetation, giving technical names of several of the most char-
acteristic plants. In the same magazine for January, 1906, the
same author and two others sketched the geography of the whole
state, with a regional map patterned after Hilgard’s, and a few
notes on vegetation. In Torreya (6: 201-203) for October, 1906,
I described the vegetation of some swamps near New Orleans as
it appeared in midwinter.
Prof. R. S. Cocks, in Bulletin 7 of the Gulf Biologic Station at
Cameron, La., published by the State Board of Agriculture and
Immigration in 1907, entitled The Flora of the Gulf Biologic
Station, devoted about two pages (out of 42) to classifying the
plants in the vicinity of the station by habitat, and more than six
pages to the flora of the prairies west of Lafayette. Two other
papers by the same author, namely, Grasses of Louisiana (Bull.
10, Gulf Biol. Sta., 1908), and Leguminosae of Louisiana (Bull.
i, ,lca. Nat. Hist: Sury:, 1910), have assisted me in identifying
the plants seen on the trips described below. Another interest-
ing contribution by Prof. Cocks, dealing with a part of southern
Louisiana that I have not seen, is the first of a projected series
of “Notes on the Flora of Louisiana,” in the Plant World (17:
186-191) for June, 1914, which describes the fertile loess hills
north of Baton Rouge from a floristic standpoint.
My first opportunity to see any part of Louisiana west of New
—— t= =
.
69
Orleans came in July, 1915, when on the way from Florida to
California. Leaving New Orleans shortly before midnight of
the thirteenth on the main line of the Southern Pacific system
(which operates in Louisiana under the aliases of Morgan’s
Louisiana & Texas R. R., and Louisiana Western), I traveled in
a day coach so as to be able to begin taking notes as soon as there
was light enough, although that deprived me of any protection
from mosquitoes (for it would hardly be worth while to put
screens on a car that runs all the way from New Orleans to Los
Angeles and’is exposed to mosquitoes only about one tenth of the
distance). Daybreak (about 4:30 a.m.) on the 14th found me
at Lafayette, 145 miles from New Orleans and just west of the
alluvial bottoms of the Mississippi delta. The mosquitoes which
had made sleep impossible during the night soon disappeared, and
as the locomotive used oil for fuel there was nothing to interfere
with botanical observations except the speed of the train and my
unfamiliarity with some of the plants. Lake Charles, the me-
tropolis of southwestern Louisiana, was passed a little before 7
o'clock, and the Sabine River at the western border of the state.
about 7:45.
A little over three years later, when on the way to Texas on
an errand for the U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, I crossed
Louisiana by a different route, a little farther north. On the
afternoon of August 19, rg18, I went from New Orleans to Baton
Rouge by the Yazoo & Mississippi Valley R. R., and on the 2oth
from Baton Rouge westward to the Sabine River and beyond by
the New Orleans, Texas & Mexico Ry. (Gulf Coast Lines, for-
merly a part of the Frisco System), which uses the Y. & M. V.
tracks southeast of Baton Rouge and the Kansas City Southern
from DeQuincy, La., to Beaumont, Tex., and burn oil like the
Southern Pacific and several other southwestern railroads. The
two trips together took me through four or five different kinds
of country, whose vegetation will be sketched below.
The flood-plain and delta of the Mississippi River have gen-
erally been mapped as a unit in Louisiana, except for the separa-
tion of the treeless marshes near the coast from the originally
densely wooded portion farther inland. There are some sig-
70
nificant differences, however, between the alluvial lands at the
northern edge of the state and those in the latitude of New
Orleans. The soil of extreme northeastern Louisiana is hardly
surpassed in productiveness anywhere in the world; but there is
a progressive decrease in fertility going downstream from there, |
for two different—but not wholly independent—reasons. First,
on approaching the mouth of the river the seasonal fluctuation
of the water diminishes, and with it the opportunities of the soil
for a¢ration ;* and second, because of the pronounced increase of
late summer rainfall toward the Gulf coast, the soils in that direc-
tion must be more thoroughly leached.; The variations in soil
fertility are brought out very well by census statistics on the use
of commercial fertilizers.t In 1909 the farmers in the alluvial
parishes above Baton Rouge spent only 7 cents for fertilizers for
every acre of improved land in 1910, those between Baton Rouge
and New Orleans $1.23, and those below New Orleans $2.22.
In northern Louisiana the alluvial lands are largely devoted
to cotton, while about Baton Rouge sugar-cane becomes the lead-
ing crop, and that gradually gives way to rice below New Orleans.
A northeast-southwest line drawn across the delta a little above
Baton Rouge separates the cotton and sugar-cane regions pretty
well, and the difference is reflected in the vegetation, as will be
shown farther on.
THE SUGAR-CANE REGION
From New Orleans to Baton Rouge (88 miles) and about ten
miles west of the latter place, or about to the boundary between
the parishes of West Baton Rouge and Pointe Coupee, I was in
the sugar-cane region, where vast fields of cane, hiding all but
the roofs of the one-story houses, are the most conspicuous fea-
ture of the late summer landscape. Corn and rice rank next to
cane in acreage, the former often planted with velvet beans or
sugar-cane in alternate rows. Rice was being threshed at the
time I passed by, and the piles of chaff were often burned to get
* See Torreya I1: 223. 1911.
+ See Science II. 48: 208-211. Aug. 30, 1918.
t See Science II. 42: 500-503. Oct. 8, 1915.
71
rid of them. ‘The houses are mostly aggregated in villages, each
village with its sugar-mill. Water for domestic purposes is gen-
erally taken from cisterns, as in numerous other fertile regions.
The forests are reduced to scattered remnants, mostly along
streams. The commonest trees seem to be Salix nigra (?),
Populus deltoides, Liquidambar, Platanus, Taxodium distichum,
Ulmus americana, and Celtis sp., in the order named. There
are hardly any erect shrubs, but three woody vines, Rhus radi-
cans, Tecoma radicans, and Ampelopsis arborea are fairly com-
mon. The epiphyte Tillandsia usneoides is the only native herb
that is at all conspicuous, the other herbs noted being mostly
weeds, such as Ambrosia trifida and Paspalum Vaseyanum.
THE CoTTON REGION
From about Westover to Opelousas, 49 miles, on the Gulf
Coast Lines, the country is still flat and alluvial, but about half
wooded, with less cane and more cotton than had been seen the
day before. Several sawmills were passed, and the forests had
been damaged a good deal by lumbering, draining, grazing, etc.
The commonest plants in that distance, which is through the cot-
ton region of the Mississippi bottoms, seem to be as follows:
TREES
Liquidambar Styraciflua Quercus ‘texana (?)
Salix nigra (?)* Gleditsia triacanthos
Taxodium distichum Fraxinus americana (?)
Acer Drummondii (7) Quercus nigra
Celtis sp. Hicoria aquatica (?)
Populus deltoides Acer Negundo
SHRUBS AND VINES
Ampelopsis arborea Cephalanthus occidentalis
Rhus radicans Tecoma radicans
Sabal glabra Brunnichia cirrhosa
* If this is S. nigra it grows taller and straighter here than it usually does
elsewhere.
Herss (all weeds)
Chamaecrista robusta (?) Verbena angustifolia (?)
Helenium tenutfolium Piaropus crassipes
Croton capitatus
THE PRAIRIES
Dr. Hilgard distinguished three kinds of prairie in southern
Louisiana, all contiguous, namely, brown loam on the northeast,
gray silt on the west, and black calcareous on the south, next to
the coast marshes. I crossed all three, but on account of the
relatively small extent of natural vegetation remaining and the
inherent difficulty of identifying herbs from a fast train, on a
route traversed only once, I will not attempt to separate them
at this time. On the more southerly route the ground-watei
level is pretty close to the surface, and the railroad is built on a
low embankment most of the way, while on the other route, 15
or 20 miles farther north, the prairies are comparatively high
and dry (though not over 75 feet above sea-level), which prob-
ably makes as much difference in the vegetation as the compo-
sition of the soil does.
The prairie country stretches westward from Opelousas and
Lafayette at the edge of the Mississippi bottoms to the bottoms
of the Calcasieu River, and like most prairies is almost perfectly
level. Toward the western edge, however, in the gray silt prai-
ries, there are numerous low mounds rising a foot or so above
the general level, which make the vegetation a little more diver-
sified than it would be otherwise. There are also quite a number
of strips and patches of timber, mostly along streams, so that one
hardly ever has an unobstructed view of more than two or three
miles in any direction. Eastward the trees are all deciduous, but
toward the west pines appear in increasing numbers, mostly
Pinus Taeda on the northern route and P. palustris on the south-
ern route. Where the prairie is bordered by deciduous forests
the boundary is sharp, but the edge of the pine forest is ill-
defined, probably on account of fire, as on the Hempstead Plains
of Long Island.*
* See Mem. Torrey Club 17: 271. 1918.
73
The original prairie vegetation is now nearly all replaced by
fields and pastures. In St. Landry Parish sometimes as many as
fifty farm-houses can be seen at once, between stations, each with
a few trees around it, and most of them with “ French” chimneys
of sticks and mud. Water is usually obtained from cisterns, as
in the delta. Rice, corn and cotton are the leading crops, in
order of acreage. The commonest native and naturalized plants
seem to be as follows:
TREES
Liquidambar Styraciflua Hicoria alba
Pinus Taeda Nyssa sylvatica (?)
Ouercus stellata Quercus falcata
Pinus palustris Quercus Michauxii
Quercus Phellos Taxodium distichum
SHRUBS
Myrica pumila Baccharis halimifolia
Cephalanthus occidentalis
HERBS
Paspalum Vaseyanum Gaura Lindheimeri
Panicum hemuitomon Baptisia leucophaea*
Helenium tenutfolium Dracopis amplexicaulis (?)
Eryngium yuccifolium Croton capitatus
Mesadenia lanceolata Silphium laciniatum
Tillandsia usneoides Typha latifolia
Hibiscus incanus (?) Baptisia sp.
Nama ovata (?) Sesbania macrocarpa (?)
The trees are mostly along streams, as above stated, and Myrica
pumila occurs near the pine forests, especially on mounds, where
it can keep its roots reasonably dry. The first and third herbs
listed are obnoxious weeds, and the second grows in wet places
*In Robinson & Fernald’s Manual this is treated as synonymous with B.
bracteata Ell., a species known only from dry woods in Georgia and Alabama
(see Bull. Torrey Club 33: 533. 1906), but the range attributed to it excludes
those two states entirely.
74
and may be more characteristic of the marshes south of the
prairies.
Outside of Louisiana and Texas these prairies probably have
their nearest counterpart in the Grand Prairie of Arkansas,*
which although considerably nearer to centers of ecological
activity is even less known botanically than the Gulf coast prairies.
THE LONG-LEAF PINE REGION
West of the prairies are the long-leaf pine forests, about fifty
miles wide on my northern route, but hardly extending south of
Lake Charles at all. The topography where I crossed is gently
rolling (doubtless a little more hilly farther north), with grayish
loamy soil and clayey subsoil, and very few streams (unlike most
of the pine-barrens of the Atlantic slope, where the sandy soil
holds considerable water which seeps out in the valleys gradually
throughout the year). Mosquitoes were rather abundant, though,
strange to say. The region is very sparsely settled, and even yet
lumbering seems to be more important than farming.
Pinus palustris outnumbers all other trees by a large majority,
and on uplands where the lumberman has not yet begun opera-
tions it makes a pure stand with no woody undergrowth of any
kind. These pine forests are denser than most of those east of
the Mississippi River, as observed long ago by Dr. Mohr,+ who
found, probably in what is now Beauregard Parish, 35,000 board
feet on a single acre,—which is several times the average for the
southeastern pine forests.
Just two weeks before my 1918 visit southwestern Louisiana
had been swept by a hurricane, and in some places as many as 10
per cent. of the pines had been blown down, and many leaves and
branches stripped from the deciduous trees. The commonest
trees besides the long-leaf pine seem to be Nyssa biflora (?),
Liquidambar, Pinus Taeda, Magnolia grandiflora, Quercus
Michauxii, Fagus, Nyssa uniflora, Quercus falcata, Q. alba,
Taxodium distichum, and Ilex opaca,in the order named. These
* See Plant World 17: 40-44. 1914.
+ See page 45 of the revised edition of his “ Timber pines of the southern
United States” (U. S. Forestry Bull. 13), 1897.
75
are chiefly confined to the vicinity of streams, like the trees in the
prairies. The only common shrubs seem to be Callicarpa Ameri-
cana and Myrica cerifera. The herbaceous flora was difficult to
identify from a moving train, but it seems decidedly poorer in
species than that of the southeastern pine-barrens, and not many
plants were in bloom in August. The most abundant herb is a
coarse grass, presumably an Andropogon, and the most conspicu-
ous were two species of Laciniaria, which I have guessed to be
L. pycnostachya and L. acidota. (A little later I had opportu-
nity to examine the pine-barrens more closely in eastern Texas,
and the results are published in the Bulletin for July, 1920.*
THe HAMMOCK ForESTS
Within a few miles of the Sabine River the country is low and
clayey and probably occasionally inundated, though the soil would
hardly be classed as alluvial. These conditions are unsuited to
long-leaf pine, and the forests are comparatively dense and
hammock-like, with approximately the following composition:
TREES
Pinus Taeda Quercus Phellos
Liquidambar Styraciflua Quercus falcata
Nyssa uniflora Quercus stellata
Quercus Michauxii Quercus Marylandica
Taxodium distichum Hicoria aquatica (?)
SHRUBS
Cephalanthus occidentalis Aralia spinosa
HERBS
Tillandsia usneoides
Most of these are the same species already noted as growing
along streams in the pine-barrens, and this might be regarded as
-merely one of the strips of bottom-land timber, but for the fact
that it is considerably wider on the Texas side, where it deserves
to rank as a distinct region.
* Bull. Torrey Club 47: 289-319. 1920.
76
The foregoing notes, incomplete as they are (being based on
only about eleven hours of travel), may be useful to those who
may hereafter study Louisiana vegetation more intensively ; and
they illustrate a method of making observations in comfort in an
interesting area where mosquitoes and scarcity of water might
make traveling on foot rather disagreeable in summer.
THE VALUE-OF NUTRIENT SOLUTIONS AS CULTURE
MEDIA FOR FERN PROTHALLIA*
By ELizABETH DorotHy WuIst Brown
The value of nutrient solutions as culture media for growing
fern prothallia under experimental conditions being so well
known, it is the purpose of this paper to emphasize the value of
these solutions for growing prothallia for class use. Excellent
cultures may be obtained by using soil, peat and various other
media, but it has been the writer’s experience that the work is
greatly simplified by the use of the nutrient solution. For after
the solutions have been prepared and the cultures set up under
the best light conditions available, little attention need be paid to
them.
Aside from the time-saving element in caring for the cultures
is the advantage of having an abundance of material in various
stages of development always at hand. In this way it is possible
for the student to follow the development of the prothallia from
the one-cell stage to the adult form bearing antheridia, arche-
gonia and sporophytes. This may be accomplished by varying
the time of sowing the spores in the different cultures. It is well
to learn the length of time required for the germination of the
spores and the development of the prothallia of the particular
species used before setting up the cultures for class use. The
time of germination varies somewhat in different species, being
more rapid in the spores containing chlorophyll.
The following solutions, Beijerinck’s, Borner and Lucanus’s,
Knop’s, Prantl’s and Sachs’s, proved favorable for the germina-
* Contribution from the Osborn Botanical Laboratory.
~I
~]
tion of the spores and the development of the prothallia of the
rarious species of the Polypodiaceae used. However, Knop’s
and Prantl’s solutions were on the whole the best suited, espe-
r
Fic. 1. Prothallia and young sporophytes of Onoclea struthiopteris from
various nutrient solution cultures.
cially the latter as it did not seem favorable for the development
of algae. The formulas for making up these solutions are as
follows:
1. BEIJERINCK’S SOLUTION.
INNEL IN © peepee one Saree: (ah ep ten tere. lahantie lees «bo ae 0.5 2
BEL Ts Oca for tet Moses, Sa tone Peee Neer cea eLatoneree%s..0, 0 RS 0.22.
MIE S| Oya ass a mS ih ee ot i ee | RA 0.2 ¢.
GEV CI SEAS eter hice, Nn: aR Cad EE a Mm 0.1 g.
DEE (C Iba 0 Zh Onpalen t Fae cen keh cs Eee a trace.
78
2. BIRNER AND LucANus’s SOLUTION.
IVS SS Oem reee aenace strep nite spins me aes ee ers a os. See atid 0.52
(SalGIN ©) werent Bit pees icte aeeicichee™ Ri Gen ec ae 1.52
[SCE sl eX O yarns 3 a oe Sea aoa ees ee eee 1.0g
Ee Cl eat es se law ats Seager gr eae MR SR PRG OR emt trace
Dis tilledmwart ery yor wa teuehvorcishen stars oy aenoctckceial noeuttoets 1000 ¢.c
3. KNop’s SOLUTION.
WIEST OV otis) Staines 3, Sint ret ee ie eee ears SE. 0.25 g.
(CHW CIN OE te ra icece es cc cee cn NAT ee Sead a aad Aer re 1.002
IE a AO Acres anne Ot ceeeerens Mas cece Rae Marr eat Renee oe 0.25 2
1a GE Eo Fe oan eens rk es PREC en Cae EN 0.12g
LEE CHR eB Son pic CRG Os (os CRU EUEL A Cae MECC ERE er trace
DistilledMwaterue see wyerde cise on ae siecs sic eee oe 1000 ¢.¢c.
LEIS O ETAL tarsi beta eC oe cae MeO erat Ber ca ree 0.7 g
INTE T CI lesz as Ch SRNR See ce RUA RAR AOE OWE tee tats Ase ae a 0.23¢
CaSO, PS Si5 iC PEG cae ROA SIGE COP eet Orns
MEAS IO Waban, Gave oh seeeAc eka eee eae ERLE ea TLE at O:5mne
NH,NO, solution, DLOOA MPEG Cents 50 ssc «erties 20 C.c
5. SACHS’S SOLUTION.
TIN © SE ares cine eRe Ee et Aeon She i. “g,
INET Gl liber Au Bt le eM eon ane ee ER eA At aN AN hae act agers 0.5 g.
CaS Oe ieee seen ea ta ae a on eee ae ME Pte 0.5 g.
Mia S Oy) a opet eta aac ee ACR GPA oem 0.5 g.
(CHWS WI @ Petactoees cp Stota or emo eee ted oer eRe Soar 0.5 &.
AeeDistilled: “water qeec-c-cnad eatin eae lee clei eres 1000 €.c.
Experience has shown that it is best to omit the ferric chloride
from the stock solutions and to add a drop of a I per cent solu-
tion of ferric chloride to the nutrient solution of each culture
before the spores are sown.
It is best to make up a liter of the nutrient solution, being very
careful always to use only pure chemicals and distilled water.
It is not necessary to sterilize the solutions, in fact cultures seem
to do better on unsterilized solutions, especially those containing
ammonium nitrate, probably because of chemical changes caused
by heating.
Solutions should be kept in flasks or bottles well-stoppered
with cotton in a clean place. Great care must be exercised in
opening the flasks in the laboratory or the solutions will become
79
contaminated with algae or fungi. This is especially true when
replenishing the culture media after the prothallia have begun
to develop. Solutions should never be poured directly from the
stock flasks or bottles into the culture dishes but they should be
poured into a clean graduate, beaker or other receptacle and
from this into the culture. In this way it is often possible to keep
¥E
eee
‘
Fic. 2. Young sporophyte growing in Knop’s Solution
the stock solutions pure, althoug the cultures have become con-
taminated. However, if they do become infested it is best to
throw them away and, after cleaning and sterilizing the flasks,
prepare new solutions.
In making up solution cultures it is possible to use a glass dish
of any size which can be covered with a glass lid or plate, but on
80
the whole small glass capsules about 144 inches high, with a
diameter of 2% inches, seem best suited. These hold about 26
c.c. of nutrient solution. This amount of nutrient solution will
provide sufficient nourishment for a large number of prothallia
to grow to maturity. However, owing to evaporation, it will be
necessary to add fresh solution from time to time. The advan-
tages of using a dish of this size are many: it is easily handled
by both student and teacher; it can be placed under a compound
microscope and the growth of the culture observed; it does not
occupy so much space on the laboratory table and therefore is not
so liable to accident; and, if by chance it does meet with one or
becomes too badly infected by algae or fungi, its loss is not so
great. Sometimes a culture may be freed from an algal or
fungous growth by lifting the prothallia with a sterilized seeker
or sharp-pointed scalpel from the old solution to a new one in a
clean dish. Care must be taken not to immerse the prothallia in
the solution, for if this accidentally happens it will require care
to make them remain on the surface afterward. Sometimes this
can be accomplished by drying the upper surfaces of the pro-
thallia with filter paper. For study by a class in beginning botany
it is perhaps best to select a fern whose prothallia under normal
conditions are monoecious. ‘For this reason various species of
Aspidium or Camptosorus rhizophyllus may be used, although the
rarity of the latter often makes this impracticable. Among a large
number of the so-called “dioecious” prothallia, especially in the
older cultures, a large percentage of monoecious prothallia occur.
It is also possible by allowing. cultures of various species in which
large, vigorous, dioecious female prothallia predominate to be-
come poor in nourishment and in this way to lower their vitality
and thus convert them into monoecious prothallia. One way to
do this is not to replenish the media with new from time to time,
but to allow the prothallia to continue their growth on the same
solution upon which the spores have been sown. Since this re-
quires practice and skill in handling the prothallia as well as an
acquaintance with the prothallia of the particular species under
cultivation, it will hardly be practicable in most cases, unless one
81
wishes to demonstrate the effect of nourishment on the develop-
ment of the reproductive organs in fern prothallia.
Fertile fronds of the species to be used should be collected as
soon as the spores are ripe. After drying them, by placing them
before an open window for a few days, they should be wrapped
in paper and placed in a covered pasteboard box in a cool, dry
place. When preparing the spores for sowing, shake a frond
over white paper or a clean glass plate. Crush the sporangia
obtained with a scalpel or a microscopic slide, being very careful
not to crush the spores. The spores should be freed from the
remains of the sporangia before sowing them and this may be
done by rubbing the crushed mass through a sieve of varying
thicknesses of silk bolting cloth (which may be procured from a
~ flour mill) stretched in a small embroidery hoop. By adding or
removing a thickness of the cloth the grade of the sieve can read-
ily be adjusted.
The most successful of the various methods tried for sowing
the spores is as follows: A mass of spores is taken on the point
of a scalpel and the instrument is moved over the capsule about
half an inch above the surface of the medium, while the spores are
gently blown upon. In this manner the spores are fairly evenly
distributed. This should be done as quickly as possible and the
cover of the capsule replaced in order that the culture medium
is not exposed so long to the air. Likewise, whenever examining
or removing prothallia from a culture, do not leave it uncovered
any longer than is necessary. Neverinvertacover. It is well to
make up a number of cultures, one or two for each table of the
different laboratory sections with a few in reserve.
After the cultures are made it is best to place them before a
window, preferably an east window, where they are exposed to
the direct sunlight for a part of the day. This is especially nec-
essary during the period of germination. If the cultures are
started in warm weather it is best not to allow them to remain in
the sunshine longer than one or two hours at a time as the pro-
thallia do not develop as well when the culture solution becomes
heated. The spores of some species fail to germinate if the cul-
ture solution remains too warm. The optimum temperature for
82
prothallia is 60° F., although they will continue to do well in a
room whose temperature is much higher provided the culture
solution is not allowed to become overheated by exposure to the
sun’s direct rays.
Cultures may be labelled in various ways, but the most con-_
venient one is to write on the cover of the capsule near the edge
with a glass pencil the name of the species, the solution used for
the culture medium and the date of sowing the spores. By ab-
breviating the name of the species and by the use of either a letter
or Roman numeral for the culture solution and of figures to indi-
cate the date, the inscription need not occupy much space. For
example, “A. S—P.—1\ ’20” = Aspidium spinulosum, Prantl’s
Solution, November 4, 1920. Although it is not absolutely nec-
essary to label the cultures if only one species and one culture
solution are used, still it is well to have the date when the spores
were sown indicated.
When the prothallia are distributed for laboratory study, it 1s
best to remove a part of the culture to a watch glass, being careful
to use clean instruments and to return the cover to the capsule
as soon as possible. Under a dissecting microscope by means of
needles, the prothallia may then be teased apart, as the rhizoids
frequently become interwoven, and placed in another watch glass
from which to be distributed to the students. In this way the
students secure better niounts, a great deal of time will be saved
and a waste of material avoided. If more prothallia have been
removed from the culture than are needed immediately, the re-
mainder can be kept in excellent condition by adding a few drops
of water and placing the watch glass in a moist chamber. This
moist chamber can be made by inverting a bell jar over a plate
in which a little water is allowed to stand. The prothallia may
be returned to the culture if care is used not to submerge them as
has been previously stated.
Young sporophytes may be removed from the culture and
placed in watch glasses containing nutrient solution, supported by
tiny pebbles in such a manner that the young leaves are above the
solution and the young root immersed (Fig. 2). .The watch
glass should be covered with a bell jar. These sporophytes
‘ 83
can be kept alive for months if care is taken to replenish the nu-
trient solution and not to'expose the young sporophyte too long
to the dry atmosphere of the laboratory.
These details of technique have been the gradual outgrowth of
the writer’s experiences with many cultures of fern prothallia of
the various species of the Polypodiaceae. Especial emphasis is
laid upon careful and painstaking attention to details, and it is
only by experience that the value of so doing will be understood
and appreciated.
TWO NEW WEST INDIAN PLANTS
By N. L. Britton.
AN UNDESCRIBED STENOPHYLLUS FROM JAMAICA
The species of the sedge genus Stenophyllus hitherto known to
inhabit Jamaica* are S. junciformis (H. B. K.) Britton, which
has been collected in Clarendon and St. Andrew’s, and S. capil-
laris (L.) Britton, definite localities for which are at present
unknown.
To these, Mr. William Harris has recently added an unde-
scribed one, growing on a damp rocky slope at Old England Falls
at about I100 meters elevation in the Blue Mountains to be named
and characterized as follows:
ar Stenophyllus Harrisii sp. nov.
Densely tufted, with short rootstocks. Culms weak, glabrous,
about 6 dm. long and 1 mm. thick ; leaves reduced to basal sheaths
bearing ciliate blades 3 cm. long or less; spikelet solitary, about 8
mm. long, subtended by one or two aed bracts 5-6 mm.
long ; scales few, ovate to ovate-oblong ; style-branches 3; achene
obovoid, trigonous, about 0.7 mm. long, its broad top bearing a
minute black tubercle.
Old England Falls, Jamaica (Harris 12908, type; 12890). In
12890 most of the spikelets are transformed into tufts of short
linear leaves.
* Bull. Torrey Club 43: 447.
84
AN UNDESCRIBED CROTON FROM THE VIRGIN ISLANDS
Croton Fishlockii Britton, sp. nov.
A low, much-branched shrub, the young twigs sparingly long-
pilose, with very short internodes. Leaves broadly elliptic to
suborbicular, rather thin, 6-22 mm. long, 5-15 mm. wide, rounded
or obtuse at both ends, pinnately few-veined, sparingly long-
pilose and with rather copious black stellate hairs, the long-pilose
petioles 2-8 mm. long; flowers few, in small terminal clusters, ior
solitary. Staminate flowers: sepals ovate to elliptic-ovate, 2.8-3
mm. long, 1.8-2 mm. broad, stellate-pubescent on the back; petals
obovate to broadly obovate, 3 mm. long, 2-2.2 mm. broad, villous
within ; stamens 12, the filaments villous near the base.
Top of the mountain in Virgin Gorda, Virgin Islands, at about
425 meters altitude (W. C. Fishlock, No. 311, May 9, 1919).
A very interesting distinct species, related to Croton lucidus
L. I take pleasure in dedicating it to Mr. Fishlock, who has been
in charge of the Botanical Station at Roadtown, Tortola, for a
series of years, and who has made extensive collections of the
Virgin Island flora, adding greatly to our knowledge of the distri-
bution of species of Tortola, Virgin Gorda and Anegada. Croton
lucidus L., apparently its nearest relative, has not been found in
the Virgin Islands.
REVIEWS
Hitchcock’s Genera of Grasses of the United States *
At the present low ebb of systematic botany, due largely to the
deplorable schism over the question of nomenclatorial rules, the
appearance of a work of such scope fromthe pen of our leading
agrostologist is of capital importance to every student of the
grasses. Sufficient time has elapsed since the publication of
Scribner’s American Grasses in 1900} to make a new exposition
of grass-genera extremely desirable. Many of the views set
forth in the present volume were foreshadowed in the author’s
* Hitchcock, A. S., The Genera of Grasses of the United States, with special
reference to the economic species. U.S. Dept. of Agric. Bull. No. 772: Wash-
ington, Govt. Printing Office, March 20, 1920. Pp. 1-307; 174 figs., 20 plates.
Price .40.
+ U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Agrost. Bull. 20.
85
i
Text-Book of Grasses (1914), but a fuller and more adequate
treatment was urgently needed. Professor Hitchcock’s sound
and sane conservatism has not permitted him to depart too widely
from the fundamental doctrines of modern agrostology yet the
present work is by no means a mere compilation of existing views,
but marks in several respects a distinct advance over our previous
knowledge.
The attention of the reviewer naturally was first drawn to that
stone of stumbling and rock of offense, the correct position of the
tribe Oryzeae. The Gordian knot has been neither untied nor
cut. After following Hackel and Scribner by placing the tribe
in the sub-family Panicatae in the Text-Book of Grasses, Pro-
fessor Hitchcock has now returned to the view taken in his re-
vision of the Gramineae for the Seventh Edition of Gray’s
‘Manual (1908), and included the tribe again among the Poatae.
Evidently therefore the laterally-compressed spikelets now appear
to him a character of greater significance than the articulation
of the rachis below the glumes. Asa matter of fact, the tribe pre-
sents an impasse that can never be satisfactorily evaded as long
as the two sub-families are delimited as at present. Undoubtedly
there will always be good grounds for maintaining these two
series for the majority of the genera; but there is a progressive
obliteration of sharply-opposed characters as we descend toward
the median line, until we reach a debatable ground in which the
two sets seem to be inextricably blended. Perhaps the most note-
worthy advance in taxonomy afforded by the present volume is in
the new sequence of tribes. The arrangement that has been uni-
formly followed hitherto has been strikingly illogical, in that-it
involved a progression from the most highly-developed to the
most primitive forms. The bamboos, as showing the least differ-
entiation in floral structure, should evidently begin the sequence.
and the allies of Tripsacum should close it as the most complex
We accordingly find in the present work that the Poatae stand
first, with the tribes in the following order: Bamboseae, Festu-
ceae, Hordeae, Aveneae, Agrostideae, Nazieae, Chlorideae, Pha-
larideae, Oryzeae and Zizanieae (the latter tribe cut off from
_Oryzeae on the basis of the unisexual spikelets, leaving only
86
Oryza and Homalocenchrus to represent the original tribe), and
the Panicatae are in second place, in the order: Melinideae, Pani-
ceae, Andropogoneae and Tripsaceae (the latter name very prop-
erly taken up instead of Maydeae, since the genus Mays is no
longer maintained). The author is careful to point out, however,
that no arrangement in a purely lineal sequence can represent the
tribal relationships, and repeats the view set forth in his Text-
Book (p. 157), that the phylogenetic development has not been
along a single line. At least three dimensions would seem nec-
essary to a satisfactory schematic representation of this relation-
ship! Here is foreshadowed the great future problem to be
solved by grass-systematists. The placing of Nazieae among the
Poatae seems to be justified by the articulation of the spikelet
above the glumes; and the near relation of Hilaria and Aegopo-
gon to certain of the Chlorideae suggests to the author a dispo-
sition by which these two genera will ultimately be cut off from
Nazia and its allies. Whether the distinction between Zizanieae
and Oryzeae can be maintained for the genera not represented in
the United States which are usually referred to Oryzeae, notably
the anomalous Streptochaeta and Reynaudia, the author does not
attempt to decide. Another noteworthy innovation is found in
the placing of Munroa among the Chlorideae, where it finds a
place next to Cathestecum, previously transferred in the same
way by Griffiths* from the Festuceae. The genus Triodia is
restored, with the comment that it does not seem practicable to
segregate any of the species as distinct genera. The name Aira
is taken up for what has been known.as Deschampsia, the author
holding that the Linnaean type should be selected from among
the first four rather than the last two species (A. praecox and A.
caryophyllea being species from southern Europe, and not in-
cluded by Linnaeus either in the Flora Lapponica or Flora Sue-
cica). The little annuals heretofore called “Aira” are placed
in Adanson’s genus Aspris.+ Melica is not subdivided, although
the presence of the club-shaped rudiment is maintained as a dis-
a procedure which makes the reference of
tinguishing character
~iGontt. WS. Nata blerb. 143) 5c" Lome,
+ Adans. Fam. Pl. 2: 496, 522. 1763.
87
any species of the section Bromelica to the genus a matter of ex-
treme difficulty for the beginner.
The author adopts Piper’s* view that what has been known as
Agrostis alba L. should be called A. palustris Huds., the original
name having been founded on what was almost certainly a species
of Poa; and A. capillaris L. is in like manner taken up for what
has usually been called A. alba var. vulgaris Thurb., the “ Rhode
Island bent.” Apera is regarded as insufficiently distinct from
Agrostis and replaced in that genus. Sphenopholis and Koeleria
retain the position among the Aveneae to which Professor Hitch-
cock has always regarded them as entitled.
The synonymy is complete for all generic names based on
American species; and all such names, whether valid or in
synonymy, are placed on a type-basis. A careful study has been
made of each genus with a view to ascertaining which of the spe-
cies the author had chiefly in mind, so that the arbitrary method
of selecting the first-mentioned valid species as the type is
avoided. A brief of the publication of each generic name is
given, and in each case the reason for selecting the species taken
as the type is stated. The law of priority is strictly applied, and
the “nomina conservanda” of the International Rules are in no
case maintained. Each genus is technically described, and its
scope and distribution indicated. As was inevitable in a publi-
cation of the Department of Agriculture, all the economic species
under each genus are mentioned, so that the user of the book
should be able to refer any of these species to its proper genus.
The author’s interest in his subject, however, often leads him to
extend his treatment to include species of no economic sig-
nificance. e
The illustrations with two exceptions (Euchlaena and Coix)
are all new, and specially prepared for this work, the habit-
drawings by Mary Wright Gill, and the details of the spikelet by
Agnes Chase. The figure of Hydrochloa carolinensis on p. 213
is an admirable example of the fidelity and accuracy of Mrs. Gill’s
work. The high cost of paper is doubtless responsible for plac-
ing a photographic plate on each side of the inserted leaves.
“*U.S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 692. 1918.
88
One new species (Epicampes subpatens, from New Mexico)
is published, and fourteen new combinations are formally made.
The proofreading has been done with the most scrupulous care,
in pleasing contrast to the carelessness displayed in some of our
recently-issued manuals. The reviewer is inclined to regard
Beauvois’s correction* of Rafinesque’s “ Diarina”’> to Diarrhena
as valid under any set of rules; but Rafinesque’s lordly indiffer-
ence to all matters etymological makes it inadvisable to be dog-
matic in regard to the correct spelling. It is doubtless an excess
of purism to inquire why Lepturus is treated as feminine and
Pholiurus as masculine (pp. 105,106). Chaetochloa palmifolium
(p. 243) is the only other error in agreement observed. The
word “palea” is used throughout instead of the Anglicized “ pa-
let,’ thus conforming to “lemma”’; but strict consistency would
also require the use of “ gluma.”
Cynosurus cristatus is not “the only species in the United
States” (p. 68), as C. echinatus L. is becoming well established
in Western Oregon. Coleanthus is regarded as “introduced”
(p. 133), although it is hard to see on what ground, since it is
nowhere an associate of cultivated plants, and has a sufficiently
wide distribution in Eurasia to justify the presumption that it is
a cosmopolite. Torresia macrophylla is not merely “ Califor-
nian,’ (p. 201) but extends northward at least to the Columbia
River. Homalocenchrus oryzoides is not limited to the “ eastern
United States” (p. 206) but is of frequent occurrence in the
Wilamette Valley.
Those who have followed in successive publications the steady
evolution of Professor Hitchcock’s views on systematic agros-
tology, will hope that this admirable contribution may in future
find its logical culmination in an equally sound and able treatment
of all the grass-species represented in the United States, which
will be for the entire family what Hackell’s exposition of the
Andropogoneae has been for that tribe, and will for all time con-
firm the author’s right to rank as a worthy continuator of the
work of Beauvois, Trinius and Hackel. James C. NELSON
* Ess. Agrost. 142. 1812.
* Med. Repos. 5: 352. 1808.
; 89
PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB
FEBRUARY 25, 1920
A meeting of the Club was held at 3.30 p.m. at The New York
Botanical Garden. Dr. H. A. Gleason presided. There were 21
“persons present.
The minutes of the meetings held January 28 and February 10
were adopted.
Mr. William’ T. Arnold and Mr. Charles E. Fairman were
elected to membership. The resignation of Dr. O. E. White was
accepted. The death on November 8, 1919, of Mr. E. C. Wurz-
low was noted.
Dr. R. A. Harper, on behalf of the committee charged with the
selection for nomination of a candidate or candidates for the
offices of Secretary and Treasurer, reported, suggesting Dr. F.
W. Pennell for both these positions. The joint tenure of these
‘offices has been found of much convenience. Dr. Pennell was
elected Secretary-Treasurer.
The Treasurer was authorized to renew insurance upon our
stock in the basement of the library of Columbia University.
The resignation of Dr. Pennell as Chairman of the Field Com-
mittee was accepted.
The scientific program consisted of two titles:
Dr. H. M. Denslow discussed “Our Native Orchids.” After
an introduction telling of his own long acquaintance with the
orchids of our northeastern, and especially our local, flora, the
speaker entered upon his real theme. This considered first the
status of our knowledge of orchids; emphasizing the limitation
of present knowledge and stating as reasons for this (a@) the
shortness of flowering-season of some species, (>) the minute
size of flowers and general inconspicuousness of some species,
(c) the unexpected habitats of some species, and (d) the spo-
radicity of occurrence of yet some species. Then he called our
attention to the imperfect representation in herbaria, and locally
in our Club collection at The New York Botanical Garden, of
our orchids, emphasizing the need of a collection sufficiently ample
to show us the distribution of each sort. The same want is evi-
90
dent in the Garden’s own herbarium. The speaker insisted upon
the urgent need of soon building ample herbaria as, because of
the increasing rarity and even disappearance of certain species,
it will later be impossible to obtain such data.
For the obtaining of information concerning our orchid-life
Dr. Denslow suggested: (a@) more state and other local floras
(studies to give status of orchids and other plants in the same
waning condition), (b) exploration, (c) increase of our her-
barium, and toward this he advocated a system of exchanges.
For the recording of our information as to species-ranges, and
our help in realizing where exploration is most needed, he advo-
cated plotting known areas of occurrence upon blank outline
maps.
Dr. Denslow closed with the injunction that in the next ten or
fifteen years we must discover whatever we wish to know con-
cerning the occurrence or many native orchids—therefore “be
up and doing!”
Dr. Alfred Gundersen showed and discussed “Labels and
Records for Herbaceous Plants.” The Brooklyn Botanic Gar-
den has had difficulty with the wanton transference or removal
of labels from the beds for herbaceous plants. The resulting
confusing of data was first obviated by the mapping of their
plantings ; still for the public who had to depend upon the label-
ing present, this was not sufficient. Finally, after a series of
experiments, there has been adopted a metal two-faced label,
firmly secured to a post and so placed between two plantings on
each side that each wing of the label and each face of each wing
will designate a planting, the whole labeling four plantings. The
permanence and obvious economy of such a label should lead to
its wide adoption.
The meeting adjourned.
Francis W. PENNELL,
Secretary
The ‘Torrey Botanical Club
Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous copies
of the number of TORREYA in which their papers appear, will kindly notify the
editor when returning proof.
Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned to the editor. The
New Era. Printing Co., 41 North Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the
following rates:
4pp. | 8pp. x2pp. | r6pp. 20pp. | 24pp. | 28pp. | 32pp. | 48pp. | 64pp.
25 copies | $1.40] $2.45 $3.05| $ 4.40| $ 5.65),$ 6.50| $ 8.00) $ 8.45] $12.55] $15.90
50. 1-65} 2.90, 4:25}. 5.10) 6.65) 7-75| 9:40] 9.85) 314.15] 17-35
1 a D.95| 3-35| 4-85) . 5.65] 7.60). 8.75] T0.45| 1.25} 15.65} 10.05
FOO!) ° 2.25! 3:80} 5.35) 6.35) °8.25)- 9:80; 11.55) 12.45] 17-55] 22.05
ESOS 2.70} 4.60} 6.50) 7.60}. 10.20] ©12.10] 14.20} ¥5,20} 21.35| 26.80
200.2; 3:00] --5.05} 7.15! $.35| 11.40]. 13-50] £5.80} 16.85] 23.55} 20.60
300,558" 3-85, 6.20) B29) 10.70} 14.85, 17.55} 20.50] 21.05) -30.20} 37:40
Covers: 25 for $1.75. Additional covers, 1c. each. Plates: 100 for $1.00.
Committees for 1920.
- Finance Committee Program Committee
R. A, HARPER, Chairman. Mrs. E. G. BRITTON, Chairman.
J. H. BARNHART, PROF. JEAN BROADHURST
Miss C. C. HAYNES © ALFRED GUNDERSON
H. B. Doucras é F, J. SEAVER
Budget Committee
J. H. BARNHART, Chairman. Membership Committee
~ R.A. HARPER J. K. SMALL, Chairman.
N. L. BRITTON T. E. Hazen
A. W. Evans E. W. OLIVE
M. A. HowE l
ie aes Local Flora Committee
N. L. Britton, Chairman.
Field Committee
MICHAEL LEVINE, Chairman.
Mrs. L.M. KEELER
GEORGE T. HASTiNGS
F. J. SEAVER
NorMAN TAYLOR
Percy WILSON
Phanerogams: Cryptogams:
E. P..BICKNELL Mrs, E.G. BrRitTtcn
N. L. BRITTON T. E. HAZEN
C. C. CurTIs M. A. Howe
K. K. MACKENZIE MICHAEL LEVINE
NORMAN TAYLOR — W. A. MuRRILL
Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora
Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict: Lichens: W. C. Barbour
Mosses: Mrs. E. G. Britton Sphaeriaceae, Dothideaceae: H. M.
Liverworts: A. W. Evans Richards
Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen Hypocreaceae, Perisporieae, Plectas:
Marine Algae: M. A. Howe cineae, Tuberineae: F. J. Seaver
Gasteromycetes: G. C. Fisher Fungi-forming sclerotia: A. B. Stout
Hymenomycetes: W. A. Murrill Imperfecti: H. M. Richards, F.
Except Russula and Lactarius: Miss G. Seaver, Mel T. Cook
Burlingham Oomycetes: C. A. King
Cortinarius: R. A. Harper Zygomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee
Polyporeae: M. Levine Chytridiaceae,
Exobasidii: H. M. Richards Myxomycetes: Mrs. H. M. Richards
Rusts and Smuts: E. W. Olive Yeast and Bacteria: Prof. J. Broachuist
_ Discomycetes: B. O. Dodge Insect galls: Mel T. Cook
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
(1) BULLETIN
A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established
1870. Vol. 46 published in 1919, contained 502 pages of text
and 1g full-page plates. Price $4.00 per annum. For Europe,
18 shillings. \Dulau & Co., 47 Soho Square, London, are,
agents for England.
Of former volumes, only 24-46 can be supplied entire ; cer-
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars
each ; Vols. 28—46 three dollars each.
ingle copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not
breaking complete volumes.
(2) MEMOIRS
The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregu-
lar intervals. Volumes 1-15 are now completed ; No. 1 of
Vol. 16 has been issued. | The subscription price is fixed at
£3.00 per volume in advance; Vol. 17, containing Proceedings
of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the Club, 490 pages, was.
issued in 1918, price $5.00. Certain numbers can also be pur- |
chased singly. A list of titles of the individual PAPE and of
prices will be furnished on application.
(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri-
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New
York, 1888. Price, $1.00.
Correspondence relating to the above publications should be a
addressed to
DR. FRANCIS W. PENNELL |
2764 Creston Avenue
New York City
4
ta
;
4
uf
4
)
i
on
Vol. 20 ‘ September—October, 1920 No. 5
TORREYA
A Bi-Montuty JourNnat or Botanica, Notes anp News
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
NORMAN TAYLOR
- JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873.
CONTENTS
Habits and habitats of the North American Resurrection Fern: E. F. ANDREWS 91
- Vegetation of a cinder field: G, T. HAsTINGS. .. . ... Pepa se Iessthaan 96
es Shorter Notes .
oe Disappearing wild flowers: E.G. BRITTON. .. ..-.... .. +... Jor
New specific name: E. W. BERRY... eee 1 ee ee ee ror
New form of Stanleya’T.D2A, CocKERELL tts Sa ee Ol
ya
Reviews;
Henry and Flood’s The Douglas Fir: P. A. RYDBERG...
og on Reishee. % 102
Pellett’s American Honey Plants: F, Stour... .......... 104
Proceedings of the Club... .... 6. ay Ee SP ey tle Ro nd, Sa 104
eh MMR MEOHAN pT ie 2308s NTR pian ene fh Be ee aici oa E Birk ec eeueel ay FOR erie! 106
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
At 4: NortH Queen Street, LANCASTER, Pa.
BY Tyr New ERA PRINTING ComPANY
“Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa,, as second-class matter.
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
President
HERBERT M. RICHARDS, Sc.D.
Vice-Presidents
JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., MD
C, STUART GAGER, Px.D.
Secretary and Treasurer
FRANCIS W. PENNELL, PH.D.
New York Botanical Garden
New York City
MEETINGS
Meetings twice each month from October to May inclusive: the second Tuesday
at 8:15 pP.M., at the American Museum of Natural History or at Columbia Uni-
versity; the last Wednesday at 3:30 P. M., in the Museum Building of the New York
Botanical Garden.
PUBLICATIONS
All subscriptions and other business communications relating to the publications
of the Club should be addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Francis W. Pennell; New York
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. Matters relating to advertisements
and circulation should be referred to Dr, Michael Levine, Montefiore Hopp I aL New
York City.
Bulletin. Monthly, established 1870. Price, $4.00 a year; single aymikes 40
cents. Of former volumes, only 24-46 can be supplied separately ; certain numbers
of other volumes are available, but the entire stock of some numbers has been
reserved for the completion of sets. Manuscripts: intended for publication in the
BULLETIN should be addressed to the Editor, Osborn Botanical Laboratory, Yale
University, New Haven, Connecticut. Papers should not exceed twenty pages in
length, and illustrations should be limited to one page of half tones or one plate
for each ten pages of text, Longer and more copiously illustrated papers, however,
may be published if the excess pages and illustrations are paid for by the con--
tributors,
Torreya. Bimonthly, established 1901, Price, $1.00:a year. Manuscripts in-
tended for publication in TORREYA should be addressed to Norman Taylor, Editar;
Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, N.Y.
Memoirs. Occasional, established 1889. (See preceding page of cover.) -
Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyta within 100 miles of
New York City, 1888. Price, $1.00
Reprints. Contributors of articles accepted for publication in the BULLETIN should
order reprints, if desired, when they return galley proof to the editor, 25 copies of
reprints without covermay be had gratis. If cover is wanted, or if more than 25
zopies are wanted, they may be ordered through the editor at the following rates
from The New Era Printing Co., Lancaster, Pa., contributor paying for all his reprints.
NEW PRICE LIST OF REPRINTS
4pp. | 8pp.] r2pp.| x6pp. | 2epp, | 24pp. | 28pp. | 32pp. | 48pp. | 64pP.
25 copies $1.40] $2.45| $3.05) $ 4.40 $ 5.65|$ 6.50|$ 8.00; $ 8.45 $12.55] $15.90
50 i 1.65] 2.90} 4,25] 5.10] 6.65]. 7:75|.°9.40| 9.85|' 14.05] 27.35
13.4 1.95] 3-35] 4-85| 5-65] 7.60) 8.75]. 10.45} 11.25] 15:65] 19.05 ~
roo 2.25| 3,80) 5.35} 6.35} 8.25! 9.80] 11.55] 12.45] 17.55} 22.05
MisGeric 2.70} 4.60] 6:50]. 7.60} 10.20} 12.10] 314.20] 15:20) 21.35] 26.80
200 Fe" 3-00] 5,05} 7-15]. 8.35] 11-40] 13.50} 15.80} 16.85| 23.55}1.20.60
300.“ 3-85| 6.20] 9.20] 10.70| 14.85) 17.55 20.50}, 21.05}. 30.20} 37.40
rae
Covers: 25 for $1.75. Additional covers, ric. each. . Plates: 100 for $1.00. |»
ae Se a,
VU WLU
UU
TORREYA
Vol. 20 No. 5
September-—October, 1920
HABITS AND HABITATS OF THE NORTH AMERICAN
RESURRECTION FERN
By E. F. ANDREWS
This interesting little plant, known to science as Polypodium
polypodioides, is closely related to the common polypody (P. vul-
gare) of the North, and one of its local names, “ Little Polly,”
is evidently a popular recognition of the relationship. Other
tree fern”
99 66
common local names are “ fern moss,” “ moss fern,
—from its epiphytic habit of growing on the trunks of trees—and
more generally, “resurrection fern,’ from the manner in which
it shrivels up during dry weather as if dead, and comes to life
again after every shower of rain.
It is said to be sometimes found as far north as southern New
York, and Pennsylvania, whence it ranges west to Illinois and Mis-
souri and south to Florida and Texas, and on throughout tropical
America. In the warm, moist climate of our southern coastal
plain it finds a congenial home, and is so conspictious on the live
oaks there as to create the impression among tourists and other
casual visitors that it does not grow on any others; but this is
because they don’t look for it anywhere else. Mrs. A. P. Taylor,
of Thomasville, Ga., a very competent observer, writes: “It may
be of interest, especially to those who believe in its preference for
the live oak, to know of.the various trees on which I have found
it; . . . Here (around Thomasville) it grows on oaks, beech,
maple, magnolia (grandiflora and glauca), Oxydendron, Osman-
thus, tulip tree, Symplocos, Cliftonia, China tree (Melia Azeda-
rach) and red cedar. I have never seen it on Tarodium or
Pinus.”
[No. 4, Vol. 20, of TorrEya, comprising pp.. 67-90, was issued September 20,
1920]
91
92
In the part of its range with which I am best acquainted, the
middle and northern portions of Georgia and Alabama, its fav-
orite hosts are the post oak, the elm, and tulip tree, though it is
found in greater or less abundance on many others. | have even
seen it on the stem of a large poison oak vine (hus radicans)
that had climbed the trunk of an old tulip tree on which the fern
had established itself. But so constant is its preference for the
elm and post oak that its presence is a convenient test for dis-
of
TE
a
Fic. 1. Post oak on a street in Washington, Ga.; the trunk and lower branches
covered with a growth of Resurrection Fern.
tinguishing them at a glance, in winter, from other trees of simi-
lar habit and exterior when in the leafless state. As a general
thing it avoids trees with a smooth or exfoliating bark. The
reason for this is obvious, since it could not well secure a foot-
hold on such uncertain supports. There are, however, many
exceptions. The magnolia and bay have both very smooth bark,
and the cedar exfoliates in long fibrous strips, yet it is not un-
common on all of these. I have never seen it on any kind of a
.
j 93
pine, nor on the hackberry (Celtis occidentalis). The bark of
this tree is normally smooth like that of the beech, and though
it usually becomes very rough and scabby on the trunks and lower
branches of old trees, it is so hard and unretentive of moisture
that it does not attract the colonies of lichens and mosses which
establish themselves so freely on other species, and this fact
probably has a more direct influence upon the polypodium’s choice
of a habitation than the character of the tree upon which it
lodges. The fern is not a parasite and its roots never penetrate
the living tissue of the host, but there seems to be a symbiotic
relation between it anda certain soft, plush-like moss with which
it is usually associated, the fern giving shade to the moss, while
the latter serves as a reservoir to retain the moisture without
which the rootstocks of its partner could not keep alive through
periods of protracted drought.
Another peculiarity in regard to habitat is that our “little poly-
pody ” does not seek the seclusion of deep sequestered woods.
like most of the other ferns, but is most frequently found on the
trunks and boughs of shade trees around dwellings and on the
borders of roads and open woods. It is a familiar object on
shade trees in all our southern towns, and instead of avoiding
the presence of man seems to flourish best in his neighborhood.
This is readily explained as an adaptation to its aerial habit—or
possibly the habit may be an adaptation to the situation. If it had
always confined itself to low-lying positions on logs and stumps,
or on tree trunks in the deep shade of crowded forests where its
spores could be carried only a short distance from the parent
plant, it is easy to see that it could hardly have become, as it now
is, one of the most widely distributed of American ferns.
Its range frequently overlaps that of the common polypody,
especially among the Southern Appalachians and their foothills,
where it occurs in patches on the face of rocky cliffs and the
shelving sides of moss-covered bowlders, as well as on the roots
and trunks of trees. The common polypody is of frequent occur-
rence on top of Lookout Mountain, and I have found occasional
specimens of the “little Polly” in Walker Co., Ga., growing
94
in patches with moss, on the declivity below the great sandstone
parapet. But wherever found it can always be readily distin-
guished from P. vulgare by the much smaller, coriaceous, ob-
long to triangular-lanceolate fronds, covered on the under sur-
face with a thick grayish brown scurf. This scurfy coating plays
an important part in connection with the drought resisting quali-
ties of the plant. Viewed under a good hand lens it is seen to
consist of a multitude of minute gray scales, each with a dark
brown spot in the center. These scales cover the stomata or
transpiration pores on the back of the frond, and when there is a
dearth of moisture they retard evaporation from the surface,
thus causing the frond to curl over on its face, exposing to the
sun and air a scale armor that checks evaporation and thus
enables the plant to preserve its vitality without water for an
astonishing length of time. The agency of the scales in this im-
portant function was tested in a number of experiments by re-
moving them* from one or more healthy fronds, leaving others
on the same rootstock in their normal condition, and noting the
relative time of wilting or recovery in each case. When fresh
fronds were deprived of moisture, the denuded frond, other
things being equal, always wilted more quickly than the others;
but when conditions were reversed and dry specimens placed in
water on a bright, clear day, the naked frond, on account of more
rapid transpiration, recovered more slowly. In one experiment,
where only one half of a vigorous, healthy frond was denuded,
the two sides showed very little difference in warm, rainy weather,
but when the atmosphere was dry the naked side was first to
show signs of wilting, though the difference was not so marked as
in the case of separate fronds.
To decide how long the polypodium can tolerate continuous
drought without losing its vitality, a number of experiments were
carried on at different times and places. In these, each of the
specimens used was gathered with its mossy substratum intact,
and kept in a dry place, where portions were separated from it at -
intervals and placed in water as long as any of them continued
* This can be done without injury to the epidermis, by gently scraping off
the scales with a sharp knife while in the expanded state.
95
to show signs of life. There was considerable variation in the
results obtained, but not more than might be expected on account
of differences of climate in the various localities, the nature of
the season, the health and vigor of the individual plants dealt
with, etc. It would take too much time and space to go into the
details of these experiments, but the results of one of them, which
was continued for more than a year, are so interesting that a brief
outline of it is given here.
On December 30, 1913, a large mat of polypodium (about 25 x
48 cm.) was gathered from a rocky hillside near Rome, Ga.,
where it was growing in a thick substratum of moss on one of
the numerous outcroppings of shale and slate that form the ribs
of the hill. The strata are tilted in such a way that the edge of
the laminae is for the most part turned upward, and the mould
which collects in the crevices offers a convenient foothold where
the polypodium and the prostrate cactus (Opuntia humifusa
Raf.) are found in close proximity to each other. The fern,
with its substratum of moss, peeled off from the rock entire, like
the skin of a banana, and was transferred to a flat stone in the
basement of my house. The weather being warm and rainy, the
fronds were all fully expanded and in fine condition, and it was
not until January 13, 1914, that they began to show signs of
withering. By January 31, the substratum had become dry and
the fronds were all withered. On April 11, May 17, and June
15, specimens detached from the mat with their substratum, and
exposed in the rain, revised in each case, within from 12 to 24
hours.
On July 30, the remainder of the mat was removed from the
basement to the drier atmosphere upstairs and left on top of a
bookcase in my study. October 30 (95 days after removal from
the basement) another specimen was put out in a warm mist at
8 p.M., without watering the substratum, and by the same hour
next morning it had revived sufficiently to show that it was still
alive: The same specimen was then placed in water, and after
12 hours more, the fronds were all expanded but looked weak
and sickly. (Note: The best specimens had all been used up,
96
and the fronds, in this case, were rather small and poor to start
with. )
After this the specimens showed a gradual decline both in the
quickness of their response when supplied with moisture, and in
the relative number of fronds that completely regained their nor-
mal condition. On March 8, 1915, after 7 months and 6 days
in my study and 7 months in the basement—a total of more than
14 months without water, the last remaining fragment of the mat
was placed out of doors on a rainy day, but only 2 fronds ex-
panded fully and regained their normal color. The specimen
was then left on a rock under the drip of a gutter on the north
side of my house, but it never revived further, and finally died.
THE VEGETATION OF A CINDER FIELD
By Georce T. HAstTIncs
In the summer of 1916 the Palisade Interstate Park Commis-
sion completed the reclaiming of some three acres on the west
shore of the Hudson River opposite Hastings. A wall of boul-
ders taken from a rock slide immediately to the north was built
across the front of a shallow bay and the space between this and
the shore filled in. The filling was first of ashes and rubbish
from one to six feet in depth, over this a layer of cinders six
inches to a foot in thickness was placed and the whole leveled off.
The ashes and cinders were brought up from New York in scows
and distributed by small cars run on a track that was shifted as
the filling progressed. The final level is about three feet above
high tide level. This cinder field made as nearly a sterile soil
and one that could retain as little moisture as could well be
imagined. The water level in the soil was near the surface and
most of the available water for young plants was due to capil-
larity. The filling was competed so late in 1916 that there was
little opportunity for any plant life to develop, but during the
summer of 1917 the area became well covered with plants, chiefly
growing individually with bare cinders all around but in places
crowded together. The following year the tract was covered
: 97
with a layer of clayey soil about three inches thick and but few
of the plants of the year before reappeared. In 1917 ninety-six
species of flowering plants were found. No fern of any kind and
but one little patch of moss, the latter on the ashes of a pick-
nicker’s fire and not reaching maturity, was found. The flora
was distinctively a weed one with little relation to the native flora
on the adjacent hillside. Possibly the only plants to come from
the immediate vicinity were a few seedlings of the small-toothed
aspen, poison ivy, red-berried elder, and poke-berry, one vigorous
shoot of Paulownia in the rock wall-probably brought from the
rock slide at the north where two good-sized trees of the kind
grow—and a few heart-leaved asters. Aside from these six
species all the plants, including all the abundant ones, seemed to
have been brought from a distance. Some twenty-four species
have seeds definitely adapted to wind dispersal and three or four
are sticktights, these may have been brought in by wind and ani-
mals, nearly all the remainder have small seeds with no special
adaptation for dispersal over long distances and were apparently
brought either with the cinders, on the ties of the railroad, or by
the laborers. To the latter undoubtedly were due the fruits,
apple, cherry, strawberry and raspberry. An interesting case was
that of the Mexican tea, Chenopodium ambrosioides, that in sev-
eral places grew in well-defined lines of two hundred feet or
more along the course of the small railroad. Probably the seeds
had adhered to the ties and been jarred off where the track had
remained in one place for some time. In midsummer petunias
and morning glories of several color varieties and sweet alyssum
were abundant over the whole area, and in the fall numerous
plants of Kochia added bits of brilliant color. Many of the indi-
vidual plants, having no close neighbors to crowd them, attained
very large size. Single plants of Panicum capillare and P. pro-
liferum grew to three and four feet in height and covered from
ten to sixteen square feet. Late in the summer some of the
species were crowded by seedlings. Under one plant of Euphor-
bia maculata that made a mat three feet in diameter the cinders
were thickly covered with tiny seedlings. On one square foot
over two thousand were counted.
98
As would be expected of a weed flora few of the plants were
native, only 29 per cent., and over half were annuals. None of
the trees on the hillside near by were represented by seedlings
though their seeds must have been scattered over the field in the
fall. Black birches hung over the edge of the filled land but the
only birch seedlings were of the grey birch, possibly from a few
small trees some distance to the south along the base of the slope.
Seeds of many of the shrubs and herbs of the slope of the Pali-
sades must have been blown onto the area during the fall and
early spring, but conditions on the cinders were not favorable to
germination.
The orders best represented were the grasses, with 17 species
and the composites, with 22—the two together representing more
than 40 per cent. of the species—the grasses exceeding all other
plants in the abundance of individuals. Indications were that
many of the plants would survive for many seasons and give
character to the flora until sufficient humus had accumulated to
give foothold to other species. But the covering of the cinders.
the following year either buried the seeds too deeply or brought
in so many sod-forming grasses as to crowd them out. A few
still persist but are not the dominant forms. A patch of sun-
flowers has come since where the one plant grew in 1917 but the
petunias, morning glory, Kochia and most of the others have not
reappeared. The plants found were as follows:
Syntherisima fimbriata ............0..6 abundant over a small area. 4
UMICUuin \COplllate =p esse ene eek abundant over most of the area.
POMICUIU PLOUTETWOL |. <2 \eisss ties erie ere a few large clumps.
Echinochloa crus-galli ............+5. common.
Chaetochilog viridis. 0.2.0 scoala t widespread.
Chaetochloa verticillata ............. one or two plants.
CHECTOCHIO DATONG Soe soi esletecieiticre te a very few plants.
Muhlenbergia sylvatica ...........00. a very few plants.
TZWICUIN: POLES CBR aan Sasiard s,s.» aleretaee ie a very few plants.
AGG COTYOPNYHEW Clocks cies os. o's cate a very few plants.
UE AS UULUIL | ic Hele ee ah acs Oe halshe a few, possibly from horse feed—as
horses were used in leveling the
: tract after filling. *
pew sie TWOICa™ . sc vgiss viens > pe ls few.
EY OGIOSEUSMIN ATOMS sins acl s-cloursiolcnaann=.8 very few.
EE TOGEOSEUS) VGODUUGIUS Geese sis: tke > oie ole few.
PTI CUMCRREYE EL CDT re orca. ahs, okie cae so 's wy ale Poel faites few
Puccinellia distans .........ceee00e very few
VEGI DETEIUNE . fo.. ois.2 e15 Suntali ales shaves very few on masses of good soil close
to the inner edge of: the fill.
(GU RETADS SEF TG OSUS ole scaisi shots Sraieye) «stats very few.
Commelina COMMUNIS. .... 26.2026 0c006 very few.
Populus: tremuloides ........ca000000 very few seedlings.
IS ATUMMEDO PIGULT OLUG 212.0. 0,2 2 © + +0 s\a.ctoicie ts few seedlings.
OMI CL MEVUSPUS myo nce aie ie eke wea alee les two or three plants.
RAPINE Ga GCTOSEILG, ge. ih iso 0)3e io oleiotera) sans few.
Polygonum punctatum, leptostachyum very few.
Polygonum convolvulus .........2++ few.
Polygonum pennsylvanicum .......... few.
Polygonum aviculare ........0.060-% two or three plants.
SOC URS GOP OU, 110s) 5.5 Me he nS Aeoto oS epte common over whole area.
Chenopodium ambrosioides .......... abundant.
Chenopodium album 2... ..0c0.. cee. .common.
Miripler Rastiaia 2.0... 0.5. eee eee very few.
Amaranthus retroflexus .......0000-+ . few.
Phytolacca décandra. 2.2 ocesccece0e ss six or seven plants, all small.
Mollugo verticillata ................. abundant.
IBOPURIAGGs OLETOCEG:.< .2sto rec wic esd b dleve very few.
TIOHAGE MOTIVE. ooo nels wp ceed daa ows abundant.
Lepidium apetalum .........ceeeee- . abundant.
ESSE Che IULOT. Gs ts. whe tsloethek Seeks esse «3 very few.
LEROISSICOMOLCKOCE 4015.63.05 0 aieicie Seis aie very few.
ISU GH LS SANT i SCRE ee ae few seedlings.
IRCHTUTEELG? SSO gee ROE SOE EC ae .several seedlings.
Potentilla monspeliensis ............. very few.
TRIGDUSIMOCGUDEMEOQLIS 2/5. /a4 sis a 0.0 sels .one young plant.
AMNNGAGLUS LE CTSICO: 2. esis csoek ec eles: few seedlings.
DrGfOlWM PTALENSE 2.25. suse, daloe s ss very few.
TUR OUMLIE TEDEIVS -.. old x cba sv vinivie Siw aie . few.
Trifolium hybridum ~;......s0c000. . few.
Melilotus alba ..... elvan acme aes 6 Rees ERM REM,
WrdicaGo SGHuE . x... 2s pas os cio oe one plant.
Medicago lupulina ...............2..very few.
OUR SEMTOUO aoe) oo cr'ak « tuncuals} syetels falete waters two plants.
Acalpha virginica ...... ae ct ee ake ote abundant. =
Buphorbia maculata, ........eces ees abundant, and a great number of seed-
lings in the fall, 2,016 found on one
square foot under a large plant.
DS NESET-OLUGONUS) 0s chee cteieae wicks Sie cen ae .two or three seedlings.
Epilobium hirsutum .........e000008 very few.
Epilobium adenocaulon ............-- very few.
Chamaenerion angustifolium ......... very few.
DAUGRODICNNUS, 2). vss che sis © slashes 3 ole se few.
TPOMOCH PULPUTED. . 5... cseeutae cence abundant over whole tract.
Verbena urticifolia
Verbena hastata
Petunia violacea
Lycopersicon Lycopersicon
Solanum nigrum ..........
Physalis pruinosa
Lycium vulgare
Verbascum Thapsus
Linaria Linaria
Plantago Rugelli
Plantago lanceolata
Plantago major
Sambucus pubens
Cucumis melo .......-+...
Eupatorium purpureum ....
Eupatorium perfoliatum
Euthamia graminifolia
Aster cordifolius .
Erigeron annuus ..
Leptilon canadensis
Anaphalis margaritacea ..
Gnaphalum obtusifolium ...
Helianthus annuus
Bidens frondosa
Bidens bipinnata
Galinsoga parviflora .
Achillea Millefolium
Arctium minus
Carduus lanceolatus
Lactuca virosa
Sonchus asper
Ambrosia artemisiaefolia ..
Xanthium echinatum
eee ee wwe
©_(8) = ('lelielie! e/a) se! e\/6\e)@«,
V)e ls ele! el nike ele
ee ee ceeee
‘Sisjels! ee
OO CA OC thOnO
eee
eee wees
ee eee ene
Ce ed
Afeve: sie \ehwi ene
Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum
Erechtites hieracifolia .....
100
SNe ee few.
S Oren one vigorous shoot at the edge of the
water from a piece of branch wedged
between rocks in the retaining wall.
Meh key Rs very few.
POO AAC very few.
tots Mepea two plants.
Sach None ee one vigorous plant producing several
melons.
Wy) O37 ti ante ty. two or three plants, all small.
EE ee ene one small plant.
Sen ar very few.
fixis (Brazil)
aA
ee
3
nn
osust
Lactuca (Mediterranean)
Eocene
Cretaceous
Fig. 1.—Probable evolution of the Compositae (abrikged from James Small).
about the sources of the Amazon, ascended the Andes shortly
after their elevation during the cretaceous period. In the
higher altitudes the plant became dwarfed, the flowers and
pedicels smaller. Orthogenesis crowded the flowers closer, the
anther tube became erect, only a few ovules were developed;
in short there arose a form essentially like the alpine Senecio
Jacobaea. So close is the affinity that the author must doubt
the dictum of De Vries that ‘‘great lines of evolution of whole
families and even of genera . . . lie outside the limits of expe-
rimental observation.’ —ALFRED GUNDERSEN.
li otis
; 127
Emile Duchaux’s Pasteur: The History of a Mind*
A number of good biographies of Pasteur have familiarized
English readers with his life and character. Here, however,
another phase of his personality is presented—his mental life,
written by his student and co-worker Duclaux. The author’s
purpose, didactic rather than purely biographical, has been to
trace the working of Pasteur’s mind in his conflicts with old
prejudices and his pioneer development of new concepts; more
particularly to show his mode of clear deductive reasoning from
facts.
The book appears to have been almost unknown to American
and English workers, for whom it has been translated by Smith
and Hedges, with a number of interesting additions to the
original. The personality of Duclaux, his life and works are ~
described in a vivid introduction by the senior translator, who
has also appended a series of brief, characterizing word portraits
of persons referred to in the text, with a comprehensive index not
present in the original. An unusually complete collection of
photographs of Pasteur at various stages of his career has been
added.
The book is divided into eight parts, and takes up Pasteur’s
studies on crystallography, fermentation, spontaneous generation,
silkworm diseases, the etiology of microbial diseases, and his
development of the concepts of viruses, vaccines and immunity.
In each subject Duclaux first gives the reader a clear per-
spective of the state of the various current ideas and facts then
known, and then discusses Pasteur’s own researches and con-
cepts—derived experimentally—and the discoveries to which
they led. The controversies and discussions with contemporary
workers are written in a colloquial, readable style that has been
well retained in the translation. The reader is brought directly
into the atmosphere of the time—its vague ideas and gropings
on the threshold of a new science, which we can scarcely realize
in our present development of bacteriology.
Through his close association with Pasteur, Duclaux was
* Translated by Erwin F. Smith and Florence Hedges. W. B. Saunders Com-
pany, Philadelphia.
128
enabled to set forth in detail the questions arising in Pasteur’s
mind in the course of an investigation, and his methods of
answering them by experiment. It is from this standpoint
particularly that the book should prove of unique value to the
student taking up research in the biological sciences, who wants
training in the use of the experimental method and interpretation
as practiced by a scientific mind of the highest type, as well
as the technique to which most research teachers are solely
addicted. It has not the usual. dryness of a textbook—the play
of logic, suspense and triumphant experiment reads like a Dumas.
Duclaux has written a most inspiring and charming book, and
it would have been a loss indeed had it not been rescued and
rendered available to English readers——HARRY BRAUN.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB
MARCH 24, 1920
A meeting of the Club was held at the New York Botanical
Garden at 3.30 P.M. Professor R. A. Harper presided. There
were 19 persons present.
The minutes of the meetings held February 25 and March 10
were adopted.
Mr. Ludlow Griscom and Mr. Elba E. Watson were proposed
and elected to membership.
The appointment of Dr. Michael Levine as Chairman of the
‘Field Committee, instead of Dr. F. W. Pennell, was announced.
The scientific program consisted of a discussion by Mr.
Norman Taylor of the flora of Mount Marcy, New York, above
timber-line. Twice during the season of 1919 did Mr. Taylor,
in coéperation with others stuying the vegetation of the state,
visit the summit of Mount Marcy. Timber-line was noted
at 4,300 feet altitude, and the factors controlling this were
considered. Various floras occur on bog land, dry slopes, rock
outcrops, etc., and a list of all species seen were made. This
was compared with the list made about 1880 by the late Dr.
Cork Peck. )
Only 67 species were found above timber-line, and of these
: 129
only 16 to 20 may be counted true alpines. The majority are
species of the lowland which have now passed above the spruce
forest.
FRANCIS W. PENNELL,
Secretary.
APRIL 13, 1920
A meeting of the Club was held at the American Museum of
Natural History at 8.15 P.M. President Richards presided.
There were 18 persons present.
Mr. V. C. Dunlap, Mr. E. M. Gilbert, Miss M. B. Greenwood,
Mr. T. R. Greer, Mr. G. T. Harrington, Mr. Emil Heinold,
Prof. W. W. Rowlee and Mr. H. E. Stork were abe kee for
membership and elected.
Mr. O. F. Burger gave an account of ‘“‘Spoilage of Fruits
and Vegetables in Storage and Transit’’; and Mr. O. F. Meier
discussed ‘‘Spoilage of Vegetables.’’ Both discussions were
illustrated.
The discussions considered the organisms causing trouble,
especially fungous parasites and saprophytes, and the methods
of controlling these. The subject was presented in clear, non-
technical terms.
FRANCIS W. PENNELL,
Secretary.
APRIL 28, 1920
The meeting of April 28, 1920, was held in the Morphological
Laboratory of the New York Botanical Garden at 3:30 P.M.,
with Dr. F. J. Seaver as chairman. Eleven persons were present.
Minutes of the meetings of March 24 and April 13 were
read and approved.
The resignation of Mrs. T. W. Tae was read and accepted.
The acting secretary announced the death of Mr. F. W. Brugger-
hof, the late president of the J. M. Thorburn & Co.
The following persons were proposed for membership and
-were elected subject to the approval of the committee on mem-
bership: Mrs. L. J. Gold, 263 East 197th St., New York City;
Miss M. Hathaway, 110 Morningside Drive, New York City;
130
Dr. Claude E. O’Neal, Ohio Wesleyan University, Delaware,
Ohio.
The scientific program consisted of a paper by Dr. P. A.
Rydberg under title of “Rearrangement of the Genera of the
Tribe Galegeae of the Family Fabaceae or Papilionaceae,”’ of
which an abstract follows:
“The tribe Galegeae has been divided since Bentham’s time.
into seven subtribes. Of these Psoralieae was some years ago
taken out asa tribe. It contains Psoralea, Amorpha, Parosela,
Petalostomon, and several related genera, characterized by the
foliage, which is glandular-punctate, and the pods, which are
one- or few-seeded, usually indehiscent but rarely breaking open
irregularly across the middle, never valvate. Another subtribe,
the Indigofereae, should also be removed as a tribe. The genera
belonging to it (of these only Indigofera is found in America)
have three characters seldom found elsewhere in the Fabaceae,
and never combined in any of the tribes of that family, viz.
Malpighian hairs on the foliage, appendaged connective in the
anthers, and lateral spurs on the keel-petals.
“The other five subtribes should probably remain in the
Galegeae. Of these Brongniartieae, consisting the genera Brong-
niartia and Harpolyce, is rather natural and based on the erect,
stalked, and distinctly strophiolate seeds, a character rather
unusual in Fabaceae but very common in Caesalpiniaceae.
‘The other four subtribes are very artificial. The Tephrosieae
are distinguished from the rest by the terminal instead of axillary
inflorescence, but the inflorescence in the principal genus Cracca
L. (Tephrosia Pers.) is very variable. In about half the species
the racemes are strictly terminal, but many of these species have
additional axillary racemes in the upper leaf-axils. In others
a bud in the uppermost leaf-axil develops into a branch which
in turn produces a terminal raceme. This may be repeated
several times and the several racemes appear as if opposite to
the leaves. In a few species the racemes are borne obliquely,
neither opposite nor exactly in the axils, and it is hard to tell
if they are really terminal or axillary. The subtribe contains
five genera, four native and one introduced. Of these the last,
Galega is closely related to Cracca; Peteria is less closely so, while
neither Barbiera nor Kraunhia (Wisteria) should be placed in
the same tribe. The presence of two bractlets under the flower
would indicate that Barbiera is related to Sesbania and Diphysa
among the Robinieae, although the structure of the pod is
different. Kraunhia, notwithstanding the terminal racemes,
is very closely related to Robinia and should either be transferred
to the Robinieae or else form with the Asiatic genus Millettia
another subtribe.
“The subtribe Robinieae is distinguished from Coluteae and
Astragaleae by its one-celled, two-valved, flattened not inflated
pods, but in the genus Diphysa, just referred to, the exocarp of
the pod is inflated and forms two lateral bladders, and in Homa-
lobus and Kentrophyta, segregates of Astragalus, the pod has
all the characters assigned to Robinieae. Robinia, Olneya, Ben-
thamantha, Lennea, Willardia, Hebestigma, Glricidia, and
Poitea form a very natural group, the true Robinieae, with truly
axillary racemes, flat, two-valved pods and odd-pinnate leaves.
Corynella, Notodon, and Sabina form also a group with similar
pods, but the leaves are abruptly pinnate and the flowers are
borne in fascicles on short leafless branches axillary to the
leaves of the preceding season. Coursetia combines characters
of the two groups, some species having odd-pinnate, others
abruptly pinnate leaves. Probably these could be segregated
into two genera.
“The remaining genera of the Robinieae should be removed;
they have bractlets under the flowers and characters in the fruit
which do not suggest the fruit of Robinia. Of these Diphysa
stands next to Robinia in the structure of the flowers and the
leaves which are odd-pinnate, but the fruit is very peculiar, the
pericarp separating into two layers, the exocarp which becomes
bladdery, and the endocarp which is close-fitting to the seeds
and constricted between them so that each seed is in a separate
chamber. This may constitute a subtribe to itself. The
rest, Sesbenia, Daubentenia, Agati, and Glottidium form a natural
group with abruptly pinnate leaves, bractlets under the flowers
and the fruit with more or less distinct cross-partitions between
the seeds.
132
“The subtribe Coluteae is distinguished from the Astragaleae
by the hairy style, a character which in Robinieae is barely
counted of generic value, while in some species of Astragalus
the style is hairy just under the stigma. Colutea and Sutherlandia
have escaped from cultivation in the southern states-and Mexico.
‘““As to the subtribe Astragaleae the author had not gone over
the field enough to suggest any rearrangement. As treated
in Engler and Prantl by Taubert it contains only three American
genera, Astragalus, Oxytropis (Aragallus) and Glycyrrhiza.
Even if these should constitute a subtribe the first genus at
least must be broken up, for two of its segregates, Homalobus
and Kentrophyta (both American), as already stated, have
flat one-celled, two-valved pods as in Robinieae and the former
has the habit of Benthamantha of that subtribe. In Hamosa
another segregate, the pod is flat but longitudinally two-celled,
and in Atelephragma rudimentarily so. Whether these genera
or some of them should be transferred to the Robinieae or the
two tribes merged, requires further study to decide. If these
subtribes are to remain as heretofore, other distinguishing
characters must be found.”
Adjournment followed.
MARSHALL A. HOWE,
Acting Secretary
DATES OF PUBLICATION
No. 1, for January-February Pages 1 -16 Issued 1 April 1920
No. 2, March-April 17-36 4 June 1920
No. 3, May-June 37-65 18 July 1920
No. 4, July—August 67-90 20.Sept.. -1920
No. 5, September—October QI—106 12 Nov. 1920
No. 6, November—December 107—132 Bs Feb:.2 51925
INDEX TO VOLUME TWENTY
(The names of species and varieties described as new and of new combina-
tions are in bold face type.
3 to 9, are not indexed.)
Acalypha virginica, 99
Acar, 91; Drummondii, 71; Negundo,
23, 71; pennsylvanicum, 119; ru-
brum, 119; saccharinum, 119; sac-
charum, 119
Achillea Millefolium, 100
Achlys triphylla, 21
Actinomeris squarrosa, 117
Aegopogon, 86
Aeschynomene virginica, 22
-Agati, 131
Agropyron junceum, 40
Agrostis alba, 87; alba vulgaris, 87;
capillaris, 87; palustris, 87
Ailanthus, 55
Aira, 86; caryophyllea, 86, 98; prae-
cox, 86
Allard, H. A., work of, 46
Allenrolfea utahensis, 20
Allium attenuifolium, 40
Alnus rugosa, 119
Althea rosea, 43
Amaranthus retroflexus, 99
Ambrosia artemisiaefolia, 100;
stachya, 44; trifida, 71
Ammophila arenaria, 40
Amorpha, 130
Ampelopsis arborea, 71; cordata, 23
Amygdalus persica, 99
Anaphalis margaritacea, 25, 100
Andrews, E. F., Habits and haunts of
the North American Resurrection
Fern, 91
Andropogon, 75
Apera, 87
Apocynum androsaemifolium, 118
Arabis alpina, 42
Arachis hypogaea, 22
Aragallus, 132 ;
Aralia spinosa, 75
Arctium minus, 100
Arctostaphylos patula, 43; Uva-Ursi,
24
Argynnis cybele, 118; diana, 118
Arisaema triphyllum, 118
Arnold, W. T., 89
Arracacia xanthorrhiza, 16
psilo-
Names of members of the Club, listed on pages
Artemisia annua, 44; ludoviciana,
44; vulgaris, 44
Asarum, 20
Asclepias syriaca, 43; tuberosa, 24
Aspidium, 80; spinulosum, 82
Aspris, 86; capillaris, 40
Aster cordifolius, 97, 100
Astragalus, 131, 132
Atelephragma, 132 |
Atriplex hastata 99; patula hastata,
41
Avena sativa, 98
Azalea nudiflora, 119
Azolla caroliniana, 4o
Baccharis halimifolia, 25, 73
Bacteria in industry, The uses of
fungi and, 61
Bacterium Juglandis, 15
Bahama Flora, Britton and
paugh (Review), 124
Banning, M. E., 60
Baptisia, 73; leucophaea, 73;
toria, 118 ‘
Barbiera, 131
Barnhart; a0, (TOs 2 A ess
62-64; Wooden flowers, 14
Benthamantha, 131, 132
Berry, E. W., New specific name, 101
Betula alleghanensis, 118; populifo-
lia, 98, 99
Bidens bipinnata, 100; frondosa, 100
Bjerkendera adusta, 14
Boletus bicolor, 15
Bradshaw, R. V.,. A new Oregon Eu-
cephalus, 122
Brassica incana, 41; nigra, 99; ole-
racea, 99; Schreberi, 21
Bryan, H., Emile Duclaux’s Pasteur:
the history of a mind (Review),
127
Britton, B., G.9135763. 65’;
ing wild flowers, ror
Britton, N. L., 12; 13, 63, 64; Recent
explorations in southern Florida,
64; Two new West Indian plants,
83
Mills-
tinc-
Disappear-
133
134
Britton and Millspaugh’s Bahama
Flora (Review), 124
Broadhurst, J., 10, 59, 63
Brodiaea, 19
Bromus brizaeformis, 40
Brongniartia, 130
‘Broussonetia papyrifera, 52, 53
Brown, E. D. W., The value of nu-
trient solutions as culture media
for fern prothalia, 76
Brown, N. C., work of,
Brown’s’ Forest Products
view), 57
Bruggerhof, F. W., 1209
Brunnichia cirrhosa, 71
Bulbs, Notes on forced, 59
Burger, O. F., Spoilage of fruits and
vegetables in storage and transit, 129
Burgess, T. W. J., 64
Burnham, S. H., The haunts of Rho-
dodendron maximum, 28
Bursa Bura-pastoris, 21
57-59;
( Re-
Cacaliopsis Nardosmia, 45
Calamagrostis inexpansa, 18
Callicarpa americana, 24, 75
Campanula rotundifolia, 25°
Campanulales, 56
Camptosorus rhizophyllus, 80
Cardamine Lyallii, 42
Cardiocarpum emarginatum, 56
Carduus lanceolatus, 100; nutans, 45
Carex brachypoda 40; ormantha, 40
Carissa Carandas, 24
Carpinus caroliniana, 20, 119
Carpolithes emarginatus, 56;
kinsii, 56
Castalia odorata, 21
Castanea dentata, 58
Cathestecum, 86
Ceanothus americanus, 31, 119
Cecropia, 55
Celastrus scandens, 22
Celtis 71; Douglasii, 20; occidenta-
lis, 93, 119
Cenozoic plants of America, Knowl-
ton’s Mesozoic and (Review), 53
Centaurea, 126; Calcitrapa, 45
Centranthus ruber, 44
Centropogon, 125
Cephalanthus occidentalis, 25, 71, 73,
75
Ceratophyllum demersum, 20
Cercocarpus, 21
Chamaecrista robusta, 72
Chamaenerion angustifolium, 99
Chanterel Chantarellus, 15
Per-
Chenopodium album, 99; ambrosio-
ides, 97, 99
Chrysanthemum, 126; Leucanthe-
mum, 100
Chrysosplenium americanum, 30
Cinder field, The vegetation of a, 96
Cirsium arvense vestitum, 45
Clarkia rhomboidea, 43
Cleome serrulata, 21
Cliftonia, 91
Clinopodium Nepeta, 24
Clintonia umbellata, 118
Clitocybe illudens, 15, 60
Cocculus carolinus, 21
Cockayne, A. HH.» 23) 36 sBotamical
features of the flora of New Zea-
land, 36
Cockerell, T. D. A., A new form of
Stanleya, 101; Knowlton’s Meso-
zoic and Cenozoic plants of Amer-
ica (Review), 53
Coix, 87
Coleanthus, 88
Colfelt, Mrs. R. M., 59
Collecting fungi near Washington, 60
Collins, Ee) S.. sr06
Collinsonia canadensis, 118
Collybia radicata, 60
Colocasia esculenta, 16
Colombia, Through the Andes of, 65
Colutea, 132
Commelina communis, 99
Compositae, 56; Small’s Origin and
Development of the (Review), 125
Comptonia peregrina, 119
Conospermites, 56
Cordyceps militaris, 118
Coreopsis seniifolia, 116
Coriolus versicolor, 14
Cornus stolonifera, 24
Cortinarius semisanguineus, 15
Corylus rostrata 117
Corynella, 131
Cotyledon oregonensis, 42
Coursetia, 131
Cracca, 130
Craterellus cornucopioides, 15
Croton capitatus, 72, 73; Fishlockii,
84; lucidus, 84
Cryptantha Hendersonii, 44
Cucumis Melo, 100
Cunila origanoides, 24
Cunoniaceae, 55
Cycadospadix, 57
Cynosurus cristatus, 88;
88
Cynoxylon floridum, 119
Cyperus strigosus, 99
echinatus,
a
Fe. 135
Cypripedium, 20
Cytisus multiflorus, 42
Daedalea quercina, 14
Dahlia, 13
Dalibarda repens, 118
Daubentonia, 131; longifolia, 22
Delphinium leucophaeum, 41
Denslow, H. M., Our native orchids,
89
Deschampsia, 86
Detjen, L. R., Peloria in Viola pri-
’ mulaefolia Linn., 107
Dianthus Armeria, 118; barbatus, 41
Diarrhena, 88
Dicksonia punctilobula, 117, 118
Digitaria sanguinalis, 40
Dimorphotheca, 126
Diodia-virginiana, 25
Diphysa, 131
Diplotaxis tenuifolia, 41
Dirca palustris, 24
Disappearing wild flowers, 101
Dodge, B. O., 36, 59, 63, 64; Pro-
ceedings of the Club, 12, 35, 59, 61
Douglas Firs Henry and Flood’s, The
(Review), 102
Douglass, H. B., 63
Dracopsis amplexicaulis 73
Dryopteris, 29; Boottii, 31; imnter-
media, 31
Duclaux’s Pasteur: the history of a
mind (Review), 127
Dunlap, V. C., 129
East and Jones’s Inbreeding and Out-
breeding (Review), 32
Echinochloa Crus-galli, 18, 98
Echinocystis lobata, 44
Echium vulgare, 118
Ecological Society of America, 16
Eleocharis palustris, 18
Eleusine indica, 98
Elfvingia lobata, 14
Epicampes subpatens, 88 :
Epigaeae.repens, 118
Epilobium adenocaulon, 99; hirsutum,
99
Equisetum, 17; Burchardtii, 57; flu-
viatile polystachyum, 40
Eragrostis capillaris, 98; caroliniana,
40; major, 98
Erechtites hieracifolia, roo
Erigenia bulbosa, 24 a
Erigeron aequifolius, 44; annuus, 100 ;
confinis, 44
Eryngium yuccifolium, 73
Eucephalus Engelmannii, 123; vialis,
i22) 123
Eucephalus, A new Oregon, 122
Euchlaena, 87
Eupatorium, 126; perfoliatum, 100;
purpureum, 100
Euphorbia Helioscopia, 42; maculata,
97, 99
Euthamia graminifolia, 100
Evans, A. W., 10, 62, 63
Excursion to Mountain Lake, Vir-
ginia, An, 116
Explorations in southern Florida, te
cent, 64
Fagopyrum esculentum, 41
Fagus, 74, 91; grandifolia, 119
Fairman, C. E., 89
Ferguson, W. C., 64
Fern prothallia, The value of nutrient
solutions as culture media for, 76
Festuca, 121, 122
Ficus, 55
Field excursions, 14, 15
Firmianites aterrimus, 56
Florida, Explorations in southern, 64
Forest management, Recknagel and
Bentley’s (Review), 34
Forest products, Brown’s (Revice),
57
Fragaria, 97, 99
Franseria acanthicarpa, 44
Fraxinus americana, 71, 119
Fruits and vegetables in storage and
transit, Spoilage of, 129
Fulvifomes Robiniae, 14, 15, 119
Fungi and bacteria in industry, The
uses of, 61
Fungi in Virginia, Collecting, 14
Fungi near Washington, Collecting, 60
Gaver, C. S563
Galax aphylla, 118
Galega, 131
Galegeae of the family Fabaceae or
Papilionaceae, Rearrangement of
the genera of the tribe, 130
Galinsoga parviflora, 100 --
Galium Mollugo, 44
Garner, W. W., work of, 46
Gaultheria procumbens, 118
Gaura Lindheimeri, 73
Gaylussacia baccata, 119
Gershoy, A., 61, 63
Gilbert, E. M., 129
Glaucium flavum, 41
Gleason, H. A., 89
Gleditsia triacanthos, 71
136
Gliricidia, 131
Glottidium, 131
Glyceria, 122
Glycyrrhiza, 13
Gnaphalium, 1
100
Gold, Mrs. L. J., 129
Grasses of the United States, Hitch-
cock’s Genera of, 84
Greenwood, M. B., 129
Greer, T. R., 129
Grifola Berkeleyi, 14
Griscom, L., 128
Guggenheim, D. and M., 13
Gundersen, A., 63; Labels and rec-
ords for herbaceous plants, 90;
Small’s Origin and development of
the Compositae (Review), 125
2
25 126; obtusifolium,
Hamamelis virginiana, 119
Hamosa, 132
Harper, H. S., 50
Harper, R. A., 13, 59, 61-64, 89, 128
Harper, R. M., 16, 36; Southern
Louisiana from the car-window, 67
Harpolyce, 130
Harrington, G. T., 129
Inlensaic.. Vaasa,” Os [os}
Hastings, G. T., 63; The vegetation
of a cinder field, 96
Hathaway, M., 129
Haymes, GC. 63
Hazen, Digk. So, 61; 63
Hebestigma, 131:
Hedera, 56
Heinold, E., 129
Helenium tenuifolium, 72, 73
Helianthus annuus, 98, 100
Henry and Flood’s, The
Firs (Review), 102
Hervey, A. B., 106
Heteranthera dubia, 19
Hibiscus incanus, 73
Hicotia salba, 735
Douglas
antiquorum, 56;
Aduaticas 7. 1755) Llabray 1195
ovata, 119
Hieracium Pilosella, 45
Hilaria, 86
Hitchcock’s Genera of grasses of the
United States (Review), 84
Holacantha Emoryi, 22
Holden, I., 106
Homalobus, 131, 132
Homalocenchrus, 86; oryzoides, 88
Honey plants, Pellett’s American
(Review), 104
Houstonia, 64
Howe, M. A., 10, 13, 59, 62-64; Pro-
ceedings of the Club, 129
Howe, T. D., 50, 51
Hydatica petiolaris, 118
Hydnum repandum, 15
Hydrochloa carolinensis, 87
Hylocomium proliferum, 29
Hypnum, 29
Hypomyces lactifluorum, 15
Ilex Cassine, 22; glabra, 22; monti-
cola, 118; opaca, 74; verticillata,
22; vomitoria, 22
Impatiens pallida, 117
Inbreeding and outbreeding, East and
Jones’s (Review), 32
Indigofera, 130
Inga culebrana,
IOI
Inula, 125, 126
Ipomoea purpurea, 97—99
Iris verna, 19
101; oligocaenica,
Jennings, O. E., The paper mulberry
(Broussonetia), an “artillery plant,”
52
Johnston, Mr. T. W., 129
Juglans cinerea, 119; migra, 119
Juncus effusus, 19
Juniperus, 91, 92; virginiana, 119
Jussiaea diffusa, 24 |
Kalmia latifolia, 119
Keeler, Mrs. L. M., 63
Kelly, H: A., 60, 61
Kentrophyta, 131, 132
Knowlton, F. H., work of, 53-57;
Knowlton’s Mesozoic and Ceno-
zoic plants of America (Review),
53
Kochia Scoparia, 97-99
Koeleria, 87
Koniga maritima, 97, 99
Kraunhia, 131
Krieger, L. C. C€., 60 -
Labels and records for herbaceous
plants, 90
Laciniaria acidota, 75; pycnostachya,
Hd ©
Lactaria corrugis, 15; volema, 15
Lactuca, 126; virosa, 100
Laetiporus speciosus, 14
Lathyrus hirsutus, 42; sphaericus, 42
LeBrun, B., «13
Length of day instead of tempera-
ture controls time of flowering and
fruiting (Abstract), 46
ee
; 137
Lennea, 131
Lepidium apetalum, 99;
41
Leptilon canadensis, 100
Lepturus, 88
Eeviny .5.12,.13
Levine, M., 10, 59; 62, 63, 128
Libocedrus, 55
Lighthipe, L. H., 61
Linaria Linaria, 100; texana, 44
Liquidambar Styraciflua, 71, 73-75
Liriodendron, 91, .92; Tulipifera, 119
Livingston, B. E., 16
Lolium perenne, 99
Lomatium microcarpum, 53
Lonicera dioica, 25
Lotus corniculatus, 42
Louisiana from the
Southern, 67
Lychnis alba, 41
Lycium vulgare, 100
Lycoperdon cyathiforme, 15;
matum, 15
Lycopersicon Lycopersicon, 100
Lycopodium clavatum, 29; complana-
tum flabelliforme, 29; obscurum, 29
Lysimachia quadrifolia, 118
virginicum,
car-window,
gem-
Maenola, 553 acuminata, 21, 119;
glauca, 91, 92; grandiflora, 21, 74,
QI, 92; virginiana, 21
Malus Malus, 97, 99
Marsilea Nashii, 124
Matonidium Althausii, 57;
num, 57
Matricaria inodora, 44
McAtee, W. L., Some local names of
plants—III, 17
Medicago sativa, 99
Megastachya, 121
Meier, D. F., Spoilage of vegetables,
129
Melia Azederach, 22, 91
. Melica, 86
Melilotus albus, 99; officinalis, 42
Members of the Torrey Botanical
Club, 1920, 2
Mesadenia lanceolata, 73
Mesozoic and Cenozoic plants of
America, Knowlton’s (Review), 53
Micranthes pennsylvanica, 30
Millettia, 131
Missouri Botanical Garden, 16
Mitchella repens, 25
Mitella nuda, 30
Mollugo verticillata, 99
Monarda fistulosa, 118
Monocotyledones, 56
america-
Monotropa, 643; uniflora, 118
Moore, B.; Brown’s Forest products
(Review), 57; Recknagel and Bent-
ley’s Forest management (Review),
34
Mountain Lake, Virginia, An excur-
sion to, 116
Mount Marcy, New York, Flora of,
128
Moxley, G. L., 13
Muhlenbergia sylvatica, 96
Mulberry (Broussonetia) an “ artil-
lery plant,” The paper, 52
Munroa, 86
Murphy, R. C., 16
Murrill, W. A., 14, 59; An excursion
to Mountain Lake, Virginia, 116;
Collecting Fungi near Washington,
60; Notes on fungi, 14; Murrill’s
Nature books (Review), 11
Myrica, 20; cerifera, 75; pumila, 73
Naias flexilis, 18
Nama ovata, 73
Names of plants, Some local—III, 17
’ Narcissus Fazetta, 59, 60
Nebraska, Pin oak in, 50
Nelson, J. C., Additions to the flora
of western Oregon during 1919, 37;
Hitchcock’s Genera of grasses of
the United States (Review), 84;
Notes on Scleropoa, 119; Tilia eu-
ropaea in Oregon, 31-
Nelumbo lutea, 21 _
New Era Printing Co., The, 62
New specific name, 101
News items, 16, 36, 106
New Zealand, Botanical features of
the flora. of, 36 ;
Nichols, G. E., 10, 16, 63
Nicotiana, 104; attenuata, 105; Bige-
lovii, 105; Clevelandii, 105; multi-
valvis, 105; quadrivalvis, 105; rus-
tica, 105; Tabacum, 105; trigono-
phylla, 105
Nigella damascena, 41
Notes on Scleropoa, 119
Notodon, 13f
Nutrient solutions as culture media
for fern prothallia, The value of,
76
Nymphaea advena, 21
Nyssa biflora, 74; sylvatica, 73, 119;
uniflora, 74, 75
Oak in Nebraska, Pin, 50
Oenothera mollissima, 45
138
Olive, E. W., 63; The uses of fungi
and bacteria in industry, 61
Olneya, 131
Omphalodes linifolia, 44
Onagra biennis, 99
LOeNeale Ce E130
Onoclea Struthiopteris, 77
Ononis arvensis, 42
Opuntia, 64; humifusa, 95
Orchids, Our native, 69
Oregon, Additions to the flora of
western, during 1919, 37; Euceph-
alus, A new, Tilia europaea
ron, yi
Origin and development of the Com-
positae, Small’s (Review), 125
Oryza, 86
Osmanthus, 91
Oxalis Acetosella, 118; stricta, 99
Oxycoccus erythrocarpus, 119
Oxydendrum, 91; arboreum, 119
Oxytropis, 132
n22):
22;
Panicum capillare, 97,98; hemitomon,
73; proliferum, 97, 98
Paper mulberry (Broussonetia) an
“artillery plant,’ The, 52
Parosela, 130
Paspalum Vaseyanum, 71, 73
Pasteur: the history of a mind, Du-
claux’s (Review), 127
Paulowinia tomentosa, 24, 97, 100
Pectis, 126
Pellett’s American honey plants (Re-
view), 104
Peloria in Viola primulaefolia Linn.,
107
Pennell, F. W., 9, 04, 15, 36, 62—6s,
89, 128; Field excursions, 14, 15;
Proceedings of the Club, 63, 65, 80,
' 104, 128, 129; Soil preferences of
Scrophulariaceae, 10; Through the
Andes of Colombia, 65
Petalostemon, 130
Peteria, 131
Petunia violaceae, 97, 98, 100
Phacelia Bolanderi, 43; californica,
43; nemoralis mutabilis, 44.
Philotria, 15; iowensis, 15
Philotria, Notes on, 14, 15
Phleum pratense, 98
Pholiurus, 88
Physalis pruinosa, 100
Phytolacca decandra, 97, 99
Pilea muscosa, 52; pumila, 20; ser-
pyllifolia, 52
Pin oak in Nebraska, 50
- Pinus, 91, 93; palustris, 72-74; resi-
nosa, 31; rigida, Toe sotrobussn7.
119; Taeda, 72-73
Plantago lanceolata, 100; major, 100;
major intermedia, 44; Rugelii, 100
Platanus, 71
Pluteus cervinus, 15
Poa, 121; annua, 99
Podophyllum peltatum, 21
Poganatum brevicaule, 29
Poitea, 131
Polycodium stamineum, 31
Polygonum aviculare, 99; Convolvu-
lus, 99; pennsylvanicum, 99; poly-
stachyum, 41; prolificum, 41; punc-
tatum leptostachyum, 99
Polypodium polypodioides, 91-96; vul-
gare, 91, 94
Pool, R. j.,° 106; Pin oak aaneie—
braska, 50
Populus deltoides, 71; tremuloides,
97, 99
Porana, 55
Porodaedalea Pini, 14
Portulaca oleracea, 99
Potamogeton americanus, 18; pecti-
natus, 18
Potentilla Drummondii, 42; monspe-
liensis, 99; rivalis, 42
Proceedings of the Club, 12, 35, 59,
61, 63, 65, 89, 104, 128, 129
Proteaceae, 55
Prothallia, The value of nutrient so-
lutions as culture media for fern,
76
Prunella vulgaris, 118
Prunus americana, 22, 119; pumila, 22
Pseudotsuga Douglasii, 102, 103;
Douglasii caesia, 102, 103; glauca,
103; mMacrocarpa, 103; mucronata,
103 ; a
Psoralea, 130
Pteridium aquilinum, 17
Puccinellia distans, 99
Pyrola americana, 117
Pyropolyporus ignarius, 118
Quercus, 91, 92; acuminata, 51, 52;
alba, 51, 52, 74,-1195bicolonsasi,
52; coccinea, 51, 119; falcata, 73—
75; ilicifolia, 20; imbricaria, 51, 52;
macrocarpa, 51; marilandica, 51,
52, 75; Michauxii, 73-75; nigra,
71; palustris, 50-52, 119; Phellos,
73, 753 prinoides, 51, 52s emnmus:
119; tubtrar 51, 1170;° stellatayeze.
75; texana, 71; velutina, 51, 119
j 139
Rearrangement of the genera of the
tribe Galegeae of the family Faba-
ceae or Papilionaceae, 130
Recknagel and Bentley’s Forest man-
agement (Review), 34
Reseda lutea, 42; Luteola, 42
Resurrection fern, Habits and habi-
tats of the North American, 91
Reviews, 11, 32, 34, 53, 57, 84, 102.
TOA Te, T2551 27
Reynaudia, 86
Rhododendron catawbiense, 13; max-
imum, 28-31, 118
Rhododendron maximum, The haunts
of, 28
Rhus copallina, 22; radicans, 71, 92,
97, 99
Richards, H. M., 9, 61-65, 104, 129
Robinia, 131; Pseudo-Acacia, 119
Roripa lyrata, 42; sylvestris, 42
Rosa virginiana, 119
Roubieva multifida, 41
Rowlee, W. W., 129
Rubus illecebrosus, 42; occidentalis,
97, 99; odoratus, 119
Rudbeckia hirta, 25;
occidentalis, 44
Rumex Acetosella, 99; crispus, 99
Ruppia maritima, 18
Rusby, H. H., 63, 64
Rydberg, P. A., Henry and Flood’s
The Douglas Firs (Review), 102;
Notes on Philotria, 14, 15; Rear-
rangement of the genera of the
tribe Galegeae of the family Faba-
ceae or Papilionaceae, 130
Rynchospora corniculata, 19
montana, 25;
Sabal glabra, 71
Sabina, 131
Salicornia, 20; europea, 20
Salix amygdaloides, 20; exigua, 20;
lasiandra lancifolia, 41; lasiolepis
Bigelovii, 41; nigra, 71
Sambucus canadensis, 119; pubens,
97, 100.
Sapindus Drummondii, 23
Sapinopsis variabilis, 57
Sajonaria officinalis, 118 ~
Sassafras Sassafras, 119
Saxifraga arguta, 42;
saximontana, 42
Schweinitz-Torrey letters, 59
Scirpodendron, 13 ;
Scirpus occidentalis, 19;
19; pauciflorus, 40
Sclerochloa, 121
fragosa, 42;
paludisus,
Scleropoa Hemipoa, 122; rigida, 119—
I22
Scleropoa, Notes on, 119
Scolochloa festucacea, 18
Scrophulariaceae, 56; Soil
ence of, 10
Scutellaria nervosa, 118; pilosa, 118
Seaver, F. J., 62, 63, 129
Secale cereale, 40
Senecio, 125, 126; Jacobaea, 126
Sequoia, 55
Sesbania, 131; macrocarpa, 73
Setaria glauca, 40
Setchell, W. A., 62, 106; Aboriginal
tobaccos, 104
Sida, 23
Sidalcea Nelsoniana, 43
Silene pendula, 41; virginica, 117
Silphium laciniatum, 73
Siphocampylos, 125
Skottsberg, C., 36
Small, James: Small’s
development of the
(Review), 125
Small, John K., 63; Recent explora-
tions in southern Florida, 64
Smilax, 19; Bona-nox, 19; herbacea,
19
Solanum nigrum, 100; rostratum, 44;
sisymbrifolium, 44
Solidago, 126
Sonchus asper, 100
Sorbus americana, \119
Spartina Michauxiana, 18
Spergularia salsuginea bracteata, 41
Sphaerostigma andinum, 43
Sphenopholis, 87
Spilanthes, 126
Spoliage of fruits and vegetables in
storage and transit, 129; of vege-
tables, 129
Stanleya glauca, 101; glauca latifolia,
102
Stanleya, A new form of, ro1
Stenophyllus capillaris, 83; Harrisii,
83; junciformis, 83
Stoll, F., Pellett’s American honey
plants (Review), 104
Stork, H. E., 129
Stout, A. B., 10, 63; Notes on forced
bulbs, 59
Streptochaeta, 86
Sutherlandia, 132
Symphoricarpos occidentalis, 25
Symplocos, 91
Syntherisma fimbriata, 98
prefer-
Origin and
Compositae
Taraxacum Taraxacum, 100
140
Taxodium, 91; distichum, 71, 73-75
Taylor, N., 10, 59, 62, 63, 128; Brit-
ton and Millspaugh’s Bahama Flora
(Review), 124; Flora of Mount
Marcy, New York, 128; Length of
day instead of temperature controls
time of flowering and fruiting (Ab-
stract), 46; Murrill’s nature books
(Review), 11
Tecoma radicans, 71
Tephrosia, 130
Thalictrum polycarpum, 41
Therofon aconitifolium, 118
Thomas, A. H., 12, 13
Abinowaris, Jal Wey Be)
Thrinax, 56
Tilia americana, 119; europaea, 31,
32, 43
Tilia europaea in Oregon, 31
Tillandsia usneoides, 71, 73, 75
Time of flowering and _ fruiting,
Length of day instead of tempera-
ture controls (Abstract), 46
Tobaccos, Aboriginal, 104
Torresia macrophylla, 88
Torrey-Schweinitz letters, 59
Torrey Botanical Club, Members of
the, 1920, 2
Torreya a bi-monthly, 1
Toxicodendron radicans, 22
Trametes robiniophila, 14
Trifolium hybridum, 99; pratense, 99;
repens, 99
Triglochin maritima, 18
Trillium, 19; grandiflorum, 118
Triodia, 86
Tripsacum, 85
Trixis, 126
Tsuga canadensis, 18, 119
Typha latifolia, 73
Tyromyces Spraguei, 14
Ulmus, 92; americana, 71, 119
Unifolium canadense, 118
Ursinia, 126
Vaginata plumbea, 15
Vallisneria spiralis, 18
Vegetables, Spoilage of, 129
Venenarius, 15
Veratrum viride, 19
Verbascum Thapsus, 24, 100, 118
Verbena angustifolia, 72; hastata,
100; prostrata, 44; urticifolia, 100
Vernonia, 126
Viburnum acerifolium, 31;
lium, I19
Viola, 107, 112; hirta, 107; odorata,
43, 107; orbiculata, 43; primulae-
folia, 107-116
Viola primulaefolia Linn., Peloria in,
107
Virginia, Collecting fungi in, 14
Vitis aestivalis Lincecumi, 23; Ber-
landieri, 23; cinerea, 23; cordifolia,
23; coriacea, 23); Labruscamees,
Munsoniana, 23; palmata, 23; ru-
pestris, 23; Simpsonli, 23
alnifo-
Wailes, L. A., 14
Washington, Collecting fungi near, 60
Watson, E. E., 128
Weese, A. O., 16
Weinmannia, 55
West Indian plants, Two new, 83
White, O. E., 64,89; East and Jones’s
Inbreeding and outbreeding (Re-
view), 32
Willardia, 131
Wilson, P., 63
Wisteria, 131
Wooden flowers, 14
Wurzlow, E. C., 89
Nanthium echinatum, 100; oviforme,
44; speciosum, 44
Xantholithes propheticus, 56
Yucca gloriosa, 19
Zizania aquatica, 18
Zizaniopsis miliacea, 18
a
The Torrey Botanical Club
Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous copies
of the number of TorreyA in which their papers appear, will kindly notify the
editor when returning proof.
Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned to the editor. The
New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the
following rates:
4PP- spp.| ropp. | r6pp. | 20pp. | 24pP. | 28pp. | 32PP. | 48pp. | 64pp.
25 copies | $1.40 $2:45| $3.65) $ 4.40| $ 5-65 $ 6.50 $ 8.00) $ 8.45| $12-55| $15.90
SOE 1.65] 2.90}: 4.25! 5-10}. 6.65). 7-75| 9.40) .9.85] 14.15] 17-35
Pac. 1.95] 3-35} 4-85) 5-65) 7.60} 8.75} 10.45] 11.25] 15:65] 19.95
TOO%().",. 2.25) 3.80) 5.35|° 6.35) 8-25] ‘9-80} 311.55] 12.45]. 17-55| 22.05
DSO, gi 2.70| 4.60 6.50] 7.60|° 10.20} 12.10] £4.20} 15.20] 21.35] 26.80
ZOO st) 3-00] 5.05| 7.15; 8.35] 11-40) 13.50} 15.80] 16.85] 23.55] 209.60
BOG i. 3-85, 6.20) 9.20; 10.70) 14.85) 17.55, 20.50} 21.05) 30.20 37-40
Covers: 25 for $1.75. Additional covers, 14c. each. Plates: 100 for $1.00.
Committees for 1920.
Finance Committee Field Committee
R. A. HARPER, Chairman. MICHAEL LEVINE, Chairman.
‘J. H. BARNHART, Mrs. L.M. KEELER
Miss C. C. HAYNES GEORGE T. HAsT NGS
SERENO STETSON F. J. SEAVER
NORMAN TAYLOR
Percy WILSON
Budget Committee “i
Membership Committee
H. J. BARNHART, Chairman. J’ Suagc. Chairman:
R. A. HARPER T. E. Hazen
N. L. BRITTON E. W. OLIVE
A. W. EVANS :
M. A. Howe Local Flora Committee
H. H. Russy N. L. Britton, Chairman.
Pp “ Phanerogams: Cryptogams:
eee vovunittee E P. BICKNELL Mrs. E.G. BRITTON
Mrs. E. G. BRITTON, Chairman. N. L. BRITTON T. E. HAZEN
Pror. JEAN BROADHURST C. C. CurTIS M. A. Howe
ALFRED GUNDERSEN K. K. MACKENZIE MICHAEL LEVINE
F. J. SEAVER NORMAN TAYLOR W. A. MuRRILL
Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora
Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict.. Lichens: W. C. Barbour
Mosses: Mrs. E. G. Britton Sphaeriaceae, Dothideaceae: H. M
Liverworts: A. W. Evans A Richards
Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen Hypocreaceae, Perisporieae, Plectas.
Marine Algae: M. A. Howe cineae, Tuberineae: F. J. Seaver
Gasteromycetes_ G. C. Fisher Fungi-forming sclerotia: A. B. Stout
Hymenomycetes: W. A. Murrill Imperfecti: H. M. Richards, F.
Except Russulaand Lactarius: Miss G. Seaver, Mel T. Cook
Burlingham Oomycetes: C. A. King
Cortinarius: R. A. Harper Zygomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee
Polyporeae: M. Levine Chytridiaceae,
Exobasidii: H. M. Richards Myxomycetes: Mrs. H. M. Richards
Rusts and Smuts: E. W. Olive Yeast and Bacteria: Prof. J. Broadhurst
Discomycetes: B. O. Dodge Insect galls: Mel T. Cook
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.
(1) BULLETIN
A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established
1870. Vol. 46 published in I919, contained 502 pages of text
and 1g full-page plates. Price $4.00 per annum. For Europe,
18 shillings. _Dulau & Co., 47 Soho Square, London, are,
agents for England. |
Of former volumes, only 24-46 can be supplied entire ; cer-
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars
each; Vols. 28-46 three dollars each.
ele copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not
breaking complete volumes.
(2) MEMOIRS
The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregu-
lar intervals. Volumes I-15 are now completed; No. 1 of
Vol. 16 has been issued. The subscription price is fixed at
$3.00 per volume in advance; Vol. 17, containing Proceedings
of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the Club, 490 pages, was
issued in 1918, price $5.00. Certain numbers can also be pur-
chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers and of
prices will be furnished on application.
(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri-
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New
York, 1888. Price, $1.00.
Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to
DR. FRANCIS W. PENNELL
2764 Creston Avenue
New York City .
4
TORREYA
A Bi-Montuiy JourNnaAL oF Boranicat Notes anp News
JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
GEORGE T:.-HASTINGS
Volume X XI
NEW YORK
Ig2!
PRESS OF
THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY
LANCASTER, PA.
ee
as
Vol. 21 January-February, 1Ig21 No
TORREYA
A Br-MonTuHiy Journat or Botanicat Notes anp News
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873.
CONTENTS
Flora of the Town of Southold, Long Island, and Gardiner’s Island, Second
Supplementary List: Stewart H. BuRNHAM and Roy A. LATHAM ... . x
New Combinations of phanerogamic names: J. C. ARTHUR. .
Shorter Notes .
-_Notes on-Hemerocallis: N. M. GRIER .. 2... Lee Re arte ge
Reviews :
Gager’s Heredity and Evolution in Plants: H. A. GLEASON ....... 14
News Items RUE CPR adhe n5 BY SIGE cesar ee Magee al this tag ba Noten e) (apg yoo, Fano ©
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
AT 4: NortTH Queen Street, LANCASTER, Pa.
sy Tr New Era Printinc Company
“Entered at the Post Office at Lamcaster, Pa,., as second-class matter.
Aap f
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1021
President :
H. M. RICHARDS, Pu.D.
Vice- Presidents.
JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D.
C. STUART GAGER, PH.D.
Secretary and Treasurer
FRANCIS W. PENNELL Pu.D.
New YorkK BOTANICAL GARDEN, NEW YORK CITy
Treasurer
F. J. SEAVER, Pu.D.
New York BOTANICAL GARDEN, NEW YORK CITY
Editor
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D
Associate Editors
JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. M. LEVINE, Pu.D.
J. A. HARRIS, Px.D. G. E. NICHOLS, Px.D.
GEORGE T. HASTINGS ARLOW B. STOUT, Pu.D.
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D. NORMAN TAYLOR
Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
M. A. HOWE, Pu.D.
OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE WILD FLOWER PRESERVATION
SocIETY OF AMERICA
TorrEYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, thirty cents. To
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City |
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY BoTANIcAL Cius, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
caster, Pa., or Dr. Fred J. Seaver, New York Botanical Garden,
Bronx Park, New York City.
Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should
be addressed to
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
7 Robbins Place
Yonkers, N. Y.
TORR TH YA
Mol. 21 No. 1
January-February, 1921
THE FLORA OF THE TOWN OF SOUTHOLD, LONG
ISLAND AND GARDINER’S ISLAND
By Stewart H. BuURNHAM AND Roy A. LATHAM
SECOND SUPPLEMENTARY LIST*
The following local observers have assisted in this list, by col-
-lecting or reporting unusual species; therefore establishing many
new records and also new stations for species already reported in
‘the two preceding lists. Mrs. F. R. Mitchell of Southold is spe-
cially mentioned for kindness in allowing a study of her long and
interesting list of plants collected by herself and the late Mr.
* Mitchell, mostly in the vicinity of Southold, a decade or more
ago. Mrs. Frank D. Smith of Peconic, Miss Mabel R. Wiggins
of East Marion and William C. Ferguson of Hempstead should
be mentioned. The following botanists have visited and collected
in the region: Mrs. Agnes Chase, Mr. Wm. T. Davis, Mr. Nor-
man Taylor and others.
INsSEcT GALLST
Asteromyia carbonifera Felt—On leaves of Euthamia tenutfolia.
Caryomyia tubicola O.S.—On leaves of Hicoria glabra at Cutchogue.
Cecidomyia verrucicola O.S.—On leaves of Tilia americana at Southold.
Dasyneura Lysimachiae Beutm.—On Lysimachia quadrifolia at Orient.
Disholcaspis mamma Walsh—On twigs of Quercus velutina at Greenport.
Eriophyes Cephalanthi Cook—Greenport on leaves of Cephalanthus occidentalis.
E. semen Walsh—Orient on leaves of Salix.
Hormomyia canadensis Felt—Cutchogue on leaves of Amelanchier oblongifolia.
Lasioptera clavula Beutm—On twigs of Cornus at Cutchogue, Greenport and
_ Southold.
[LNo. 6, Vol. 20, of TorrEyA, comprising pp. 107-140, was issued 7 February 1921]
* The preliminary flora was published in TorrEya 14: 201-225. Nov. 1914,
and 229-254. Dec. 1914. The First Supplementary List was published in Tor-
Treya 17: 111-122, July 1917.
+ The majority of these galls were named by Dr. E. P. Felt, state entomolo-
gist of the State of New York.
2
L. nodulosa Beutm.—Orient on stems of Rubus.
Livia maculipennis Fitch—On the inflorescence of Juncus canadensis.
Neolasioptera ramuscula Beutm.—On stems of Doellingeria umbellata at Orient.
Phylloxera Caryaesemen Walsh—Orient on the under surface of the leaves of
Hicoria glabra.
Rhabdophaga strobiloides WWalsh—On the tips of branches of Salix humilis at -
Peconic.
Rhopalomyia hirtipes O.S.—On aerial stems of Solidago juncea at Cutchogue
and Peconic.
EuPHYCEAE
Antithamnion americanum (Hary.) Farl—In the Sound at Orient; determined
by Dr. M. A. Howe.
Nitella intermedia Nordst.—Great Pond, Southold; determined by Dr. Howe
who has examined specimens twice, and says, ‘this species or something
close to it.”
PHYCOMYCETES
Empusa americana Thaxt.—On blow-flies, Calliphora vomitoria at Orient; de-
termined by Prof. John Dearness. Many thousands of these flies are killed
by this fungus during cold, wet spells in the summer. They are usually
found clustered on the softer parts of grape vines.
Rhysotheca Haldstediu (Farl.))} Wiis—On leaves of Helianthus in woods at ~
Orient; determined by Prof. Dearness.
ASCOMYCETES (EXCLUDING PyRENOMYCETES)
Cudoniella marcida (Miull.) Sace—On earth in rich woods at Cutchogue.
September. Determined by Dr. C. G. Lloyd as Leotia marcida Pers.: Mycol.
Notes 63: 964. May 1920.
Geoglossum Farlowi Cke.—On earth in _rich woods at Greenport. October.
Determined by Dr. Lloyd who says “it is a very rare plant with spores
3-septate, 80 mic. long in these.’ It is difficult to believe, however, that it
is other than a spore variation of the more common Geoglossum hirsutum
Pers.
Peziza odorata Pk.—On ashes in a cellar at Orient; determined by Dr. Charles
E. Fairman.
Phialea scutula (Pers.) Gill—On dead herbaceous stems at Orient; determined
by Dr. Fairman.
Pseudophacidium Betulae Rehm.—On twigs and small branches of Betula popu-
lifolia at Orient. Spring. Determined by Dr. Fairman, who says the find
is noteworthy ; and confirmed by Dr. E. J. Durand, who reports that it agrees
with Rehm’s Ascomyceten No. 866 in his herbarium.
Tapesia sanguinea (Pers.) Fekl—On wood of Juniperus virginiana at Orient;
determined by Dr. Fairman.
ASCOMYCETES (PYRENOMYCETES)
Anthostoma gastrinum (Fr.) Sace—On dead branches of Amelanchier cana-
densis at Orient; determined by Prof. Dearness.
3
Botryosphaeria fuliginosa (M. & N.) E. & E.—Orient on stems of Smilax
rotundifolia ; determined by Prof. Dearness. No. 2107.
Camarosporium Robiniae (West.) Sacce.—Orient on Robinia Pseudo-acacia,
associated with Cucurbitaria elongata (Fr.) Grev. No. 7o2z. N. Y. State
Mus. Bull. r97: 25. 1918.
Cryptospora aculeans (Schw.) E. & E.—On stems and twigs of Rhus copallina
and Toxicodendron radicans at Orient; determined by Prof. Dearness.
Diaporthe (Chorostate) cercophora (Ell.) Sace——On dead twigs and branches
of Celtis occidentalis at Orient; determined by Prof. Dearness.
Diaporthe (Euporthe) cryptica Nitschke—Orient on stems of Lonicera ja-
ponica; determined by Prof. Dearness.
Diaporthe (Euporthe) euspina (C. & E.) Sace.—Base of stems of Chenopodium
ambrosioides at Orient; determined by Prof. Dearness.
Diaporthe (Chorostate) oxyspora (Pk.) Sace.—On twigs and branches of Ilex
verticillata at Orient. N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 197: 38. 1918. (Diaporthe
ocularia (C. & E.) Sacc.)
Diatrype Baccharidis Earle—Orient on stems and branches of Baccharis ha-
’ limifolia; determined by Prof. Dearness. No. 4033.
D. disciformis (Hoffm.) Fr.—On branches of Myrica caroliniensis at Orient;
determined by Prof. Dearness.
Diatrypella verrucaeformis (Ehrh.) Nitschke—On trunks of Myrica caro-
liniensis at Orient; determined by Dr. Fairman.
Didymosphaeria Celtidis E. & E—On twigs of Celtis occidentalis at Orteat'
determined by Prof. Dearness.
Dothidea collecta (Schw.) E. & E.—Orient on twigs of Iva frutescens ; deter-
mined by Prof. Dearness.
Erysiphe Cichoracearum DC.—On leaves and stems of Plantago Rugelii at
Orient; determined by Dr. Fairman.
Eutypa leucostroma (Mont.) Sace——On stems of Smilax rotundifolia at Orient;
determined by Dr. Fairman.
E. sepulta (B. & C.) E. & E.—Orient on stems of Smilax rotundifolia; deter-
mined by Prof. Dearness.
Eutypella cerviculata (Fr.) Sace—On branches of Celtis occidentalis at
Orient; determined by Prof. Dearness.
E. Gleditschiae Berl—On dead twigs of Gleditschia triacanthos at Orient.
No. 724. N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 197: 29. 1918. F
E. scoparia (Schw.) E. & E—Orient on twigs of Robinia Pseudo-acacia; de-
termined by Prof. Dearness. No. 1041.
E. venusta (Ell.) Sace—Orient on twigs of Robinia Pseudo-acacia ; . determined
by Prof. Dearness. -No. 1198.
Gibberella pulicaris (Fr.) Sacc.—On stalks of Zea Mays at Orient ; determined
by Dr. Fairman.
Gloniella ovata (Cke.) Sace—On decorticated and weathered wood of Castanea
dentata at Orient. “ The type of this species (collected by Ravenel in Caro-
lina) is said to be on oak.” No. 824. N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 205-206: 51
1919.
Gloniopsis Cookeana (Ger.) Sacc.—Orient on dead wood of Quercus alba,
4 =
dead branches of Myrica caroliniensis, dead decorticated branches of Rhus
glabra and Xolisma ligustrina. N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 197: 39. 10918.
Guignardia Bidwellii (Ellis) Viala & Ravaz—On fruit of cultivated grapes;
determined by Prof. Dearness and Dr. Fairman. It is associated with
Phoma uvicola B. & C. which Rostrup states is a stage of Guignardia Bid-
wellit.
Hypocrea rufa (Pers.) Fr.—A Corticium-like plant growing on oak; deter-
mined by Prof. Dearness. No. 3387.
Hypoxylon multiforme Fr.?—On wood of Quercus velutina at Orient; deter-
mined by Dr. Lloyd (printed): Letter 67:7. July 1918.
H. rubiginosum (Pers.) Fr—Orient on dead branches of Rhus copallina; de-
termined by Prof. Dearness.
Hysterographium Lesquereuxii (Duby) Sace.—On dead branches of Gleditschia
triacanthos at Orient. N. Y. State Mus. Bull.:197: 30. 1918.
HA. Vaccinii (Schw.) Fairman—This combination was made in the First Sup-
plementary List in Torreya 17: 113. July 1917: but was wrongly spelled
Hysteriographium Vaccinii.
Massaria conspurcata (Wallr.) Sace—On twigs of Padus virginiana (Prunus
.serotina Ehrh.) at Orient. Determined by Dr. Fairman, who says, ‘‘ spores
‘60-65 X 13.5-14m.’ According to Ellis & Everhart, your specimen has
‘spores agreeing more with those distributed by Dr. Rehm (in his Ascomy-
‘ceten) than what Ellis noted in this country. That is, they are about the
same width as foreign specimens and wider than those usually found here.
Massarinula Brassicae Dearn. & House—On dead stems of Brussels Sprouts,
Brassica oleracea gemmifera, at Orient. September 1915. Type in the her-
barium of the N. Y. State Museum. Described in N. Y. State Mus. Bull.
TO723ie— ROLE:
Microsphaera Alni (Wallr.) Salmon—The var. Vaccinii (Schw.) Salmon on
leaves of Vaccinium corymbosum at Orient; determined by Prof. Dearness.
Phyllachora Graminis (Pers.) Fckl.—The var. Panici (Schw.) Spear on leaves
of Panicum cladestinum, common throughout the town; determined by Prof.
Dearness. ;
P, Pteridis (Reb.) Fekl—On fronds of Pteridiuwm aquilinum at Mattituck ;
determined by Prof. Dearness.
Pyrenophora calvescens (Fr.) Sace.—On Chenopodium ambrosioides; deter-
mined by Prof. Dearness. :
Rosellinia protuberans Karst——Orient on wood of Baccharis halimifolia; de-
termined by Dr. Fairman.
R. pulveracea (Ehrh.) Fekl.—On twigs of Celtis occidentalis; determined by
Prof. Dearness.
Sphaerella pardalota C. & E—Orient on old leaves of Myrica caroliniensis ;
determined by Dr. Fairman.
Trematosphaeria nuclearia (DeNot.) Sace—On decaying nuts of Hicoria
glabra at Orient; determined by Prof. Dearness. No. 1202.
Valsa Liquidambaris (Schw.) Cke—On dead stems of Hamamelis virginiana
at Orient. “‘A new host species. The asci are 30-33 X 8m, the spores
eight in an ascus, 8-9 X 2, hyaline, allantoid.” N.Y. State Mus. Bull. 197:
45. 1918. ‘
5
V. Pini (A. & S.) Fr.—On dead bark and twigs of Pinus Strobus at Green-
port; determined by Prof. Dearness. The fallen trunk of one tree that had
been cut about a year was completely covered with this species, abundantly
fruiting.
V. subclypeata C. & P.—Orient on dead branches of sassafras; determined
by Prof. Dearness.
Xylaria corniformis Fr.—On buried roots of Quercus velutina at Orient; de-
termined by Dr. Lloyd (printed): Letter 66: 4. Oct. 1917.
HyPOMYCETES
Cercospora Acalyphae Pk.—Orient on leaves of Acalypha gracilens; deter-
mined by Prof. Dearness.
C. circumscissa Sace—Common at Orient on leaves of Padus virginiana
(Prunus serotina) ; determined by Prof. Dearness. f
C. copallina Cke.—Cutchogue on leaves of Rhus copallina; determined by
Prof. Dearness who says, “this is likely only a synonym of Cercospora
rhoina C. & E.” :
C. rhoina C. & E.—On leaves of Rhus copallina at Cutchogue; determined by
Prof. Dearness.
Cladosporium herbarum (Pers.) Link—Orient on leaves of Hemerocallis fulva ;
determined by Prof. Dearness.
Exosporium Tiliae Link—Orient on dead branches and trunks of Tilia vul-
garis ; determined by Prof. Dearness.
Fusarium Celtidis Ell. & Tracy—Orient on twigs of Celtis occidentalis; deter-
mined by Prof. Dearness.
MELANCONIALES
Cylindrosporium Iridis E. & H.—On living leaves of Jris versicolor at Orient.
N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 197: 27. 1918.
Gloeosporium Opuntiae E. & E—On leaves of Opuntia; determined by Dr-
Fairman. Large patches of the Eastern Prickly Pear have been killed by
this fungus at Orient.
Marsonia Potentillae (Desm.) Fisch.—Greenport on leaves of Potentilla cana-
densis ; determined by Dr. House.
Melanconium betulinum Schm.. & Kze.—On twigs of Betula populifolia at
Greenport; determined by Dr. Fairman.
Pestalozzia uncinata Ell. & Kell—On leaves of Quercus velutina; determined
by Dr. House. : -
Stagonospora Chenopodii Pk.—(Phleospora Chenopodii E. & K.) On leaves of
Atriplex hastata, common at Orient; determined by Prof. Dearness.
Steganosporium acerinum Pk.—Orient on dead branches of Acer Pseudo-
Platanus. Determined by Prof. Dearness who says, “may be a synonym
of Steganosporium piriforme (Hoffm.) Cda.: Mr. Ellis used to call the
larger spore form S. cellulosum Cda. and the smaller spore form S. piri-
forme. The spores are 36 X 18 yp.”
6
SPHAEROPSIDEAE
Coniothyrium concentricum (Desm.) Sacc.—On leaves of cultivated Yucca at
Orient ; determined by Prof. Dearness.
Leptostromella Chenopodti Dearn. & House—Orient on dead stems of Cheno-
podium album. Described in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 205-206: 53-54. 1919.
Macrophoma celtidicola Dearn. & House—Orient on twigs of Celtis occiden-
talis; determined by Prof. Dearness.
Phlyctaena arcuata Berk.—Orient on dead stems of Helianthus annuus. No.
726. “Spores filiform arcuate to falcate, 25m long.’ N. Y. State Mus.
Bull. 205-206: 55. 1919.
Phoma Celtidis Cke.—On twigs of Celtis occidentalis; determined by Prof.
Dearness. No. 3388.
Phyllosticta Chenopodii Sace.—On leaves of Chenopodium album at Orient;
determined by Dr. Fairman.
P. Kalmicola Schw.—Greenport on leaves of Kalmia latifolia; determined by
Prof. Dearness.
Phyllosticta limitata Pk.—On leaves of apple, Malus; determined by Prof.
Dearness. Very abundant throughout the town during the summer of 1919:
and practically defoliating some trees.
P. minima (B. & C.) E. & E.—Laurel on leaves of Acer rubrum; determined
by Dr. Fairman.
P. Sassafras Cke.—On leaves of Sassafras, common throughout the township.
Determined by Prof. Dearness who says, “Ellis and Everhart in their
North American Phyllostictas say the specimens available for examination
are all sterile and that the species must be put in the doubtful class. The
spots on some of these leaves have pycnidia with the small spores of the
description; but most of the spots are sterile.”
Septoria brunneola (Fr.) Niessl—Cutchogue on leaves of Vagnera racemosa;
determined by Prof. Dearness.
S. Macrosporia Dearn.—On leaves of Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum at
Orient. Prof. Dearness says, “ externally it is exactly like it but the spores
fall short in average size.”
S. mollisia Dearn & House—Mattituck on leaves of Antennaria plantaginifolia ;
determined by Prof. Dearness, who says this may be the same as Fairman’s
Septoria lanaria.
S. Polygonorum Desm.—Orient on leaves of Persicaria Persicaria; determined
by Prof. Dearness.
S. Stellariae Rob. & Desm.—On leaves of Alsine media at Orient. Determined
by Prof. Dearness who says, “the same as Fungi Columb. No. 775, which
Mr. Ellis named as the above. It is not very distinct from Septoria Silent-
cola Ell. & Mart.”
S. Violae West.—Greenport on leaves of Viola cucullata; determined by Prof.
Dearness.
Sphaeronema Robiniae B. & C.—On twigs and branches of Tilia americana at
Orient; determined by Prof. Dearness.
i ld
(
Sphaeropsis Celtidis E. & E.—On twigs of Celtis occidentalis at Orient. No.
3561. Determined by Dr. Fairman who says, “ Cfr. Am. Nat. 428. 1897 and
Saccardo Syl. 14: 921. Ihave never had this before: it was originally named
from a specimen collected by Bartholomew on Celtis occidentalis in Kansas.”
‘S. Syringae C. & E—Orient on twigs of Syringa vulgaris; determined by Dr.
Fairman.
Vermicularia herbarum West.—On old stems of Geranium maculatum at
Orient; determined by Prof. Dearness.
USTILIGINACEAE
Sorosporium Syntherismae (Pk.) Farl.—Orient on Panicum dichotomiflorum ;
determined by Dr. G. P. Clinton.
UREDINACEAE*
Peridermium Peckii Thim.—Common. On Azalea viscosa at Greenport, Pe-
conic and Southold. On Gaylussacia baccata at Cutchogue. (Puccinias-
trum Myrtilli (Schum.) Arth.)
P. pyriforme Pk.—Found sparingly during August on leaves of Comandra
umbellata at Mattituck. (Cronartium Comandrae Pk.)
Pucciniastrum Agrimoniae (Schw.) Tranz.—Orient on leaves of Agrimonia
gryposepala.
P. Pyrolae (Pers.) Diet—Southold on Chimaphila maculata; but one collec-
tion found.
PUCCINIACEAE
Puccinia Anemones-Virginianae Schw.—On leaves of Anemone Virginiana
at Indian Neck, Peconic. August.
P. Circaeae Pers.—Orient on leaves of Circaea Lutetiana.
P. Ellisiana Thim.—Orient on Schizachyrium scoparium. November.
P. investita Schw.—On Gnaphalium obtusifolium at Cutchogue, Orient and ~
Peconic. August.
P. minutissima Arth—Mattituck on stems and leaves of Decodon verticil-
latus. August. Very common in one swamp and forming large swellings
on stems and the midveins of leaves. (Aecidium Nesaeae Ger.)
P. patruelis Arth—On leaves of Lactuca canadensis at Orient. June. Dr.
Arthur says, “lately has been called Puccinia hieraciata (Schw.) Jackson.
This is rather a rare rust in New York and in fact throughout the Atlantic
states: but is very common in the interior. It has telia on various species
of Carex.”.
Uromyces Hyperici-frondosi (Schw.) Arth—Gardiner’s Island on leaves of
Hypericum mutilum ; determined by Burnham.
U. Lespedezae-procumbentis (Schw.) Curt.—On Lespedeza capitata at Cut-
chogue, Peconic and Southold. On Lespedeza virginica at Cutchogue. Lo-
cally common at these stations. (Nigredo Lespedezae-procumbentis (Schw.)
Arth.)
* Unless otherwise stated the Rusts were determined by Dr. J. C. Arthur.
8
U. Polemonii (Pk.) Barth—N. Y. State. Mus. Bull. 197: 13. 1918, as a con-
tribution; probably on Spartina stricta alterniflora.
TREMELLACEAE
Dacryomyces deliquescens (Bull.) Duby—On old wood of Juniperus vir-
giniana; determined by Dr. Lloyd: Mycol. Notes 63: 964. May 1920.
Exidia recisa Fr. On branches of Quercus velutina at Orient; determined by
Dr. Lloyd: Mycol. Notes 63: 964. May 1920.
Naematelia nucleata (Schw.) Fr.—On old bark of Owercus velutina; deter-
mined by Dr. Lloyd (printed): Letter 66: 4. Oct. 1917.
THELEPHORACEAE
Aleurodiscus nivosus (B. & C.) v. Hohn & Litsch.—On bark of Juniperus vir-
giniana at Orient. No. 189. (In Mo. Bot. Gard. Herb., 44228) (Stereum
acerinum Pers., var. nivosum B. & C.) Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 5: 195. 1918.
Craterellus cornucopioides (L.) Pers.—‘‘ Note 862. The common Craterellus
cornucopioides is usually so regular and cup shaped that we were somewhat
surprised to receive a collection lobed and almost divided at the base, from
Mr. Latham. We supposed that it had been torn accidentally but Mr.
Latham stated that it grew naturally in this way and he found a large
colony of this form.” Dr. Lloyd’s Mycol. Notes 63: 965. May 1920,
Cyphella muscigena (Pers.) Fr—Thuidium paludosum has been found “ only
in one locality, a blackish meadow in Orient. It is common there, but rarely
fruiting. It is a frequent host of Cyphella in this plot. There are several
other species of musci associated with the Thuidium. It is interesting that
the fungus should go commonly to this single species and not at all to the
others.” Bryol. 23: 7. Jan. 1920. Determined by Dr. Fairman.
Hymenochaete agglutinans Ellis—On Sassafras; determined by Prof. Dearness.
H. corrugata (Fr.) Lev.—Orient. No. 154. (In Mo. Bot. Gard. Herb., 44229.)
Determined by Dr. E. A. Burt. Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 5: 361. 1918.
Thelephora multipartita Schw.—On earth in woods at Orient; determined by
Dr. Lloyd: Mycol. Notes 63: 965. May 1920.
Thelephora spiculosa Fr.—On earth in dry woods at Cutchogue; determined by .
‘
Dr. Lloyd who says “ rare.”
Tremellodendron merismatoides (Schw.) Burt—On heavy soil. in woods at
Orient; determined by Dr. Lloyd.
HyYDNACEAE
Hydnum caryophylleum B. & C.—On old wood of Hicoria glabra at Orient;
determined by Prof. Dearness.
H. vellereum Pk.—In dry woods at Cutchogue. Dr. Lloyd says, “ quite fra-
grant when received’: Mycol. Notes 63: 964. May 1920, as- Hydnum
amicum Quel.
H. zonatum of American Mycology—In dry woods on earth at Cutchogue.
Determined by Dr. Lloyd: Mycol. Notes 63: 964. May 1920, as Hydnum
scrobiculatum Fr.
ie)
Phlebia merismoides Fr.— Orient on Prunus Avium,; determined by Dr. Lloyd
(printed): Letter 69: 7. April 1919.
Radulum pallidum B. & C.—On underside of a decayed log of Pinus Strobus
in a swamp at Greenport; determined by Dr. Lloyd (printed): Letter 69:
7. April 19109.
POLY PORACEAE
Daedalea ochracea Lioyd—On oaks at Cutchogue; determined by Dr. Lloyd:
Mycol. Notes 63: 964. May 1920. Under Note No. 137, Dr. Lloyd says,
“JT would designate the light colored forms of Daedalea unicolor . . . which
correspond to Polystictus ochraceus as forms of Polystictus hirsutus.”
Merulius bellus B. & C—Orient, “comm. by N. Y. State Herb., P66 (in Mo.
Bot. Gard. Herb., 43604).”’ Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 4: 332. Nov. 1917.
Merulius brassicaefolius Schw.—On earth in a cellar at Orient; determined by
Dr. Lloyd.
Polyporus brumalis (Pers.) Fr.—Greenport on Vaccinium; Orient on wild
cherry; and Southold on Sambucus canadensis.
P. (Ganoderma) Curtisii Berk—On trunks of living apple tree. Determined
by Dr. Lloyd who says, “this is a southern unvarnished form of Polyporus
lucidus, it is quite common in the south, but rarely found as far north as
with you” (printed): Letter 67: 7. July 1918. Previously reported as
Ganoderma pseudoboletus (Jacq.) Murrill.
P. pocula (Schw.) B. & C-—Orient on living bark of Quercus velutina at
Orient. Found growing in clusters in April. Determined by Dr. Lloyd who
says, ““a unique little species”: Mycol. Notes 63. 965. May 1920.
P. stipticus (Pers.) Fr—On wood of Quercus velutina at Orient; determined
by Dr. Lloyd (printed): Letter 66: 4. Oct. 1917.
P. trabeus Rostk.—On wood of Quercus velutina at Orient; determined by Dr.
Lloyd (printed): Letter 67: 7.. July 1918.
Polystictus dependens B. & C—On the underside of a log of Pinus rigida at
Cutchogue. September. No. 2080. A colony of about a dozen plants rang-
ing from % to 34 of an inch in diameter. “ Note 861. A rare species
(Cfr. Stip. Polyporoids, p. 165) only known from a few stations in the
south. This is the only collection in any way northern. Otherwise it is
only known from one collection from Japan”: Dr. Lloyd’s Mycol. Notes 63:
965. May 1920. ; :
Polystictus hirsutus (Wulf.) Fr—The form Polystictus hirsutulus Schw. on
Quercus velutina at Orient; determined by Dr. Lloyd (printed): Letter 69:
7. April 1919. j
Poria omoema Berk.—On limbs of Betula populifolia at Orient; determined
by Prof. Dearness who. says a similar plant was named this species for him
by Mr. Ellis. The type of this species was collected on pine in South Caro-
lina by Mr. Ravenel. (= Peoria subacida (Pk.) Sacc.)
AGARICACEAE
Crepidotus applanatus (Pers.) Fr.—Orient on trunks of Quercus velutina; de-
termined by Dr. Lloyd (printed): Letter 67: 7. July 1918.
:
:
:
10
Lenzites albida Fr.—On trunk of Acer rubrum at Greenport; determined by
Dr. Lloyd who says, ‘the old, bleached white, wintered, lenzitoid form of
Daedalea confragosa.” Ff
L. corrugata Klotsch.—Orient on oaks and Sassafras; determined by Dr.
Lloyd (printed): Letter 69: 7. April 1919.
Panus strigosus B, & C.—Formerly reported from Orient as Panus levis Berk.
The Orient plant is figured in Dr. Lloyd’s Mycol. Notes 52: 746. fig. 1120.
Dec. 1917.
Pleurotus niger Schw.—On terminal branches of Rhus copallina at Orient.
Plants % of an inch in diameter and slaty black. Dr. Lloyd says it is
rare (printed): Letter 69: 7. April 19109.
P. sapidus Klachb.—On stumps of Hicoria glabra at Orient; determined by
Dr. Lloyd (printed): Letter 69: 7. April 1919, and Mycol. Notes 63: 965.
May 1920.
GASTEROMYCETES
Calvatia lilicina Berk.—On earth in rich woods at Orient; determined by Dr.
Lloyd: Mycol. Notes 63: 965. May 1920.
Dictyophora duplicata (Bosc) Ed. Fisch—On earth in moist woods at Cut-
chogue, Orient and Southold; determined by Dr. Lloyd as Phallus dupli-
catus: Mycol. Notes 63: 964. May 1920.
Lycoperdon gemmatum Batsch—On pure sand at Orient; determined by Dr.
Lloyd.
Scleroderma Cepa Pers.—On pure sand in shade of pines and open ground
at Southold; determined by Dr. Lloyd: Mycol. Notes 63: 964. May 1920.
Muscr
Amblystegium varium (Hedw.) Lindb—Orient at the base of a hickory tree
about a moist cavity ; determined by Mr. G. B. Kaiser. ; 3
Fontinalis gigantea Sulliv—Swamp woods in water at Mattituck; determined
by Dr. A. J. Grout. No. 1736.
Mnium cinclidioides Hiiben—In a swamp at Mattituck. No. 1843. Deter-
mined by Dr. Grout who says, “‘a depauperate form .. . the first to be’ re-
ported from Long Island so far as I know, although it apparently is fre-
quent along the west bank of the Hudson river.”
POLY PODIACEAE
Adiantum pedatum L.—Southold, localized in moist woods south of Great
Pond. The reference to this species in the first part of this Flora was an
error: the above record is the only known station in the town. It was first
discovered many years ago by Miss Mary H. Huntting and reported by
Mrs. Frank D., Smith.
Polypodium vulgare L.—Sandy soil at Orient. No. 2331.
Polystichum acrostichoides (Mx.) Schott—Rare in woods south of Great Pond,
Southold, Sept. 10, 1919. No. 4088.
™~
11
i ~
Ly COPODIACEAE
Lycopodium adpressum (Chapm.) Lloyd & Underw.—Southold in a sandy bog.
No. 3455.
L. obscurum L.—Moist woods at Orient and Southold.
(To be continued)
NEW COMBINATIONS FOR PHANEROGAMIC NAMES
By J. C. ARTHUR
In order to secure uniformity in citing the names of hosts for
species of Uredinales the following new combinations are pro-
posed. So far as the writer can ascertain these combinations
have not been made before, and in coming to this conclusion he
has had the kindly assistance of a number of correspondents.
Cnidoscolus urens (L.) comb. nov. (Jatropha urens L. Sp. Pl.
1007. 1753). A common plant of tropical America, bearing
Uromyces oaxacanus Diet. & Holw.
. Adenoropium angustifolium (Griseb.) comb. nov. (Jatropha
angustifolia Griseb. ; Goett. Nachr. 171. 1865). A Cuban species
bearing the imperfectly known rust Uredo jatrophicola Arth.
— Vincetoxicum bifidum (Hemsl.) comb. nov. (Gonolobus bifidus
Hemsl., Biol. Centr. Am. Bot. 2: 330. 1879).
Vincetoxicum erianthum (Decaisne) comb. nov. (Gonolobus
erianthus Decaisne; DC. Prodr. 8: 592. 1844).
v Vincetoxicum uniflorum (H.B.K.) comb. nov. (Gonolobus uni-
florus H.B.K. Nov. Gen. Sp. 3: 207. 1818). These three Mex-
ican species of Vincetoxicum, belonging to the Asclepiadaceae,
bear the very common tropical rust Puccinia obliqua Berk. &
Curt.
’ Sphaeralcea arcuata (Greene) comb. nov. (Malvastrum ar-
cuatum Robinson; A. Gray, Synop. Fl. N. Am. 11: 311. 1878).
Sphaeralcea fasciculata (Nutt.) comb. nov. (Malva fascicu-
lata Nutt.; T. & G. Flora N. Am. 1: 225. 1838). These two
Californian species belonging to Malvaceae bear the common
western rust Puccimia Sherardiana Korn.
Madronella viridis (Jepson) comb. nov. (Monardella viridis
Jepson, Flora W. Mid. Calif. 465. i1go1). A plant of western
California bearing Puccinia Monardellae Dudl. & Thomp., a dis-
tinctively Californian rust.
Coleosanthus megalodontus (Greenm.) comb. nov. (Brickellia
megalodonta Greenm. Proc.-Am. Acad. 40: 34. 1904). A Mex-
ican plant bearing the rust Puccinia Brickelliae Peck.
PuRDUE UNIVERSITY,
LAFAYETTE, INDIANA
SHORTER NOTES
Notes oN HeMEROcALLIS, I]—A previous note (Amer. Mid.
Nat. 1914-15) dealt with the nomenclature, specific description,
and the distribution of the North American members of this.
genus, H. fulva and H. flava. In 1917, the writer conducted ex-
periments upon H. fulva, obtaining results which appear to be of
interest if only from a negative standpoint, since the experimental
procedure involved seems somewhat similar to the more probable
physiological forces at work in the conditions under which the
plant forms mature seeds.
Referring to Knuth’s Handbook of Flower Pollination, we
read that, “according to Sprengel’s assertion which Kerner con-
firms, the plant (H. fulva) never sets fruit here, so it is highly
probable that in its original home in E. Asia, it is pollinated by
such insects as are not to be found in Europe. Maximowicz
states that artificial pollination is also ineffective, the flowers do
not produce mature seeds in Europe. Sprengel, who pollinated
the flowers artificially with their own pollen, also obtained no
fruits, etc.”
No such limitations affect H. flava, indeed Linnaeus believed
H. flava and H. fulva (commonly known as the yellow lily and
day lily respectively) to form a composite type species (H. lilio-
asphodelus), for the genus, and that one was really a variety of
the other, a fact readily comprehensible when their great ana-
tomical, if not physiological resemblance, be kept in mind.
:
i
Largely from the basis of the preceding information the writer
attempted to produce mature seeds in H. fulva. The experi-
ments conducted divided themselves into four groups:
I. Fertilization of the flowers with their own pollen.
a, After the blossoms had completely opened.
b. Before the blossoms had opened sufficiently for them to be
pollinated from other sources, but when their own pollen seemed
about to discharge.
c. Before the blossoms had opened sufficiently to obtain pollen
from other sources, an incision was made in the ovary, and pollen
as obtained in the preceding placed therein.
d. Before the blossom had completely opened the stigma was
snipped off, and pollen placed directly upon the top of the style.
II. Fertilization of the flower with pollen from the same clump
of day lilies. In this group further procedure was essentially
similar to that outlined in Group I, except that the anthers of the
flower were first removed.
‘Til. Fertilization of the flowers with the pollen of a far re-
moved clump of day lilies. Inquiry revealed the fact that this
group of the plants and that used in Group I did not have a com-
mon original locality and were probably genetically distinct. In
Group III also the further procedure was similar to Group I, ex-
cept that the anthers of the pollinated flower were first removed.
IV. Fertilization of the flowers with pollen from the yellow
lily, H. flava. Attempts at cross-fertilization were made as al-
ready indicated in the other groups.
Control of the above experiments was obtained by tying a small
paper bag over each experimental flower. The results of the
above experiments were negative in every respect. No mature
seeds were ever formed. An effect of the paper bags was to
lengthen the life of the flower appreciably. .
In a previous number of Torreya (Vol. 18, Dec. 1918), double
flowers were reported for H. fulva. Continued observation indi-
cates that such seem common in the Mississippi river region from
Missouri up to St. Paul, Minn. In some localities no other type
of flower was observed. N. M. Grier
WASHINGTON AND JEFFERSON COLLEGE,
WASHINGTON, Pa.
14
REVIEWS
Gager’s Heredity and Evolution in Plants
Under this comprehensive title, Dr. C. Stuart Gager has re-
cently published a little book (P. Blakiston’s Son & Co., pages
xil1 + 265, price $1.25) of remarkable interest: remarkable in
that it presents within so small a compass a digest of such broad
and complex subjects.
The whole book may be summarized in a few lines. The re-
productive system is the machinery for heredity ; long-continued
heredity is evolution; the results of evolution are expressed by
the morphological differentiation of plants and by their distribu-
tion in space and time. Each of these themes is discussed by the
author in turn.
Under the first head, the author devotes two chapters to the
life history of a fern, wisely selecting for illustration a plant with
well developed gametophyte rather than an angiosperm. The
third chapter introduces some general considerations based on
the facts presented in the two preceding, and discusses briefly but
clearly the general nature of reproduction, alternation of genera-
tions, and reduction; this is followed by a general definition of
inheritance and an entirely too brief discussion of the struggle
for existence and the elimination of the unfit. Unfortunately
this portion is marred by two rather serious errors or omissions.
The fourth chapter deals with the laws of heredity. Here the
reviewer, who makes no pretence of erudition in genetics, at
once came into difficulties. On page 40, inheritance is defined as
“the recurrence in successive generations of a similar cellular
constitution,” while on page 48 the statement is made that in-
heritance is “all that an organism has to start with. It is the
protoplasmic substance, with all its potentialities, passed on from
parent to offspring.” Now thorns recur on successive genera-
tions of roses, agreeing with the first definition, but a young rose
does not have thorns to start with. Would it not have been just
as clear to the general reader if inheritance had been defined as
the potentiality of the protoplasmic substance passed on from
15
parent to offspring? The author then shows the distinction be-
tween inheritance and expression of heredity, and passes on to
chapter 5, the experimental study of heredity. About half of this
is devoted to an exposition of the well known work of Mendel
and the rest to the work of Johannsen and Weismann, including
a statement of the general unsolved problems developed as a re-
sult of their investigations.
Chapters 6 and 7 discuss the general nature of evolution, which
is regarded as the major problem of botany, describing the ideas
of Agassiz and Lamarck briefly and those of Darwin and Wallace
in greater detail. These two chapters impress the reviewer as
unusually well written. Chapter 8, on experimental evolution, is
devoted almost entirely to a summary of the methods and results
of De Vries’ experiments and to the mutation theory in general.
The second half of the book deals with the results of evolution
in plants, attempting to present modern ideas on the genetic rela-
tions of plants and on the phylogeny of angiosperms in particular,
utilizing evidence from the comparative morphology and life his-
tory of living plants, from geographical distribution, and from
the structure and chronological succession of fossil forms. The
author inclines strongly toward Bower’s ideas, but tries to pre-
sent all sides of the question impartially. The 44 pages devoted
to geographical distribution make an excellent compendium of
the whole subject, presenting not the actual facts of modern dis-
tribution but rather the general nature and dynamics of the sub-
ject, basing the whole on the migration of seeds and proceeding
to a discussion of endemism, discontinuous distribution, and the
age and area hypothesis.
A shorter chapter deals with some of the general principles
derived from a study of fossil plants, beginning with the condi-
tions of fossil formation, presenting a general statement of the
distribution of plants in time, and discussing in interesting fashion
the causes of the extinction of species.
In chapter 12 the fossil seed-bearing ferns are discussed in
‘more detail, particularly the Cycadeoidea, which are accepted by
‘the author as the immediate progenitors of angiosperms, follow-
‘ing the views of Arber and others, which are presented in inter-
.
= ws
16
esting and critical form. Polycotyledony is regarded as more
primitive than dicotyledony, in agreement with the recent work
of ~Bucholz, and the monocotyledons are derived from the Ra-
nalian plexus. Due attention is of course given to other theories.
The final chapter presents in tabular form the names and classifi-
cation of the main groups of plants, with the angiosperms placed
in practically the Engler and Prantl sequence. A brief bibliog-
raphy and index occupy the remaining pages.
In general, the book is both interesting and readable. It iS
modern in including recent developments in botanical science, fair
in presenting different controversial views, and satisfactory in in-
clining to one view while recognizing the claims of others. Un-
fortunately, typographical errors are frequent. :
H. A. GLEASON
NEWS ITEMS
Contributors will please note that Mr. Norman Taylor, -who
has been the editor of Torreya for the last ten years has resigned
that position. Mr. George T. Hastings of 7 Robbins Place,
Yonkers, N. Y., has been elected editor and all matters relating
to TorrEYA should be sent him.
Dr. and Mrs. N. L. Britton, accompanied by Dr. F. J. Seaver,
have sailed for Trinidad where exploration of that island and
adjacent regions will be carried on.
ie a
+
-
ra ng Ss ae el
=
ee
The Torrey Botanical Club
Sontribatars of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous copies
of the number of TORREYA in which their papers appear, will kindly notify the
editor when returning proof.
Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned to the editor. The
New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the
following rates:
a = j pon
ype 8pp.} r2pp.| r6pp. 20pp. 24pp. | 28pp. | 32pp. | 48p. | 64pp.
25 copies | $1.40| $2.45| $3.65|$ 4.40/$ 5.65|$ €.50) $ 8.00 $ 8 45) $12.55) $15 90
50" 1.65} 2.00} 4.25) 5-10) 6.65) 7275) 9.40] 985] 14-tF/ 1735
(hee 1.95} 3-35] 485). 5-65) 7-60} 875) 1045] 11 25) 15.65} 19.95
roo. *‘* 2:25| 380}. 5.35), 6.35| 8-25| ‘© 80) “11-55]), 12.45]. 17 55] 22.05
T5O wes 2.70| 460}. 6.50) | 7.60] 10.20} 312.10} 14.20] 15:20] 21.35} 26.80
200 13:00) 5.05 7-15) 8.35] 1.40} 13.50 15.80) 16 85) 2355) 29.60
20.50, 21.05) 30.20 37.40
300 3 85) 6.20 9.20| 10.70 14.85, E7355
Covers: 25 for $1.75. Additional covers, 1}c. each. Tlates: 100 for $1.00.
Committees for 1921.
Finance Committee Field Committee
R. A. HARPER, Chairman. MICHAEL LEVINE, Chairman.
J. H. BARNHART, Mrs. L.M. KEELER
Miss C. C. HAYNES GEORGE T. HasT NGS
-SERENO STETSON F. J. SEAVER
NORMAN TAYLOR
Percy WILSON
Budget Committee : j
Membership Committee
H. J. BARNHART, Chairman. } ie. Seth ‘Choro.
R. A. HARPER ~ Be Ena
N. L. BRITTON E. W. OLIVE
A. W. EVaANs :
M. A. HowE Local Flora Committee
H. H. Russy N. L. Britton, Chairman.
Pp A Phanerogams: Cryptogams:
ceecgme Commuitice E P. BICKNELL Mrs. E.G. BRITTON
Mrs. E. G. BRITTON, Chairman. N. L. BRITTON T. E. HAZEN
Pror. JEAN BROADHURST Cc. C. CurRTIS M. A. Howe
ALFRED GUNDERSEN K. K. MACKENZIE MICHAEL LEVINE
F, J. SEAVER NORMAN TAYLOR W. A. MuURRILL
Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora
- Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict. Lichens: W. C. Barbour
Mosses: Mrs. E. G. Britton Sphaeriaceae, Dothideaceae: H. M.
Liverworts: A.W. Evans ~ Richards
Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen Hypocreaceae, Perisporieae, Plectas-
Marine Algae: M. A. Howe cineae, Tuberineae: F. J. Seaver
Gasteromycetes G. C. Fisher Fungi-forming sclerotia: A. B. Stout
Hymenomycetes: W. A. Murrill Imperfecti: H. M. Richards, F.
Except Russula and Lactarius: Miss G. Seaver, Mel T. Cook
Burlingham Oomycetes: C. A. King
- Cortinarius: R. A. Harper Zygomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee
Polyporeae: M. Levine Chytridiaceae,
Exobasidii: H. M. Richards Myxomycetes: Mrs. H. M. Richards
Rusts and Smuts: E. W. Olive Yeast and Bacteria: Prof. J. Broadhurst
Discomycetes: B. O. Dodge Insect galls: Mel T. Cook
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
(1) BULLETIN
A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established
1870. Vol. 47 published in 1920, contained 598 pages of text
and 17 full-page plates. Price $4.00 per annum. For Europe,
18 shillings. Dulau & Co., 47 Soho Square, London, are,
agents for England.
Of former volumes, only 24~—47 can be supplied entire ; cer-
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets.
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars
each; Vols. 28-47 three dollars each.
Single copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not
breaking complete volumes.
(2) MEMOIRS
The Memoirs, established 1880, are published at irregu-
lar intervals. Volumes 1-15 are now completed; No. 1 of
Vol. 16 has been issued. The subscription price is fixed at
$3.00 per volume in advance; Vol. 17, containing Proceedings |
of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the Club, 490 pages, was
issued in 1918, price $5.00. Certain numbers can also be pur-
chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers and of ©
prices will be furnished on application. — :
(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri-
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New
York, 1888. Price, $1.00.
Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to
DR. F. J. SEAVER
New York Botanical Garden
Bronx Park, New York City
Vol. 21 March-April, 1921 No. 2
ORREYA
A Bi-Montuiy Journat or Botanica, Notes anp News
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
GEORGE TT, HASTINGS
v2) Hi / JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873.
Sores CONTENTS
“The wild flower preservation idea: Homer D. House ..........0s-sseeeevees 17
The receptacle of Achillea: Maser L. MERRIMAN ......0..5..-3000: Quinn wie eve 21
: Additions to the flora of Oregon: James C..NELSON. 2.2.30. .0.0 se eee dees 24\/
Flora of the town of Southold (cont.): BuRNHAM AND LATHAM .......-..-00 28
PBook Reviews:
5 marcy s Geoptaphy of Plants) 66 es iaiie ce cat olin an ae oo bale ott Ba a i 33
aS New Species of South American Plants ............... es eseseseaeeee 34
“Proceedings Of the Cla. oie Hi nda as eee cece cee ccnaeatenecwetcectes 35
P |
? _PusBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
J Ar 4x NortH Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa.
ey sy THK New Era Printinc Company
*Raitered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter,
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1021
President
H. M. RICHARDS, Sc.D.
Vice- Presidents.
JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D.
C. STUART GAGER, Pu.D., Sc.D.
Secreiary
FRANCIS W. PENNELL PH.D.
NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN, NEW YorK CIty
Treasurer
F. J. SEAVER, Pu.D.
New YorkK BOTANICAL GARDEN, NEW YorRK City
Editor
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D.
Associate Editors
JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. M. LEVINE, Pu.D.
J. A. HARRIS, Px.D. G. E. NICHOLS, Px-D.
GEORGE T. HASTINGS ARLOW B. STOUT, Px.D.
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D., Sc.D. NORMAN TAYLOR
Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
M. A. HOWE, Pu.D.
OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE WILD FLOWER PRESERVATION
SociETY OF AMERICA
TorREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, thirty cents. To
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLupB, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
caster, Pa., or Dr. Fred J. Seaver, New York Botanical Garden, {
Bronx Park, New York City.
Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should ee
be addressed to Se
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
7 Robbins Place
Yonkers, N. Y.
TORREYA
Vol. 21 No. 2
March-April, 1921
THE WIELD FLOWER PRESERVATION IDEA IS ONE
Gr PRACTICAL VALUE*
LIRR ARY
By Homer D. Hovuse, NEW 2K
BOTAN:
State Botanist of New York real
GAR Mam
Our attention has been directed most pointedly within recent
years to the necessity for the conservation of all those natural
resources which have to do with the economic life of the state
and nation. It is an urgent and pressing need and calls for broad
and effective legislation.
Not less important, perhaps, but from a different point of
view, is the need of conserving or preserving all forms of wild
life which contribute so richly to the mental stimulus of. our
people, and which add to the recreational value of our woods,
forests and fields; of these, the wild flowers form a not inconsid-
erable part. To some people the value of our great out-of-doors
depends upon fishing and hunting game birds and animals; but it
is important that we also recognize that even a greater and con-
stantly increasing number of people derive the greatest value
during their hours of leisure and in their vacations from the
_ study of plant and bird life and the habits of animals. Such
recreational studies are powerful contributions to peace of mind,
happiness, equanimity, and a broader, more sympathetic outlook
upon life. .
-Our vacation playgrounds, whether they are National Parks,
State reserves or just plain unprotected wild country have a value
that should not be measured in money units, but by their indirect
influence upon the lives and activities of those who enjoy the ad-
* Abstract of an illustrated lecture given at a joint meeting of the Torrey
Botanical Club and the Wild Flower Preservation Society, at the New York
Botanical Garden, May 26, 1920.
17
18
vantages for recreation that they afford—and the automobile
with the improved highways has opened the door to thousands
who never before were able to appreciate the beauties of nature.
This for lack of a better name we may designate as the esthetic
value of nature, and I think few persons will deny that in the
long run it works for our good.
There is another aspect of the situation, one which borders on
the economic. It is based on the fundamental and well-known
fact that all of the elements of nature are closely interwoven and
ititterdependent and that the loss of even a part of one entails the
19
corresponding ‘loss of the others. It is easier to destroy plant life
than any other form of wild life. The result is that the so-called
“balance of nature” is seriously disturbed, and that all animals,
including the birds dependent for food upon the destroyed plants,
and the insects correlated with them, must also disappear—by
death or by retreat to regions still primeval. It would take too
much space to go into details, but I think that a very direct con-
nection can be traced between the diminishing wild flowers and
the scarcity of many desirable species of birds and animals, as
well as the unwelcome increase of undesirable forms of insects.
‘The destruction or wholesale gathering of wild flowers disturbs
the balance of nature and their place is taken by weeds. There
must follow a change in the insect and bird life, and in this read-
justment some species of insects, animals and adventive plants
become pests, accomplish great damage, and cause the expenditure
of large sums of money for control measures.
The automobile is a great factor in our modern life for pleas-
ure and for good, but it is also a great factor in the more rapid
destruction of wild flowers, by those thoughtless persons who
cannot be satisfied with seeing wild flowers at home in their in-
comparable surroundings, but needs must uproot, break down
and gather them by the armful. The only satisfaction to be
gained is a few brief hours of doubtful pleasure which the flowers
may yield from bowls and vases. They then go to join the de-
spised contents of the garbage can. Where they formerly grew in
the woods, their beauty will not delight the passerby again for
many years, perhaps never again in that spot if the destruction
was sufficiently complete. By such methods have many of our
byways and woodlands, formerly so attractive with their wealth
of true Americans, become the abiding place of burdock, thistle,
_ mustard, ragweed, and numerous other obnoxious aliens. Even
more regrettable is the fact that the disturbance does not end with
the mere change of plant life. The insects, animals and bird life
also suffer a marked change, adding nothing to the attractiveness
of such byways and woodlands.
Any effort toward the preservation of wild flowers is therefore
20
also an effort toward the preservation of all wild life, and the
value of such efforts toward preservation is both economic and
practical.
The diminished numbers of many of our most attractive wild
flowers is of course due in large part to the undeniable needs of
agriculture. However if we consider the diminishing abundance
of attractive wild flowers in the still large areas of woodland and
forest remaining in the agricultural areas we realize that there
are other and more important agencies. Chief among those
agencies we must place fire. Often accounted as of little im-
portance, occasional or frequent ground fires running through
the dried leaves and litter of the woodland floor have been most
important in the destruction of plants which are intolerant to fire.
Trailing arbutus, or mayflower, has been especially persecuted by
ground fires; its manner of growth makes it almost impossible to
gather without pulling it up by the roots and its attractiveness
and delicate odor make it much sought after. Considering all
these things it is little wonder that the trailing arbutus is now,a
Ss
21
very rare plant in many sections of the country where formerly
it Was common.
The list of wild flowers which have suffered most severely
from the overzealous admirers is a long one, but space need be
taken to mention only a few of the most important. They are
the showy lady’s-slipper, the moccasin flower, the rose pogonia,
the arethusa, mertensia or blue bells, white water lily, American
lotus, and the anemone or wind flower. To this list I am sure
almost any lover of wild flowers could make many additions.
Education looking toward the right estimation and preserva-
tion of our diminishing forms of wild life ought to be more gen-
erally and widely extended, but even at its best probably would
not reach many classes of people who are the worst offenders.
Meanwhile it seems most desirable that we should use all our
efforts in the establishment of national, state and private wild-
life reserves, of both large and small size, in all sections of the
land, where not alone shall the animal and bird life find safety
and refuge but where also the native plant life shall be equally
protected.
THe RECEPTACLE OF ACHILLEA .MILLEFOLIUM _L.
By Maser L. MERRIMAN
The receptacle of the genus Achillea is given as flat or convex
in Britton’s manual of North American flora. Similarly in Gray’s
new manual the character of the receptacle is expressed by the
word “ flattish.” .
Clusters of Achillea mullefolium L. brought in for class study
in Oct., 1919, exhibited heads either markedly conical or oblong
in shape in contrast to. the usual flat-topped or slightly convex
forms. It was thought at first that the difference in appearance
might be due to a lengthening of the tubular flowers in the center
of the head. A lengthwise section of the head showed that the
receptacle had become much elongated, being narrowed to nearly
the width of the stem ‘axis, the section suggesting in its contour
22
spicate inflorescence. The presence of buds at the apex of the
section signifies that such elongation must have preceded flower
formation and hence have been an early growth of the meriste-
matic tissue; an evidence of a change in organization rather than
an adaptive variation.
The interest awakened by these specimens stimulated further
collections in other localities in the fall months of 1920. Plants
with conical and oblong heads were collected at various points in
Highlands, N. J. These plants were growing in gravelly soil on
hillsides at some-distance from the beach.
Fig. 1 was drawn to scale from a lengthwise section of a normal
head with a flat receptacle. The projection of tubular flowers
beyond the marginal ray flowers is less than one mm. in the flat
receptacled forms. The external view of a head shown in Fig. 2
and the lengthwise section in Fig. 3 are of an example on another
branch of the same plant where the prolongation of the head
beyond the involucre was 4 mm. There were from 23 to 27
flowers in these heads while those with the flat receptacles aver-
aged 12 flowers in a head. In all examined it was found that the
elongation of the receptacle resulted in an increase of perfect
flowers and hence of fruits. It has been shown by various in-
vestigators as reviewed by Stout and Boas* in their statistical
studies of Cichorium that number of flowers per head varies with
the position in the inflorescence. With Achillea it would appear
that the form of the receptacle is a governing factor.
Two weeks later when on a collecting trip in the Edenwald
section of the Bronx plants were found possessing receptacles
with a much greater elongation. Figs. 4 and 5 are of one from
this locality. Expressing the measurements in order of proximity
of heads in a corymb, the elongation of the receptacles are as
follows in mm. 7;'7, 7; 6, 6, 8, another 8, 9, 11, 11, 20, .0E eames
7,9, in another 10, 9, 10, 10, 11, 11, with six succeeding of 10 mm.
Another branch had corymbs with 4 adjoining heads of 10 mm.,
7 of 9 mm., with the remaining ones of 8, 8, 9, 9,8 mm. It is to
* Stout, A. B., and Helene M.-Boas, Statistical Studies of Flower Number
per Head in Cichorium intybus N.—Kinds of Variability, Heredity and Effects
of Selection, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club: 17, 334-458, 1918.
——_
23
2 .
be noted that these specimens show not only heads of greater
elongation than those previously found but that on the corymbs
there are no heads showing intermediate stages and in all the
Fic. 1. A lengthwise section of a common form of yarrow with flat-topped
receptacle. X 5.
Fics. 2 AND 3. External view and lengthwise section of a head with an
elongated receptacle Measuring 4 mm. ™X 5.
Fics. 4 AND 5. External view and lengthwise section of a head with an
elongated receptacle measuring 7 mm. X 5.
heads there is a tendency in nearby receptacles to show a similar
measurement. Another plant with heads similar to that shown
in Fig. 4 had ray flowers interspersed with the tubular flowers
on the elongated receptacle. These were in addition to the usual
number surrounding the head.
24
The depth of the involucre remained constant for all the forms
collected.
The notes here presented are but inadequate observations.
They suggest the desirability of conducting genetical studies in
this genus which as in the case of the mutating oenotheras con-
sist of forms growing far from their place of origin.
Extensive experiments might solve the problem as to whether
in these elongated receptacles we have mutating characters or re-
versions. The resulting spike-like cluster characteristic of more
primitive plants might indicate the latter interpretations as the
more probable. Jost states on page 395 of his work on Plant
Physiologie:+ “New characters, that is mutations, behave the
same as reversions.”
It is in the genus Achillea that we also have the oft-quoted ex-
amples of species mutually excluding each other from calcareous
and siliciferous soils. Schimper states in Plant Geography,t
page 105, that Achillea millefolium will grow equally well in
either kind of soil while 4A. moschata is an inhabitant of silicif-
erous soil, excluding A. atrata which prefers calcareous soils. It
would be of interest to determine the lengths of the receptacles of
the plants growing in these different kinds of soils and the influ-
ence if any of change of soil in modifying the lengths of the re-
ceptacle. It is possible also that seasonal conditions may be im-
portant factors in the appearance of these interesting plants.
HUNTER COLLEGE,
New York CIty
ADDETIONS, TO /THE PLORA- OF WESTERN OREGON.
DURING 1920
By James C. NELSON
Although the writer did not find it possible to collect very ex-
tensively during the past season, the introduction of foreign
plants into Western Oregon seems to have gone on unchecked.
+ Jost, Ludwig, Lectures on Plant Physiology, 1907, trans. by Gibson.
~ Schimper, A. F. W., Plant Geography upon a Physiological Basis, 1903,
trans. by Fisher.
r]
25
All of the species listed below were found growing spontaneously
with a good chance of persisting, and none of them find mention
‘in Piper & Beattie’s Flora of the Northwest Coast, although all
were collected within the limits of that manual. These 34 species
bring the total number of species not mentioned in the above
work, but reported by the writer, to 343.
Species plainly introduced are marked *.
1. Alisma Plantago-aquatica L. var. parviflorum (Pursh) Torr.
Muddy shore of Willamette River, Eugene.
2. Muhlenbergia squarrosa (Trin.) Rydb. Muddy shore of Co-
lumbia River on Hayden Island, opposite Vancouver,
Wash. Not infrequent along the upper Columbia.
3. *Cynosurus echinatus L. Abundantly established on dry
slope of Skinner’s Butte, Eugene.
4. *Eragrostis cilianensis (All.) Link. Sandy river-bank near
city dump, Eugene.
5. *Agropyron glaucum R. & S. In shipyard on old ballast,
Linnton, Portland.
6. *Ornithogalum umbellatum L. An occasional escape to
vacant lots and roadsides, Salem.
7. *Allium Cepa L. Occasional on railroad-embankments near
Salem.
8. *Urtica dioica L. In shipyard on old ballast, Linnton, Port-
land.
g. *Maclura pomifera (Raf.) Schneider. Freely escaping from
a neglected hedge along roadside near Springfield, Lane Co.
10. *Rumex cuneifolius Campd. In shipyard on old ballast,
Linnton, Portland. A Patagonian species.
11. *Atriplex rosea L. Sandy waste ground on river-shore.
Lower Albina, Portland. Previously reported by Suks-
~ dorf. ‘
12. *Amaranthus paniculatus L. Waste ground at old city dump,
Salem. Occasional in cultivation.
13. *Corrigiola littoralis L. Abundant in dry gravelly soil in
railroad-yards, Lower Albina, Portland. Previously col-
lected by Suksdorf.
14.
15.
16.
18.
19.
20.
21.
26.
28.
26
*Raphanus Raphanistrum L. var. purpurcus (Reichenb.)
Domin. Growing with the species along railroad-tracks
in State Fair Grounds, Salem.
*Erysimum repandum L. Along railroad-tracks, Lower AlI-
bina, Portland; and in similar situations at Salem.
*Lepidium densiflorum Schrad. var. pubecarpum (A. Nels.)
Thellung. Waste ground in railroad-yards, Lower Al-
bina, Portland. Probably introduced from Rocky Moun-
tain region.
. *Conringia orientalis (L.) Dumort. With the last, and also
along railroad-tracks near Salem.
*Roripa Armoracia (L.) Hitche. A frequent escape to
vacant lots and waste ground in Salem.
*Rubus pubescens Weihe. On a dry shaly bank along the
Oregon Electric Railroad at Salem.
*Medicago minima L. In shipyard on old ballast, Linnton,
Portland.
*FErodium aethiopicum (Lam.) Brumhard & Thellung.
Waste ground in rear of cannery, Salem.
. *Oxalis corniculata L. Under rose-bushes on street-parking,
Salem.
. *Hibiscus Trionum L. In a vegetable-garden, Salem.
*Lycopersicum esculentum L. Frequent in waste places, and
occasional on sand-bars along the Willamette River,
Salem.
. *Physalis ixocarpa Brot. Sandy waste ground in railroad-
yards, Lower Albina, Portland. Not found in cultivation.
*Masus rugosus Lour. Muddy shore of Columbia River on
Hayden Island, opposite Vancouver, Wash. Previously
collected by Gorman at border of pond in Kenton, Port-
land. A native of tropical east Asia.
. Mimulus floribundus Lindl. Muddy shore of the Columbia
River on Hayden Island, opposite Vancouver, Wash.
Noteworthy so near sea-level.
Pentstemon deustus Dougl. Gravelly shore of the Willamette
River, Eugene. Common southward and in eastern
Oregon.
oa
27
20. Ilysanthes inaequalis (Walt.) Pennell. On muddy shores of
the Willamette River, Salem. Perhaps has been mistaken
font anbia. (41..). Barnh. }
3c. *Orobanche niinor Sm. In shipyard on old ballast, Linnton,
Portland.
31. *Rubia tinctorum L. On street-parking, Salem. Nowhere
found in cultivation.
32. *Lonicera Xylosteum L. Along railroad-track. at Mute
School, Salem.
33. *Solidago serotina Ait. var. gigantea (Ait.) Gray. Waste
ground at old city dump, Salem. A native of the eastern
U. S., and frequent here in cultivation.
34. *Centaurea Jacea L. var. lacera Koch. Dry roadside in river-
bottom near Orville, Marion Co.
I am again under obligation to Mr. J. F. Macbride for his un-
wearying kindness in verifying and correcting these determina-
tions. Specimens of all the above have been deposited in the
Gray Herbarium, and also in the herbarium of the Philadelphia
Academy of Science (naturalized species only).
Mr. S. B. Parish’s exhaustive study of the Immigrant Plants
of Southern California (Bull. S. Cal. Acad. Sci. 19: Part 4, 3-30.
Oct. 1920) affords an interesting contrast between the weed-
floras of the two neighboring States. He includes in his list 290
species, and appears to have thoroughly covered his territory ;
whereas in Western Oregon north of the Umpqua Valley some-
thing over 450 introduced species have been reported—and the
end is not yet! While the warmer winters of Southern Cali-
fornia permit a number of sub-tropical species to gain a foot-
hold that would be unable to survive in Oregon, this advantage
is more than offset by the greater aridity of the Californian sum-
mer. - The climate of Western Oregon is in this respect more
nearly like that of Western Europe, and the immigrants from
that very weedy region therefore find summer conditions more
favorable here than further south, while they escape the severe
winters of the Atlantic seaboard. If our Oregon rainfall could be
distributed so as to give us a few more inches of precipitation in
28
the summer months, we might easily become the weed-paradise
of the world, and a convincing example of the results of unre-
stricted immigration !
THE FLORA OF THE TOWN OF SOUTHOLD REONG
ISLAND AND GARDINER’S IELAND
By STEWARD H. BuRNHAM AND Roy A. LATHAM
(Continued from January—February ToRREYA)
SPERMATOPHYTA
Picea rubens Sarg—On Gid’s Island, July 24, 1920 (Dr. C. S. Gager, N. Tay-
lor & R. Latham). This island does not cover over three acres and is
entirely surrounded by salt marshes. Two of the four trees are dead and
the other two more than half dead: but there are four little seedlings ten
to twenty inches high. Mr. Taylor remarks that these are evidently the
last remains of what was once a spruce forest covering the whole island
and that they are putting up a losing fight.
Pinus Strobus L.—A colony of nearly 300 trees in a swamp at Greenport;
some of the trees actually growing where their roots are submerged a por-
tion of the year. November 1918. Mr. Price, an elderly gentleman, who
owns the swamp, says his father told him that they were a true native here.
Some of the trees are probably 100 years old. There are eleven trees in
dry woods at Southold which may be native. During August 1920 several
hundred trees were seen in dry wood-lands at Bay View.
Sparganium androcladon (Engelm.) Morong—Wet place, Gardiner’s Island.
No. 3433. Sept. 20, 1920.
Potamogeton diversifolius Raf.—In a pond on Gardiner’s Island. No. 3427.
*Agrostis altissima (Walt.) Tuck—Low marshy ground, rare at Mattituck.
A. perennans (Walt.) Tuck.—Dry soil throughout the town.
Aristida tuberculosa Nutt—Rare along the railroad track in ashes at Laurel
in the western part of the town. It is abundant in sandy soil a few miles
further west but outside the town of Southold.
Calamagrostis cinnoides (Muhl.) Scribn——Not common in low open ground at
Mattituck.
Festuca Myuros L.—Wet sandy soil at Mattituck.
F. rubra L.—Orient in rather dry.open woods near a salt marsh.
Miscanthus sinensis Anderss—Occasionally found in waste places and old
yards.
Panicularia obtusa (Muhl.) Ktze—Mattituck in a swamp.
* The grasses were named by Mrs. Agnes Chase of the U. S. Department of
Agriculture.
29
Panicum meridion'ale Ashe—In dry woods at Cutchogue; determined as Pani-
cum albemarlense Ashe.
P. tennesseense Ashe—Southold in sandy soil.
Carex atlantica Bailey—Wet woods at Greenport and Orient; determined by
Mr. G.. P. Van Eseltine. No: 2285.
C. festucacea Schkr.—Wet.open place in woods at Greenport (No. 3518) and
at Southold (No. 3530).
Carex laevivaginata (Ktiken.) Mackenzie—Greenport in wet woods; deter-
mined by Mr. Van Eseltine. No. 2288.
C. lanuginosa Mx.—Greenport in a swamp and Orient in wet sandy woods;
determined by Mr. Van Eseltine. No. 2339.
C. laxiculmis Schwein.—Frequent in dry open woods at Southold. No. 3524.
C. Swanii (Fernald) Mackenzie—Orient. No. rior.
Cyperus dentatus Torr.—Wet sandy shores at Laurel. No. 1278 and, 3447.
Eleocharis acicularis (L.) R. & S.—Salt marsh, Gardiner’s Island (No. 3432)
and sandy shore of a pond at Laurel (No. 3469).
Eriophorum virginicum L.—Laurel. No. 1287. Aug. 4, 1918.
Rynchospora alba (L.) Vahl—Laurel. No. 1291.
Spirodela polyrhiza (L.) Schleid.—East Marion (No. 3533) and Greenport.
Locally common on woodland pools and ponds: at Greenport abundant'y
associated with Lemna minor L.
Juncus aristulatus Mx.—Growing: in large clumps in a brackish marsh at
Orient. _ Rare. May 30. 1917. No. 1087.
J. tenuis Willd.—Dry hills, Gardiner’s Island. July 14, 1918. No. 1260.
Aletris farinosa L.—Laurel. Sept. 10, 1917. No. 1077.
Lilium philadelphicum L.—Open ground between Southold and Great Pond at
Peconic. A colony of about 50 plants.
Gymnadeniopsis clavellata (Mx.) Rydb.—Boggy woods at Mattituck. Aug. 28,
1920. No. 3460.
Ibidium gracile (Bigel.) House—Plants having a single stout root were found
in dry open ground at Southold. Aug. 20, 1920. No. 3434.
Hicoria ovata (Mill.) Britton—Low woods, Gardiner’s Island. No. 3422.
Sept. 20, 1920. i
Myrica Gale L.—Laurel. Aug. 4, 1918. No. 1288.
Populus heterophylla L.—Greenport in swampy woods. July 25, 1920. The
first time Mr. Taylor has seen it wild on Long Island.
Salix Bebbiana Sarg—Greenport in dry open places. Plants commonly two
feet high or less were found on sandy dunes at Southold.
S. cordata Muhl—In a swamp at Mattituck. June 18, 1920. No. 3521. The
leaves little narrower than usual.
S. discolor Muhl.—The var. eriocephala (Mx.) Anders. In open places at
Greenport (Wm. C. Ferguson) ; determined by Dr. P. A. Rydberg.
Quercus ilicifolia Wang—Rare near Laurel in light soil. No. 1268. Aug. 4,
1918. A single plant at Cutchogue; which is the easternmost record for it.
The scrub oak becomes abundant about eight miles west of the Southold
town limits.
QO. prinoides Wilid—Southold. Sept. 10, 1919. Rare in dry woods at Matti-
tuck and Peconic.
30
Ulmus fulvua Mx.—Wet woods at Greenport. July 20, 1920. No. 3459. Very
rare in low woods; several trees in a bunch, which came from the stump
of a large tree, cut many vears ago. ;
Morus rubra L.—Was listed previously as probably introduced; but now found
to be a native on Gardiner’s Island.
Boehmeria Drummondiana Weddell—Laurel. Sept. 10, 1917. No. 1280.
Persicaria opelousiana (Riddell) Small—Swampy woods at Greenport. Aug.
28, 1920. No. 3386.
P. orientalis (L.) Spach.—Occasional in waste grounds and cultivated fields at
Greenport and Orient.
Polygonum atlanticuwm (Robins.) Bickn.—Large bushy plants on sea beaches at
Orient. Aug. 20, 1920. No. 3396.
Rumex mexicanus Meisn.—Orient. June 1916. Specimens previously reported
as Rumex pallidus Bigel. should probably be referred here.
Acnida ,cannabina L.—Salt marshes at Laurel. Sept. 14, 1918. No. 1313.
Specimens previously reported as Acnida tuberculata Mog. should probably
be referred here.
Chenopodium Botrys L—Southold (Mrs. F. R. Mitchell) ; determined by Mr.
Taylor. -
C. rubrum L.—Beach at Southold (Mrs. Mitchell) ; determined by Mr. Taylor.
Allionia nyctaginea Mx.—The subspecies Allionia nyctaginea ovata (Pursh)
Morong. Moist waste ground at Laurel. Sept. 14, 1918. No. 1318.
Cerastium arvense L.—Fields at Southold (Mrs. Mitchell). ;
Silene stellata (L.) Ait—Moist woods at Southold. Oct. 19, 1919. No. 4071.
Magnolia tripetala L.—A single tree twenty feet high with trunk diameter of
five inches, at the edge of wet woods at Southold. The origin is uncertain,
but introduced. Reported to Mr. Latham by Mrs. Mitchell. Oct. 16, 1919.
No. 2148.
Cardamine hirsuta L.—Old lawn at Southold (Mrs. Mitchell).
Draba caroliniana Walt.—Sandy soil at western end of Long Beach at Orient.
Rare. 23 May-—early June, 1920.
Sarracenia purpurea L.—A single plant from a bog near Mattituck.
Agrimonia Bicknellii (Kearney) Rydb.—Rare in dry woods at Southold (Fer-
guson & Latham) ; determined by Dr. Rydberg.
A. rostellata Wallr—Uncommon in dry woodlands at Southold. Oct. 10, 1919.
No. 2120.
Potentilla recta L—Dry roadsides at East Marion. Rare. June 20, 1920.
No. 3531.
Amelanchier oblongifolia (T. & G.) Roem.—Not uncommon in dry woods at
Cutchogue; determined by Dr. K. M. Wiegand. No. 3407.
Crataegus Arnoldiana Sarg.—Gardiner’s Island, frequent at margins of woods
in dry or wet soil; determined by Mr. W. W. Eggleston. A thick foliaged,
beautiful, round-topped tree about twenty feet high.
Crataegus intricata Lange.—Gardiner’s Island; determined by Mr. W. W.
Eggleston.
Crataegus intricata Lange.—Gardiner’s Island; determined by Mr. W. W
Eggleston.
dl
Chamaecrista nictttans (L.) Moench.—Bay View and Southold, locally com-
mon. Sept. 1920. No. 3403.
Crotalaria sagittalis L—Common on a dry sandy ridge at Southold. Aug. 28,
1920. No. 3385.
Lathyrus latifolius L.—A rare escape in dry woods in the vicinity of an old
house-site at Cutchogue. Aug. 21, 1920. No. 3399.
Meibomia obtusa (Muhl.) Vahl—Dry hillside, locally common at Southold.
Aug. 29, 1920. No. 3395.
M. rigida (L.) Ktze—Mattituck. Aug. 9, 1918. No. 1284.
Polygala Nuttallii T. & G.-—Mattituck. Aug. 9, 1918. No. 1267.
Tithymelus Helioscopia (.) Hill—Rare in a field at Peconic (Mrs. Smith).
Dec. 10, 1920.
T. Ipecacuanhae (bL.) Small—Sandy soil at Laurel. Aug. 4, 1918.
Staphylea trifolia L—Rocky woods, Southold; determined by Mr. Taylor.
Aug. 1, 1920. No. 3548.
Hudsonia ericoides L.—Common in one locality at Bay View. Aug. 21, 1920.
No. 3400.
Rotala ramosior (L.) Koehne—A small colony in wet sand north of Great
Pond, Southold. Oct. 19, 1919. No. 2126.
Myriophyllum humile (Raf.) Morong—Gardiner’s Island in a pond. Sept. 20,
1920. No. 3426. ;
Cicuta bylbifera L.—Mattituck. Aug. 9, 1918. No. 1270.
Cornus Amomum Mill——Uncommon in rich woods at East Marion (Miss Mabel
R. Wiggins) ; verified by Mr. Taylor.
Chamaedaphne calyculata (L.) Moench—Laurel. Aug. 4, 1918. No. 1260. .
Eubotrys racemosa (L.) Nutt—-Wet woods at Southold. Oct. 19, 1919. No.
4068.
Gaulthera procumbens L.—Mattituck.
- Neopieris mariana (L.) Britton—Low place in woods at Southold. Sept. 14,
1919. No. 2263. Cutchogue in rich woods. Rare on Fleets Neck, Cut-
chogue but frequent on Nassau Point.
Gaylussacia frondosa (L.) T. & G—Dry woods at Mattituck. Aug. 21, 1920.
No. 3405.
Asclepias exaltata (L.) Muhl.—Rare in wet woods at Southold, south of Great
* Pond. July 30, 1920. No. 3565.
Phlox subulata L.—Escaped in old yards at Orient. Sept. 10, 1920. No.
3428. ;
Lithospermum arvense ..—Field at Southold (Mrs. Mitchell) ; determined at
U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. Dry cultivated field at Bay View. May 1, 1919.
No... 2158. ,
Onosmodium virginianum (L.) DC.—Dry or moist woods at Fleets Neck. at
Cutchogue. Sept. 14, 1919. No. 2246.
Cunila origanoides (L.) Britton—Very rare in oak woods on Fleets Neck at
Cutchogue. Sept. 14, 1919. No. 2262.
Koellia flexuosa (Walt.) MacM.—Dry open woods on Gardiner’s Island.
Sept. 20, 1920. No. 3424.
K. incana (L.) Ktze—Common in dry hilly woods at Southold. Oct. 19, 1919.
No. 1909.
32
K. mutica (Mx.) Britton—Dry woods at Southold. Sept. 21, 1919. No. 4052.
Leonurus Cardiaca L.—Waste places at Bay View. Aug. 21, 1920. No. 3413.
Lycopus rubellus Moench—Greenport and Southold in low woods, frequent.
Mentha piperita L.—Roadside at Cuchogue. Oct. 14, 1919. No. 4045.
Stachys hyssopifolia Mx—Gardiner’s Island. July 14, 1918. No. 1258.
Physalis heterophylla Nees—Locally common as a weed in light cultivated soil
at Cutchogue. Oct. 4, 1919. No. 4047.
Pentstemon digitalis (Sweet) Nutt—Rare in dry ground at Southold. Aug.
28, 1920. No. 3384.
Utricularia macrorhiza LeConte—Laurel. Sept. 10, 1917. (Utricularia vul-
garis of Am. Auth.)
Galium Mollugo L.—Orient. July 15, 1918. No. 125.
G. verum L.—Field at Southold (Mrs. Mitchell).
Viburnum cassinoides L.—Laurel. Sept. 14, 1918. No. 1316. Rich woods at
Greenport. Oct. 30, 1920. No. 3451.
Cucurbita Pepo L.—Several specimens growing wild on sand dunes at Southold,
Not an uncommon escape on farms and in waste places.
Micrampelis lobata (Mx.) Greene—Orient. Sept. 1, 1918. No. 1310.
Sicyos angulatus L.—Rare in waste places at Greenport.
Hieracium aurantiacum L.—Rich soil along old road in woods at Southold.
Sept. 29, 1920. No. 3465.
H. marianum Willd—Dry soil-at Southold (Mrs. Mitchell).
Lactuca canadensis L.—The var. integrifolia (Bigel.) Gray in dry woods at
Cutchogue (No. 3398), Aug. 15, 1920; and Orient (No. 1335), Sept. 30,
1918. This includes the previously reported L. canadensis vy. montana Brit-
ton and Lactuca sagittifolia Ell.
Lactuca Scariola L_—Dry woods at Bay View. Sept.5,1920. No. 3436. Also
the var. integrata Gren. & Godr. in sandy places at Orient. Sept. 15, 1920.
No. 3418. ‘
Nabalus trifoliolatus Cass., var. Obovatus var. nov. Leaves purplish, mem-
branous, obovate or oblanceolate, or deltoid, acute, on margined petioles,
slightly denticulate or entire. Moist woods at Orient. Oct. 1919. No.
3375. Plants with deltoid leaves were found in dry ground at Bay View.
Aug. 29, 1920. No. 3446.
Aster laevis L.—The var. amplifolius Porter is rare along wet margins of
woods at Orient. Oct. 11,1919. No. 2201.
A, Lowrieanus Porter—Uncommon in rich woodlands at Greenport and Orient
(Mr. Ferguson) ; verified at the N. Y. Bot. Garden.
A. vimineus Lam.—Dry or wet soil in fields at Gardiner’s Island. Sept. 19,
1920. No. 3421.
Centaurea maculosa Lam.—Dry fields at Cutchogue. Oct. 19, 1919. No. 2111.
C. nigra L.—The var. radiata DC. in dry pastures at Cutchogue. Oct. 19,
1919. No. 2110. ;
C. solstitialis L.—Field at Southold (Mrs. Mitchell) ; determined at U.S. Dept.
of Agriculture.
Cirsium muticum Mx.—Gardiner’s Island in wet woods. Sept. 20, 1920. No.
3429.
Bd
Lacinaria scariosq (L.) Hill—A single plant in dry woods at Fleets Neck,
Cutchogue. Sept. 14, 1919. No. 2245. =
Solidago ulmifolia Muhl.—Dry hillside at Southold. Sept. 1, 1920. No. 3394.
BOOK REVIEW
Hardy’s Geography of Plant-*
The author of this comparatively short volume has dared much
in attempting to write a brief account of the plant geography of
the earth. In most works devoted to the subject authors are usu-
ally content to describe the different plant societies, such as for-
ests, grasslands, and the like and mention a few well-known
examples of each in the different countries. Schimper’s monu-
mental book on plant geography is built on this plan, but the
author of the book under review boldly adopts the more inter-
esting, if somewhat hazardous, method of taking the different
continents one at a time and briefly describing the vegetation
of each.
It is obviously impossible to give in a short review the scope of
the book, for to do so would involve useless repetition of ma-
terial from the book itself, and it were better for the prospective
reader to go directly to the source. No other book in English
comes within measurable distance of doing so well what it at-
tempts to do. For here both the botanist and intelligent layman
will find in plain English a readable account of the vegetation of
the different parts of the earth.
So far as our own continent is concerned the treatment is all
that one could expect in a book admittedly general in its scope.
The different forest and grassland and desert regions of the con-
tinent are dealt with in some detail, but the chief value of the
book is that it gives to those who will not or often cannot take
the time to study more special works, a clear, readable, and judg-
ing by the account of our own vegetation, a reasonably accurate
description of the vegetation of the earth. No specialist will go
to such a book for his information, but the general botanical
reader may be congratulated upon having in it the best short ac-
count of the subject that has appeared.
NorMAN TAYLOR
* Hardy, M. E. The geography of plants. Pp. 1-327. Oxford University
Press, 1920. Price $3.00.
34
NEW SPECIES OF SOUTH .AMERICAN BEANES-
By Francis W. PENNELL
Since 1893, Professor Henry H. Rusby has been publishing
descriptions of new species of South American plants. It has
been Dr. Rusby’s good fortune to collect in Chile, Bolivia, Brazil,
Venezuela and Colombia, and to have had the privilege of study-
ing the collections of Mandon, Bang, Williams and Buchtien,
from Bolivia and of Herbert H. Smith from Colombia.
Before setting out with the reviewer upon their joint expedi-
tion in 1917 to central Colombia, it had been Dr. Rusby’s wish to
complete the study of the older collections which had been ac-
cumulating under his care. The present paper is the deferred
accomplishment of this and lays before us 292 new species, 172
from Colombia, 85 from Bolivia, 29 from Venezuela, 3 each from
Peru and Brazil. The Colombian species are nearly all from
the Smith collection made in the Department of Magdalena, only
one, and that entered with doubt, being from our own trip. The
Bolivian species are mostly of Buchtien’s, Bang’s and Williams’
collecting, the describer’s own plants having been long ago studied.
But the Venezuela species are from the expedition of Rusby and
Squires in 1896, one which has heretofore been too little cited.
The descriptions appear ample, and specimens are uniformly
cited, rarely more than one to a species, thus rendering of small
importance the rarity of the use of the word “type.” In five in-
stances however species are named for collectors other than those
whose specimens have been fully listed and apparently used for
description, so that the reader is left in doubt as to which plant
should be counted type. The study is attractively presented, on
good paper and in clear type, and such a venture, at the author’s
own expense, deserves more than a passing regard.
At its close the paper contains an index to the genera under
which South American species are described in this and all the
*H. H. Rusby, Descriptions of Three Hundred New Species of South
American Plants, pp. 1-170, Dec. 20, 1920. Published by the author, 115 W.
68th St., New York City. $2.50.
we
wd
qo
previously published papers by the same author. Thus this paper
concludes definitely the past period of Dr. Rusby’s activity, and
we look forward to the new specimens and the new observations
to be brought us from his projected extensive South American
journey of 1921.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB
The meeting of May 11 was held at the American Museum of
Natural History.
J. C. Nelson was elected to membership.
The special program of the evening consisted of an illustrated
lecture on Dahlias by Dr. Marshall A. Howe. The speaker
sketched the early history of the dahlia referring to its introduc-
tion into Europe from Mexico in 1789. A series of lantern slides
‘showed dahlias in their native haunts in Mexico and Guatamala
and numerous modern varieties under cultivation at the New
York Botanical Garden and elsewhere. The best methods of
cultivation and propagation were discussed. The main substance
of the discussion may be found in an article published by the
speaker in the Journal of the Horticultural Society of New York
for February, 1919.
MEETING oF May 26
The meeting was held at the Morphological Laboratory of the
New York Botanical Garden. ‘
The following were elected to membership in the club: Ira W.
Clokey, Frederick Dawson, George A. King, Miss Dorothy Oak,
and Charles P. Smith. .
The secretary announced the death on April 23 of Miss Mary
S. Andrews, a member of the club, and read the following article
of her will: “I give and bequeath unto the Torrey Botanical
Club, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the
state of New York, the sum of one thousand dollars ($1,000)
to be used by it in such research work as from time to time shall
seem advisable to a majority of the then board of trustees of the
Club.”
36
The first part of the scientific program was by Dr. John K.
small, “ Notes on a Recent Trip to Florida.” The second item
of the program was a preliminary report of a trip to Trinidad by
Dr. N. L. Britton, illustrated by interesting specimens, including
the fruits of various tropical trees, shubs and vines and a series
of fossil leaves from a bed of plant remains sixty feet thick. Dr.
Liberty Hyde Bailey then gave an entertaining and instructive
account of his recent experiences in travelling and botanizing in
China.
MEETING OF OCTOBER 12
The meeting was held in the botanical laboratory of Schermer-
horn Hall, Columbia University.
The following were elected to membership: Miss Eliza Frances
Andrews, Prof. Forman T. McLean, H. Nordheim, G. G. Orphal,
H. E. Piaget, Dr. W. A. Setchell, Wilhelm Suksdorf, Raymond
H. Torrey, Mrs. Arthur E. Sproul.
The evening’s program consisted of short reports by members
of their botanical experiences during the summer. Prof. R. A.
Harper spoke of his experiments in growing various sorts of
maize. Dr: J. A. Harris told of his explorations in Utah and of
the study of the osmotic concentration of cell-sap of desert plants.
Dr. Michael Levine had continued his investigations of crown-
gall, this year obtaining interesting results with beets. Dr. B. O.
Dodge told of his culture of various parasitic fungi, and Mr.
Alexander Gershoy of his studies of cleistogamy in violets. Dr.
Alfred Gundersen had been in the Catskills and noted the con-
trast in vegetation on different slopes. The president of the club —
had been in Bermuda, and the secretary in Texas and the Pocono
region of Pennsylvania. The fullest report was by Dr. T. E.
Hazen. In the spring he was with Dr. Britton’s party in Trini-
dad, but he told us chiefly of his visit during the summer to north-
ern Europe, especially to Norway. Two of his most unexpected
results were the obtaining of the organism causing “red snow ”
in Norway and the discovery of a new and interesting species of
the same family in the vicinity of London. 3
|
vise
The Torrey Botanical Club
Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous copieg
of the number of ToRREYA in which their papers appear, will kindly notify the
editor when returriing proof.
Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned to the editor. The
New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the
following rates:
4pp. | 8pp.| r2pp.| r6pp. | z2opp. | 24pp. | 28pp. | 32pp. | 48pp. |. 64pp.
25 copies ! $1.40] $2.45| $3.65|$ 4.40|$ 5.65| $ 6.50) $ 8.00|$ 8.45| $12.55] $15.00
Font! 1.65} 2.90] 4.25 5-10] 6.65 7:75| 9-40) 9.85] 14.15] 17.35
Ge tan 1T.95| 3-35]: 4.85]. 5-65} 7.60] 8.75] 10.45] 11.25|° £5.65] 19.95
roo.“ 2.25|. 3-80) 5.35 6.35] 8.25] 9.80} 11.55] 12:45] 17.55| 22.05
AeBSOy cx 2.70| 4.60} 6.50) .7.60} 10.20} 12.10] 14.20] 15.20 21.35| 26.80
ZOO." 3-00} 5.05) 7-15} 8.35] 311-40] 13.50) 15.80] 16.85] 23.55 29.60
300%r.> 3.85) eo 9.20} 10.70] 14.85] 17.55} 20.50]. 21.05! 30.20; 37:40
Covers: 25 for $1.75. Additional covers, 14c. each. Plates: 100 for $1.00.
Committees for 1921.
Finance Committee Field Committee
R,. A. HARPER, Chairman. A. T. BEALS, Chairman.
J. H. BARNHART, G. C. FISHER
E. P. BIcKNELL LuDLOwW GRISCOM
‘Miss C. C. HAYNES MICHAEL LEVINE
SERENO STETSON Miss Daisy LEVY
Percy WILSON
Budget Committee Membership Committee
: J. K. SMALL, Chairman.
a 8 ioe BARNHART, Chairman. ie te
R. A. HARPER NORMAN TAYLOR
N. L. BRITTON ’ : :
A. W. Evans Local Flora Committee
~C. S. GAGER N.L. Britton, Chairman.
M. A. Howe
H. H. Russy Phanerogams: Cryptogams:
E. P. BICKNELL Mrs. E.G. BRITTON
N. L. BRITTON E. B. CHAMBERLAIN
Program Committee H. M. Denstow . A. W. Evans
Mrs. E. G. Britton, Chairman. LupLow Griscom T. E. Hazen
Miss JEAN BROADHURST BayarRD LONG M. A. Howe
ALFRED GUNDERSEN K. K. MACKENZIE MICHAEL LEVINE
M. A, HowrE ; G. E. NicHots — W.A. MurRrRILL
NORMAN TAYLOR F. J. S. SEAVER
Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora
‘Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict. Lichens: W. C. Barbour
_~ Mosses: Mrs. E. G. Britton Sphaeriaceae, Dothideaceae: H. M.
Liverworts: A. W. Evans : Richards :
Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen Hypocreaceae, Perisporieae, Plectas-
Marine Algae: M. A. Howe cineae, Tuberineae: F. J. Seaver
Gasteromycetes OG. C. Fisher Fungi-forming sclerotia: A. B. Stout
Hymenomceetes: W. A. Murrill Imperfecti: H. M. Richards, F.
Except Ryssula and Lactarius: Miss G. Seaver, Mel T. Cook
Buruingham Oomycetes: C. A. King
Cortinarius: R.A. Harper - Zygomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee
Polyporeae: M. Levine Chytridiaceae,
- Exobasidii: H. M. Richards Myxomycetes: Mrs. H. M. Richards
- Rusts and Smuts: E. W. Olive Yeast and Bacteria: Prof. J. Broadhurst
_ Discomycetes: B. O. Dodge Insect galls: Mel T. Cook
Svs SS an Soe aS
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
(1) BULLETIN
A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established
1870. Vol. 47 published in 1920, contained 598 pages of text
and 17 full-page plates. Price $4.00 per annum. For Europe,
18 ‘shillings. Dulau & Co., 47 Soho Square, London, are,
agents for England. mie
Of former volumes, only 24-47 can be supplied entire ; cer-
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets. ~
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars
each; Vols. 28-47 three dollars each.
Single copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not _
breaking complete volumes. ;
(2) MEMOIRS
The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregu-
lar intervals. Volumes 1-15 are now completed; No. 1 of
Vol. 16 has been issued. The subscription price is fixed at
$3:00 per volume in advance; Vol, 17, containing Proceedings
of the Semi-Centennial Maniveeea y of the Club, 490 pages, was
issued in 1918, price $5.00. Certain numbers can also be pur- — 4
chased singly. Ai list of titles of the individual papers and of 5am
prices will be furnished on application,
(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri-
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New as.
York, 1888. Price, $1.00. .
Correspondence relating to the above publications should be.
addressed to Rie eis
DR. F. J. SEAVER
New York Botanical Garden
Vol. 21 May-June, 1921
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
4 GEORGE T, HASTINGS
JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873.
a CONTENTS
A.
4
1a
"Teaching the Evolution of Land Plants: B. W. WELLS ..............
Sa i
A reat Ets HAT“ RUSHY 665.555 cnfelg ch ee be gS See oe adit be a8
Reviews:
~
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
: aX AT 41 NortH Queen STREET, LANCASTER, Pa.
i } BY Tsk New Era PRINTING Company
‘The Phyllotaxy of Phoenix: Cornetius Brac Brapiey .............
Sturtevant’s Notes on Edible Plants: G. E. Nicuors ....... oe
mmeceqmen of the Chib ees! 2 atone spon ies ote eye ny
“Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter.
No. 3
'TORREYA
A Br-MontuHiy Journat or Botanica, Notes anp News
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1921
President
H. M. RICHARDS, Sc.D.
Vice- Presidents.
JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D.
C. STUART GAGER, PuH.D., Sc.D.
Secretary
FRANCIS W. PENNELL Pu.D.
New York BOTANICAL GARDEN, NEW YoOrRK CITY
Treasurer
F. J. SEAVER, Pu.D.
NEw YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN, NEW YorK CITY
Editor
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D
Associate Editors
JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. M. LEVINE, Pu.D.
J. A. HARRIS, PH.D. G. E. NICHOLS, Pu.D.
GEORGE T: HASTINGS ARLOW B. STOUT, Pu.D,
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D.,Sc.D. NORMAN TAYLOR
Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
M. A. HOWE, Pu.D. «
OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE WILD FLOWER PRESERVATION
SOCIETY OF AMERICA
f
TorreYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, thirty cents. To
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City _
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. * Reprints will be —
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent _
to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLuB, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
caster, Pa., or Dr. Fred J. Seaver, New York Botanical Garden,
Bronx Park, New York City.
Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should
be addressed to
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
7 Robbins Place
Yonkers, N. Y.
JUN Te bf
BOTANIC Ai
A fe O R R EYA GARDEN
Vol. 21 No. 3
May-June, 1921
THE PHYLLOTAXY OF PHOENIX CANARIENSIS
By CorNELIUS BEACH BRADLEY
Date palms of this species are frequently grown as ornamental
trees in and about Berkeley, California. They are mostly young
trees that are approaching maturity or have recently attained it.
As the leaves grow old and bend low toward the ground, they are
generally lopped off to get them out of the way, leaving the
stumps however in place on the trunk. Since these stumps per-
sist for years, they build up in time an authentic record of the de-
velopment and arrangement of the leaves, complete save where
accident or decay has marred it, and save also that it does not
include the earliest period of growth; for through the enormous
expansion of the trunk during that stage, all the earliest leaves
are torn from their attachments and lost long before the regular
trimming of the leaves begins, This record of the leaf-stumps
was found to be of very great assistance in working out the phyl-
lotaxy of the tree, and is frequently cited as “the record” in
the discussion which follows.
I
1. A preliminary survey made it evident that the problem here
presented is not by any means the simple one usually encoun-
tered in a study of this kind, namely, the deciphering of a single
and a stable pattern, and the identification of it with one of the
“regular” patterns described in the textbooks. On the contrary,
all the ordinary clues were here completely lost in a maze of un-
certainty caused by constant change of pattern. Only at a single
point between infancy and maturity was there a pause where the
wheeling ranks stood still long enough to be counted. Never
before had the writer encountered anything of this sort, nor from
37
38
his early reading of the authorities could he recall so much as a
suggestion that such things ever occur.* Here then was a chal-
lenge which could not be ignored or neglected.
2. After careful examination of many specimens it became
clear that each tree of this species has passed through several
distinct phases of phyllotaxy, namely: (1) The initial pattern of
infancy, not included in the record, and at this stage not yet iden-
tified, but later found to be of the 5-ranked pattern (cf. Chart,
Zone 1). (2) At an uncertain distance above this the record
begins in the midst of a zone of no recognizable pattern whatever,
because it offers no vertical alignments to form the basis of a
numbered scheme (cf. Chart, Zone II). (3) Near the upper
edge of this zone, out of what is apparently mere confusion, there
_ presently emerges a recognizable group of oblique spiral ranks
which, curving sharply upward, presently reach verticality. There
are thirteen of these ranks—so now we know where we stand,
though not as yet just how we got there (cf. Chart, Zone IIT).
(4) This vertical alignment sometimes continues unchanged
through a space of several feet. Quite as frequently, however,
the thirteen ranks merely touch verticality and then gradually
swerve away from it. But in either case they do not lose them-
selves in confusion like that from which they emerged at first.*
For here the 13-ranked pattern in its entirety is visibly carried
forward along these curves without dislocation or change, save
that the whole is slightly tilted in conformity with their deflec-
tion (cf. Chart, Zone IV). (5) This gradual rotation of the pat-
* In the writer’s student days the botanical authorities within his reach had
very little to say concerning deviations from the regular series of leaf-patterns
except as the deviations were the result of seasonal changes in the growth of
the plant, or of modification of leaves to subserve new functions. Since then
it has not been possible for him to follow up the later developments of phyllo-
tactic theory. While acknowledging the seriousness of this handicap-for the
present task, he still ventures to think that in one way this ray not have been
wholly a disadvantage—it has a‘ least left him free from theoretical bias to
deal with the facts as he found them.
* This double curve of the 13’s, with its two arms meeting in Zone III, is
the most noticeable feature of the whole record and a valuable landmark for
the investigator. Its curvature is always convex toward the direction of the
primary spiral. Cf. Section III, 3 infra.
39
~
tern presently brings into play a new alignment of thirty-four
vertical ranks, forming a pattern familiar to Californians in the
cones of Pinus Sabiniana and P. Jeffreyi (cf. Chart, Zone V).
For a long time no further change was discovered beyond this
point.
3. The appearance of fruit at this stage marks the attainment of
maturity, and since during this portion of the study no indication
of further change appeared, it was tentatively assumed that the
34-ranked pattern was final. Not until after the study was sup-
posedly complete and the paper was actually in the Editor’s
hands, did the writer discover that in a few older trees the bend-
ing to one side of the thirteen ranks is carried beyond the point
at which the 34-ranked alignment becomes vertical, being con-
tinued in some instances until the 55-ranked scheme is passed,
and the 2I-ranked scheme is reached. Whether this is or is not
the final scheme, cannot yet be affirmed. Meantime it has not
been thought necessary to reconstruct the Chart or to discuss the
matter further here.
II
Thus in the phyllotaxy of this tree there are seen to be at least
five distinct phases, namely: three of well-known “regular”’ pat-
terns, while two different groupings of leaves showing none of
the recognized alignments occupy the intervals between them.
Leaf-development, however, is perfectly continuous throughout
the whole series; nowhere is there node or break of any sort.
Each of the undescribed arrangements, grows directly out of the
pattern below it, and grows directly into the pattern above it.
Obviously these are organic transformations. What is the essen-
tial factor in the process, and how does it work out these changes ?
1. In-all these patterns, regular and irregular alike, four ele-
ments are absolutely constant, namely: (a) The primary spiral
of growth; (b) its direction, left or right; (c) the axis about
which it coils; and (d) its division into equal parts by applying
to it a constant unit of measurement, namely, the circumferential
arc of 360 degrees, or one turn about the axis. The only other
40
element in the whole system is the leaf-interval, or rather the
interfoliar arc; for it is not a linear dimension measurable on the
surface, but an arc measured by the angle at the center. This arc
thus becomes a second unit of measurement applied to the pri-
mary spiral along with the other. When these two arcs are com-
mensurable, by virtue of their coincidence at regular intervals,
they gradually build up those systems of vertical ranks by which
we recognize the “regular” patterns. Each of these has its
own dimensions of arc, and only so long as the dimension remains
constant is the pattern identifiable.
2. Our transition zones then are areas in which gradual change
in the interfoliar are operates to rearrange one of the regular pat-
terns, building up out of it the transitional formation, and out of
that again the next regular pattern of the series. What at first
seemed to be mere disorder and confusion, turns out to be a
marvel of order and symmetry when once its method and struc-
ture are understood,
3. Let us assume that the primary spiral is a right-hand one
like that in the chart. Any increase of the leaf-interval will set
each successive leaf a little beyond—i.e., to the right of—the
place where it would otherwise have been. If the increase con-
tinues, it will presently cause the vertical ranks of the pattern
to swerve visibly to the right—toward the direction of the pri-
mary spiral. On the other hand, any diminution of the interval
will set each successive leaf a little behind—to the left—of what
would otherwise have been its place; and the vertical ranks will
then swerve to the left, or away from the primary spiral. In
either case all the other alignments of the pattern will be simi-
larly affected, though in less degree the further they are removed
from verticality. The whole pattern thus undergoes a sort of
rotation to right or to left as the case may be; and this, if con-
tinued, will gradually swing into verticality some one or other of
the ranks which were secondary spirals of the original pattern.
Whenever the predestined secondary rank thus becomes vertical,
further change in the leaf-interval is brought to an end as we
have seen, and the transformation is complete. The whole proc-
ae a ee
41
ess may be followed in detail in sections II and IV of the Chart.
If the primary spiral were a left-hand one, all of these features
would of course be reversed.
4. The actual amount of change in the interfoliar are required
in order to accomplish these transformations is astonishingly
small. The dimensions of the arcs of the three regular patterns
with which we are here concerned are given—as fractions of the
circumference—in the very formulas by which we distinguish
them, namely, 75, 43, and 1%44. The change required to accom-
plish the first transition is therefore the difference between the
first and second of these fractions; and to accomplish the second,.
the difference between the second and third. Reduced to decimal
form these fractions become 0.400, 0.3846, and 0.3823; and the
differences are 0.0154 and 0.0023—the latter amounting only to
three fourth of a degree of arc, or one seventh of the minute-in-
terval on the face of a watch. Yet this infinitesimal quantity must
be subdivided and distributed over perhaps half a hundred leaf-
intervals! De minimis curat Natura.
It may seem difficult to account for decrease in the interfoliar
arc while the girth of the tree is rapidly increasing. But greater
girth simply means larger surface for the insertion of more
leaves ; and in the case of an endogenous and branchless tree like
our palm, it is imperative that no space be wasted—that the grow-
ing leaves be crowded together as closely as they can be made tor
stand. Such being the case, so long as increase in girth keeps:
ahead of the demand for foot-space for larger leaves, the record_
will indicate that fact in a changing pattern; because even a con-—
stant space on an increasing circumference subtends a diminish-
ing angle at the center. If demand for foot-space catches up with
increase of girth, that fact will appear as a pause in the shifting
ranks. If increase again gets ahead, change will begin again. If
finally equilibrium is established, the pattern reached at that point
becomes permanent, and with it the interfoliar arc. Such in brief
seems to be the explanation of the strange metamorphoses we
have been watching.*
*Among later theories concerning changes in leaf-patterns to which the
writer's attention has been kindly directed by the editor of Torreya, the one
42
Ill
The actual sequence of the various parts of this study can per-
haps be best understood by following a brief detail of the con-
struction of the Chart.
1. After drawing throughout the field of the Chart the lines
of a right-hand primary spiral as the basis of further operations,
which most nearly approximates in its calculated results to the scheme actually
presented in our Phoenix is Weisse’s Mechanical Theory of Transition, in
Goebel’s Organography of Plants, translated by Balfour, 1990, Vol. I, p. 74 ff.
43
the thirty-four vertical ranks and the right- and left-hand sec-
ondaries of Zone V were plotted at the top. Below this—but
with a gap between left for the as yet undeciphered transition—
there was made a similar plot of the thirteen-ranked Zone III.
These were the only portions of the record so far positively iden-
tified and understood. All else was uncertain.
2. The bridge between these two was obviously the next thing
to attack. For not only were both its abutments already in place,
but the whole record of its construction was there in plain view
on the trunk of almost every adult tree of its kind, though as yet
we could not read it. All attempts however to devise a scheme
which should result in a pattern at all like that of the record were
unavailing, until at last the significance of the increasing pitch of
the 13-ranked secondaries as they curve downward from Zone
V was apprehended.* They curve in order to meet and merge
themselves tangentially in the vertical ranks of Zone III. After
that it was not difficult to discover the right curve and.to plot the
girders which were to connect the abutments of the bridge. Leaf-
stations then were marked throughout the three zones, and lines
of provisional numbering were established as basis for the final
numbering of the whole when the plot of Zones I and II should
be completed. Thus plotted, the result was not only intelligible,
but—what was far more important—it actually represented what
was seen in the record of the tree.
3. There still remained Zones I and II. By this time it had
been ascertained that the leaf-pattern of the first is 5-ranked, and
that it lasts but a very short time before passing into the transition
of Zone II. So a narrow zone of that pattern was plotted at a
suitable distance below Zone III, and the transition was accom-
plished precisely as it was in Zone IV above—by bringing down
the 5-ranked secondaries of III on a curve which finally merged
them in the verticals of Zone I. Leaf-stations were then plotted
throughout these two areas, and permanent numbering was estab-
lished throughout the Chart.
4. The reader of course will not imagine that the broad open
~* See in Plate I the descending curve between Nos. 190 and 112, and in
Plate II between Nos. 148 and 96.
44
spaces of the lower portion of the Chart represent at all what
would be actually seen on the stem of the infant tree. At the be-
ginning of its growth the five ascending leaf-ranks, instead of
being widely separated as shown in the Chart, stand in actual con-
tact about the slender stem—and continue so throughout the life
of the tree. The problem of the Chart, however, is not one of
dimension, but of alignment; and for that, Mercator’s projection
has the great advantage of representing all lines of constant
direction as straight lines on a piane surface, and not as conical or
conoidal spirals, which all of them save the verticals actually are.
Within the limits of this short paper it has not been possible
to attempt more than a demonstration of the fact and the method
of orderly phyllotactic transition from one of the established pat-
terns to another. The many and larger questions which grow out
of this study must await further study.
Note.—Concerning these the writer will be giad to receive sug-
gestions from any one interested in these matters. His address is
2639 Durant Ave., Berkeley, Cal.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Pirate I. Phoenix Canariensis, with right-hand primary spiral—clean-
shaven below and with fruit-clusters appearing above among the leaves. All
traces of Zones I and II have perished, save that a few leaf-scars from the
upper edge of II are still visible just at the surface of the ground (Nos. -8,
—13, -5). These are the upper ends of 13-ranked secondaries curving sharply
upward from the transition zone below to become the vertical ranks of Zone
III. Rising obliquely right and left are the 8-ranked and the 5-ranked sec-
ondaries, the former having the steeper pitch. At the level of leaf 52 the
vertical ranks began to incline toward the left, as they enter the transition of
Zone IV; causing the grade of the 8’s to become a little steeper, and that of
the 5’s to become less steep, as the rotation progresses. At the level of leaves
164-169 the transition comes to an end, and the 34-ranked regular pattern
begins so that leaves 198 and 203 stand vertically above the two last named.
Piate I]. Phoenix Canariensis, with left-hand primary spiral, reversing all
the alignments of Plate I, and showing a much lower section of the record
than is commonly preserved—Zones II (in part), III, IV, and the lower edge
of V. The great curve of the 13’s is strikingly shown in its continuous form,
without pause at verticality in Zone III, and convex toward the left, turning
at about the level of leaves 101-104 into the transition of Zone V. Within
the crown of leaves, above, Nos. 161 and 156 may be seen vertically placed
above Nos. 127 and 122. Zones III and IV are here much more condensed
than in Plate I.
TORREYA. PLATE I.
.
PrATrE lr
TORREYA.
45 .
mM HOD OF TEACHING THE EVOLUTION OF THE
LAND PLANTS
By B. W. WELLs.
One of the betes noires of elementary botany instruction is the
problem of getting across the story of land plant evolution with
its complicatfons arising out of the alternation-of-generations
situation. I suppose it is safe to say that the majority of stu-
dents who survive freshman botany do not really grasp the facts
of the complete reversal in the food relations of the two genera-
tions, the progressive differentiation associated with sex and other
fundamental generalities which are familiar to the advanced
botanical student.
This failure is primarily due to the fact that the types are
taken up one at a time with no genuine opportunity afforded to
bring all of the significant types together so they may be auto-
matically compared; for only the comparative method constitutes
the vital approach to such an evolutionary problem.
The writer a number of years ago overcame in great part.the
above mentioned weakness in his teaching by introducing the con-
centric method of handling the life cycles.
Professor J. H. Schaffner, of Ohio State University, first used
the diagrammatic method of presenting the life history of plants
by arranging the significant stages at intervals in a circle. These
intervals are marked out by radii. And those used by the writer
are the ones suggested by him in his Laboratory Guide.
The writer’s adaptation of Schaffner’s method is involved in
requiring the student to draw the life cycles of the type plants in
a concentric manner, the lowest in the scale of evolution at the
center, the next higher around this, and so on. For this purpose
they are furnished a large durable sheet of paper, such as an un-
folded genus cover. After the student has finished his laboratory
and text study of a liverwort (preferably Ricciocarpus) he is
introduced to the life cycle method by furnishing him the neces-
sary sketches or the finished cycle, which he is at liberty to copy
. 46
on the innermost guide circle of his large sheet. (The student
should have previously drawn lightly the proper number of radi:
and circles to take care of the types to be offered.) It is well
to similarly assist the student with his second cycle until he
“catches ” the idea. After that he goes it alone. Acquiring his
data from all possible sources he organizes it on his sheet where
he cannot escape comparing the stages with those of preceding
types, with the delightful result that a goodly proportion of the
learners really “get the big idea” which is intended for them.
The accompanying plate is the work of an unassisted student,
Mr. Fred B. Monroe. Above all it is important that the students
make this little chart ; for the instructor to make a large one (wall
chart size) to be used as a basis for mastering the situation would
be an unfortunate pedagogical error.
A few comments on some of the desirable features may not be
out of place. Homologous structures are on the radii: Opposite
radii show contrasting conditions in the two generations, viz.,
sporophyte vs. gametophyte; fertilization ws. reduction; sex
organs vs. sporangia, etc.; on the right of the heavy diagonal line
sporophyte structures (2% number of chromosomes) are dia-
grammed; on the left gametophytic ones (4 number of chromo-
somes). Passing outward along a radius gives a summary of
the evolutionary changes in that structure, the sporophyte and
gametophyte radii, of course, being of the most significance.
In the higher land plants in which sporophyte and gametophyte
tissues remain together it is desirable to indicate this in the draw-
ings on some of the radii by carrying the structures over the di-
viding line between the generations, differentiating them from
each other by drawing one with dotted lines or handling them
with different colored inks. Further, as shown in the student’s
diagram it is desirable to introduce the seed (or grain in the case
of corn) in its proper place, diagramming its parts and thus sum-
ming up the life cycle structures as they are actually “summed
up” in the seed.
The plate as presented is by no means perfect and should not
be understood as showing all of the possibilities of the method.
an SMegasporophy|l
" Megasporangium
Megaspore
Female gametophyte
__ Fred B Monroe.
Student, Div. T. Ogr- Bot—
ro cyte. __—
C.
May 12,1920.
c
tv
i
ut
ia)
Scanner
in Book!
=
©
Ss
com
0)
~
bas)
<
Foldout
47
Improvements and variations may be easily made by the in-
structor. I preferred to use this production of a freshman stu-
dent, for it indicates how far a youthful mind can go, provided
it is given a logical start.
In conclusion let me assure my readers that by the above
method in which the student is given a chance to construct some-
thing (and all students enjoy making something grow) that that
veritable terror of alternation-of-generations in the land plants
has lost his Stygian aspect; in fact the writer personally enjoys
nothing more than directing working mettabee as they solve
this problem for themselves.
NortTH CAROLINA STATE COLLEGE,
RALEIGH, N. C.
A STRANGE FRUIT
By H. H. Russy.
Jarilla Sesseana (Ramirez) Rusby (Mocinna heterophylla, var.
Sesseana Ramirez, Anales Inst. Med. Nac. 1: 207, t’s 3-4
(1894) ; not Mocinna of Lagasca (1816), of Bentham (1839),
nor of Cervantes (1885).
On a day in late summer,-while traveling through the moun-
tains of the Mexican table-land, near Empalma de Gonzales, one
of my peons brought me a fruit of very curious form, calling it
Jarilla (meaning “little jar”) and stating that it was very good.
Since he had separated it from its stem, I mistook its base for its
summit, and was for a moment quite confused as to its morphol-
ogy. About as large as a small canteloupe, and of an ovoid form,
its elongated and thickened accrescent style looks not unlike a
peduncle, this impression being strengthened by the appearance
at the other end of five elongated and fleshy, curved appendages
which could well be five ascending accrescent superior calyx-
lobes, were it not for the fact that in reality they are basal, and
recurved about the summit of an elongated peduncle, the stump
of which I had mistaken for the style. These appendages are
48
confluent at their bases to form a rim, enclosing a large concavity,
in the center of which the peduncle is attached. The fruit is one-
celled, but the cavity is nearly filled (in the half-ripe state in
which I saw it) with innumerable seeds a little like small cucum-
ber seeds, originating from 5 placentae and borne on very long
funiculi. The seeds have a fleshy outer covering that seems to be
The Jarilla (Jarilli Sesseana (Ramirez) Rusby). Copied after Ramirez
(Ann. Inst. Med. Nac., 1, Lam. iv.)
49
-
‘a sort of aril, beneath which the surface is rugose. This cover-
ing, the fleshy funicles and the placentae, are said to be eaten. I
could gain no adequate idea of the flavor or other edible qualities
from the ignorant peon, but I found the anomalous form and
structure of the fruit sufficiently interesting. The floral char-
acters, and those of the plant itself, are not less so. The her-
baceous, prostrate or reclining milky-juiced stems, approximating
a yard in length, are produced from a large tuberous rhizome,
and are hollow, fleshy and juicy. The leaves are alternate,
smooth, glaucous beneath, somewhat triangulate, the margin vary-
ing from sinuate to 3-lobed, and palmately 3-5 nerved. Those of
the female plant have a large light blotch on the upper surface.
The small lilac or violet tubular flowers exhibit remarkable dif-
ferences in the two sexes, the most striking of which is the alter-
‘nation of the petals with the calyx-lobes in the pistillate flower,
while they are anteposed in the staminate.
. Since the plant appears never to have been described in.Eng-
lish, an abridged translation of Ramirez’ description is here given,
in addition to the above notes.
Largest leaves with blade 5 or 6 cm. long, by 3.5 or 4 cm. wide,
the petioles as long as the blade, nearly horizontal and cylindrical,
with a branch and an inflorescence in each axil. Inflorescence a
subdichotomus raceme in the male plant, solitary in the female.
Staminate Flowers.—Calyx very small, 5-fid, the lobes trian-
gular, opposite those of the corolla, lightly rose-colored at the
margin. Corolla light-purple, funnel-form, with variable prae-
floration, the tube lightly narrowed upward and with a few hairs
within, below the throat, the lobes oblong. Stamens IO, introrse,
inserted in the throat, their summits all at the same level, the
filaments united at the base, five of them very short and opposite
the corolla-lobes, the alternate ones much longer, the anthers basi-
fixed, those with short filaments longer, longitudinally dehiscent.
The large connective forms a margin for the posterior surface
and projects above, and is hairy. Rudimentary ovary filiform.
Pistillate Flowers—Peduncle 4.5 cm. long, bearing two or
three bracts. Calyx as in the staminate, but the lobes alternating
50
with the petals, which are oblong with a small dilatation at the
base. Stamens none. Ovary ovoid, one-celled, five-lobed, bear-
ing five fleshy accrescent prolongations at the base, alternate
with the stigmas and lobes of the ovary, and opposite and cover-
ing the petals at the base. Placentae five, the numerous ovules
inserted on long funicles. Style small, accrescent, the stigmas
five, papillose, at first horizontal then ascending.
Berry one-celled, ellipsoidal, with the basal appendages and
style accrescent, the former enclosing a basal concavity. Seeds
numerous, rugose after the separation of the sarcotesta. Embryo
straight. Cotyledons plane, the caulicle apparent and cylindrical.
Endosperm abundant, peripheral. Funicles spongy, filling the
cavity of the ovary. The fruit, when cut, exhales the odor of
lemon and citron.
Flowers from June to September. The plant occurs at various
places in Jallisco and Guanajuata.
The difference between this and J. heterophylla (Mocinna
heterophylla Cerv. ex. La Llave) appear to me clearly specific.
REVIEWS
Sturtevant’s Notes on Edible Plants *
When, six years previous to his death in 1893, Dr. E. Lewis
Sturtevant, the distinguished first Director of the New York
Agricultural Experiment Station at Geneva, retired to private
life, he left at the Station a voluminous series of notes compris-
ing a compilation of then-existing knowledge concerning the
edible plants of the world. For twenty years this valuable manu-
script, the work of nearly a quarter of a century on the part of
Dr. Sturtevant, remained untouched. Now, thanks to the able
efforts of Dr. Hedrick, Sturtevant’s Notes are made available in
what, without question, represents one of the most generally use-
ful reports ever issued by a State Agricultural Experiment
Station. .
* Hedrick, U. P., Sturtevant’s Notes on Edible Plants. Pp. vii-+ 686,
Report New York Agricultural Experiment Station, 1919, Pt. II. Also Twenty-
seventh Ann. Rep. New York State Dept. Agr., Albany, Vol. 2, Part 2, 1919.
ee
51
©
The difficulty of securing precise and reliable information re-
garding the origin and history of cultivated plants is appreciated
by all who have made the attempt. For the most part, the data
of this sort contained in readily accessible works is exceedingly
scanty and too frequently it is of doubtful accuracy. Hitherto
the works of De Candolle have been regarded as the most au-
thoritative source of information along these lines; but De Can-
dolle gives the origin of barely 250 cultivated plants. The present
volume lists nearly 3,000 species of plants which may be used for
food, most of them cultivated, and especial stress is laid on their
origins and histories. Of particular value in this connection are
the copious references to the literature, upwards of 6,000 separate
citations being given, and nearly 500 different titles being quoted
in the bibliography.
Bringing together, as it does, and making available for con-
venient reference a vast body of facts relative to edible plants,
gathered from many widely scattered and often virtually inac-
cessible sources, Sturtevant’s work would be of great value if
only as a compilation or compendium of existing knowledge.
But the book is more than a compilation: it embodies many orig-
inal observations on the part of the author—facts not before
brought to light and new points of view regarding facts already
known. The original home of many esculents is here definitely
recorded for the first time ; new landmarks in the history of edible
plants are pointed out and much new information is brought
forth regarding the history of plants, especially those of the New
World; fresh observations are presented regarding variations in
plants induced by cultivation; and many data are set down that
will throw light on various problems of plant geography and
acclimatization.
The subject-matter in the text is arranged alphabetically, by
genera and species, the Index Kewensis being taken as the stand-
ard of nomenclature. Following the scientific name, for each
genus, is the natural family to which it belongs; for each species,
one or more of the English common names. The descriptive
matter, which varies in length from a single printed line to as
52
many as eight pages, ordinarily takes into account the nature of
the plant in question, the various characteristics of the edible por-
tion and how it is prepared for eating, its native home, and its
history as a cultivated plant. The work concludes with an index
to synonyms and one to the common names.
The Notes as published, while based primarily on the manu-
script already mentioned, include in addition much material taken
from other writings of Sturtevant, both published and unpub-
lished, and due credit must be given to Dr. Hedrick for the effi-
cient manner in which he has completed his arduous editorial task.
GeorcE E. NICHOLS -
PROCEEDINGS OF “THE CLUB
MEETING OF OCTOBER 27
The meeting was held at the New York Botanical Garden.
The following were elected to membership: Charles Drechsler,
ALY Raker. .
The chief item of the program was a discussion by Mr. Henry
Bird on “The Production of Acid Soil by Artificial Means.”
Mr. Bird became interested in this problem as a means of keep-
ing various acid-loving plants alive to serve as insect-food. He
succeeded in keeping Sarracenias and various Ericaceous plants
for indefinite periods, obtaining flowers and normal growth. His
most satisfactory procedure was to apply “acid” by watering
the bed frequently with a solution of tannin obtained from hem-
lock bark.
The second item was an account, illustrated by specimens of
an undescribed species of persimmon, Diospyros Mosieri Small,
from Florida.
Dr. N. L. Britton instanced the occurrence in California and
Oregon of ten species of rather widespread eastern sedges,
Cyperus, Eleocharis, Rynchospora and Scirpus. He emphasized
their remoteness from the nearest colonies of the same species
eastward.
53
MEETING OF NOVEMBER 9
The meeting was held at the American Museum of Natural
History.
Dr. G. Clyde Fisher gave an account of “A Naturalist’s Ram-
bles in Florida.” He discussed central and northwestern Florida,
and his views of the peculiar vegetation of this portion of the
state were particularly appreciated. Many of these were of
plants too little known, as the various large species of Sarracenia
and other insect-catching plants. The vast forests of long-leaf
pine, the cypress ponds and swamps, the live-caks and pendant
gray Spanish moss were well shown.
MEETING OF NOVEMBER 24
The meeting was held at the New York Botanical Garden.
The treasurer presented an outline of the present financial
status of the club. After considerable discussion this was referred
to the Finance Committee for further consideration.
The following were elected members of the club: Dr. Louis J.
Hodes, Mrs. A. C. Sheahan-MacKenna, A. J. Sluyter.
The scientific program consisted of two discussions.
Dr. M. A. Howe described “A Fresh-Water Red Alga from
Trinidad.” He exhibited and discussed specimens of a red alga
collected by the New York Botanical Garden expedition to Trini-
dad in Maracas Waterfall at an elevation of 1,500 feet above sea
level. The Trinidad plant was identified with a species first dis-
covered in Venezuela and more fully described at about the same
time, under three specific names, from mountain streams of
French Guiana. The speaker alluded to another red alga, Calo-
glossa Leprieuti, found in a mountain stream in Porto Rico and
also in the Hudson River at West Point. ,
Dr. John K. Small told of his’ search for the rare box huckle-
berry, Gaylussacia brachycera. He visited the three known sta-
tions for the plant, on the coastal plain of Delaware and in the
Blue Ridge Mountains of Pennsylvania. He expressed the opin-
ion that each colony was really a single plant widely spread below
ground with hundreds of ascending stems, covering in one case
over a hundred acres.
The Torrey Botanical Club
Contributors“of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous copies
of the number of TORREYA in which their papers appear, will kindly notify the
editor when returning proof.
Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned to the editor. The
New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the
following rates:
app. | 8pp.| r2pp.| r6pp. | 2opp. | 24pp- | 28pp. | 32pp. | 48pp. | 64pp.
25 copies | $1.40] $2.45| $3-05|$ 4.40) $ 5.65|$ 6.50| $ 8.00 $ 8 45) $12.55) $15.90
50a 1.65] 2.90) 4.25 5.10] . 6.65) 7-75|° 9-40} 9.85] 14.15) 17.35
DS ses’ 1.95| 3-35) 4-85] 5:65) 7-60) 875] 10.45] 11.25] 15.65) 19-95
£OO je a 2.25|} 3.80] 5.35 6.35 8.25 QO] I1-55| 12.45} 17.55] 22.05
T5O)s dr. 2.70) 4.60]. 6.50], 7.60]. 10.20) 312.10] 14.20} 15.20] 21.35) 26.80
200°). 3-00] 5.05} 7.15 8.35 II.40) 13.50 15.80] 16.85] 23.55} 29.60
Boon , 3-85) 6.20} 9:20} 10.70 14.85) 17.55) 20.50 21.05, 30.20! 37-40
Covers: 25 for $1.75. Additional covers, 1}c. each. Plates: 100 for $1.00.
Committees for 1921.
Finance Committee Field Committee
R. A. HARPER, Chairman. A. T. BEALS, Chatrman.
_. J. H. BARNHART, G. C. FISHER
E. P. BICKNELL LupLOW GRISCOM
Miss C. C. HAYNES MICHAEL LEVINE
SERENO STETSON Miss Dartsy LEVY
PERcy WILSON
Membership Committee
Budget Committee
J. K. SmMa._, Chairman.
H. J. BARNHART, Chairman. IR. LAS
R. A, HARPER NorMAN TAYLOR
NL. BRITTON i
A.W. Evans Local Flora Committee
C. S. GAGER N. L. Britton, Chairman.
M. A. Howe
H. H. Russy Phanerogams: Cryptogams:
E. P. BICKNELL . Mrs. E.G. BrittTor
: N. L. BRITTON E. B. CHAMBERLAIN
Program Committee H. M. Denstow A. W. Evans
Mrs. E. G. BRITTON, Chairman. LupLow. Griscom T. E. HAZEN
Miss JEAN BROADHURST BAYARD ‘LONG M. A. Howe
ALFRED GUNDERSEN . K.K. MACKENZIE MICHAEL LEVINE
M.A. Howe G. E. NICHOLS W. A. MurRRILL
NORMAN TAYLOR F. J. S. SEAVER
.
Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora
Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict. Lichens: W. C. Barbour
_ Mosses: Mrs. E. G. Britton Sphaeriaceae, Dothideaceae: H. M.
~ Liiverworts: A..W. Evans Richards
~ Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen Hypocreaceae, Perisporieae, Plectas-
Marine Algae: M. A. Howe cineae, Tuberineae: F. J. Seaver
Gasteromycetes. G. C. Fisher Fungi-forming sclerotia: A. B. Stout
Hymenomceetes: W. A. Murrill Imperfecti: H. M. Richards, F.
Except Ryssulaand Lactarius: Miss G. Seaver, Mel T. Cook
Buruingham Oomycetes: C. A. King
Cotinarius: R. A. Harper Zygomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee
Polyporeae: M. Levine Chytridiaceae,
Exobasidii: H. M. Richards Myxomycetes: Mrs. H. M. Richards
Rusts and Smuts: E. W. Olive Yeast and Bacteria: Prof. J. Broadhurst
Discomycetes: B. O. Dodge Insect galls: Mel T. Cook —
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
(1) BULLETIN
A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established
1870. Vol. 47 published in 1920, contained 598 pages of text
and 17 full-page plates. Price $4.00 per annum. For Europe,
18 shillings. Dulau & Co., 47 Soho Square, London, are,
agents for England.
Of formef volumes, only 24—47 can be supplied entire ; cer-
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets.
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars
each; Vols. 28-47 three dollars each.
Single copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not
breaking complete volumes.
(2) MEMOIRS
The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregu-
lar intervals. Volumes I-15 are now completed; No. 1 of
Vol. 16 has been issued. The subscription price is fixed at
$3.00 per volume in advance; Vol. 17, containing Proceedings
of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the Club, 490 pages, was
issued in 1918, price $5.00. Certain numbers can also be pur-
chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers and of.
prices will be furnished on application.
(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri-
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New , a
York, 1888. Price, $1.00. .
Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to vat
DR. F. J. SEAVER
New York Botanical Garden |
Bronx Park, New York City a 2
Vol. 21 July-August, Ig21 No.
TORREYA
A Br-MontHty JourNnat or Botanica, Notes anp News
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873.
CONTENTS
Sterility and Fertility in Hemerocallis: A.B.StTourT....-..-......
Shorter Notes :
_ Abnormal Ovules in Hyacinthus: A. M.SHOWALTER ......-.
The Ram’s-Head Lady’s Slipper: G. CLYDE FISHER. ---.....
S. M. Tracy as a Botanist: F.S. Earle - .
Reviews:
Martin’s Botany with Agricultural Applications: GEORGE E. NICHOLS
Deam’s Trees of Indiana: H.A.GLEASON .-...-.- .
EEOCeCOINGS OP the, CRUD: Ye Set AS ly a | pie aes
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
At 4x NortH Queen Street, LAncastze, Pa.
BY THK New Era Printinc Company
“Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter.
4
57
62
63
64
65
66
68
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
OFFICERS FOR ig21
President
H. M. RICHARDS, Sc.D.
Vice- Presidents.
JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D.
C. STUART GAGER, PH.D., Sc.D.
Secretary
FRANCIS W. PENNELL Pu.D..
NEw York BOTANICAL GARDEN, NEW YORK CITY
Treasurer
F. J. SEAVER, Pu.D.
NEw YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN, NEW YORK CITY
Editor
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., Pu.D.
Associate Editors
JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. M. LEVINE, Pu.D.
J. A. HARRIS, PH.D. G. E. NICHOLS, PH.D.
GEORGE T. HASTINGS ARLOW B. STOUT, Pu.D.
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D.,Sc.D. NORMAN TAYLOR
Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
M. A. HOWE, Pu.D., Sc.D.
MEMBERSHIP
All persons interested in botany are invited to join the Club.
There are two classes of membership: Swsfaining, at $15.00 a year,
and Annual, at $5.00 a year. ‘The privileges of members are: (a)
To attend all meetings of the Club and to take part in its business,
and (b) to receive all its publications.
OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE WILD FLOWER PRESERVATION ©
SocIlETY oF AMERICA
TORREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, thirty cents. To
subscribers eisewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be:
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent .
to TREASURER, TORREY BoTanicaL CLus, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
caster, Pa., or Dr. Fred J. Seaver, New York Botanical Garden,
Bronx Park, New York City.
Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should
be addressed to
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
7 Robbins Place _
Yonkers, N. Y.
TORREYA
Vol. 21 No. 4
July—August, 1921
SlLReRIEITY-AND FERTILITY IN SPECIES’ OF
HEMEROCALLIS
For a number of years problems of fertility and sterility in
numerous species of plants that freely and naturally propagate
by vegetative means have been under investigation by the writer.
In these studies several species of Hemerocallis have received
considerable attention, and a brief preliminary report of the re-
sults obtained with them has been given (Journal N. Y. Bot.
Garden 20: 104-105, May, 1919). Certain aspects of the re-
-search await the blooming of seedlings that are now being
grown and the testing of wild plants of several species which
it is hoped can be obtained from their native home in the orient.
But the results already obtained, and in part published, sup-
plement and to some degree extend the observations recorded
in a recent number of the Torreya (21: 12-13, Jan. and Feb.
1921) and for this reason may be briefly summarized for the
readers of this journal.
It is to be noted that the double-flowered form of Hemero-
callis fulva reported in Torreya (18: 242) and referred to later
(Torreya 21: 13) is undoubtedly an old and well known sort.
A double-flowered variety of this species is reported by Thun-
berg in his Flora Japonica published in 1784 and there identi-
fied as the double-flowered plant which Kaempfer (Amoen.
Exot. 1712) thought was an Jris. At the present time two
double-flowered varieties are recognized (Bailey, Cyclopaedia of
Horticulture) as belonging to H. fulva. One of these, var.
Kwanso, is illustrated in color in Gartenflora in 1866 (plate
500) and there said to have been introduced into Europe by von
Siebold. This is evidently the double-flowered form most
widely found in cultivation in Europe and America. The other
variety (flora plena) is illustrated in color in Flora des Serres
57
58
(1869-1870) and there called H. disticha var. flora plena
(disticha is now considered as a synonym of fulva). The
colored plate shows this to be quite different from var. Kwanso
in appearance. The writer has never seen this variety. A
double-flowered variety has also long been known in the species
H, Dumortierit.
A thorough search of the literature indicates that no one has
ever reported fruit on the single-flowered type of H. fulva.
This orange-colored day lily is widely distributed over Europe and
America. Its complete failure to produce fruit and seeds has
often been noted. Only one variety of it (var. maculata) ap-
pears to have been involved (probably as a pollen parent) in
the production of hybrids.
In the writer’s experiments with this species many intra-spe-
cific pollinations have been made between plants obtained from
such widely different sources as Wisconsin, Michigan, New
York, Vermont and England with complete failure in every
case. The ovaries of flowers thus pollinated do not start to
enlarge, and about 72 hours after the flowers open the entire
flower falls leaving only spurs as shown at a in Fig. 4.
But the pollen of this species used in controlled crossing on
H, flava has given pods (Fig. 2) with seeds and the hybrids
resulting are now being grown. ‘The reciprocal cross between
these two species failed to yield mature pods. Pollen of H.
julva on H. minor has given seed but no germination was se-
cured.
Pollen of H. Thunbergii and of H. aurantiaca has been used on
many flowers of H. fulva. Usually the pods begin to form and
seeds start to develop with some of them, but as a rule the
pods fall when about one third mature (b in Fig. 4). In a few
instances, however, mature pods with ripe seeds (Fig. 5) have
been secured, but no germination has yet been obtained in such
seeds. The reciprocals of these crosses likewise produce seed
rarely. From the results of crossing H. fulva with H. flava, H.
aurantiaca and H, Thunbergii ‘t appears that its pollen and ovules
are potent and are able to function in certain relations, but that
the compatibility in these combinations is of a weak grade. —
59
The literature gives conflicting reports regarding seed pro-
duction in H. flava. Some investigators have reported plants
of it to be self-fertile, others have reported the plants they have
studied to be self-sterile. Both self-compatible and self-incom-
patible plants have been found among plants of this species
grown in the New York Botanical Garden. Such conditions
are often seen in a species in which self-incompatibility is pres-
ent, especially if the species is propagated by seed (Cichorium
Intybus, Nicotiana Forgetiana, Eschscholtzia californica,
Brassica pekinensis, Brassica chinensis, and others). The most
highly self-compatible plants produce pods in abundance, but
in them are many shrivelled ovules in which fertilization may
not have occurred and seeds in various stages of embryo abor-
tion together with seeds that are fully matured and viable (Fig.
3). This condition is also specially characteristic of plants that
are not fully self-compatible.
A third species, H. Thunbergit, has in the author’s experience
proved to be only feebly self-compatible. Very many carefully
made self-pollinations fail (see 6, 7 and 8), but many pods deo
mature and these contain some seeds which will germinate.
All the plants of this species which are growing in the New
York Botanical Garden have behaved quite the same, but these
may have all descended from a single parent through vegeta-
tive propagation. A wide range of self-compatibility may be
exhibited by the seedlings which are to be tested as soon as
they bloom.
The type of sterility in these species is, undoubtedly, that
of physiological incompatibility operating between the organs
concerned in sexual reproduction. The readiness with which
these species propagate from pieces of the roots and by rhizomes
has practically eliminated the use of seeds in commercial propaga-
tion. Such a method tends to perpetuate the grade of self-com-
patibility of the original plant which was used. It is possible that
the plants of the single-flowered type of fulva now growing in
America and Europe may have all come by vegetative propa-
gation from a single plant which happened to be fully self-in-
60
compatible. According to Clusius (Plantarum Historia, p.
137) this species was commonly in cultivation in middle
Europe as early as 1601. Since then its cultivation has been
extended over large areas of Europe and America, and in many
sections it has escaped from cultivation and is spreading widely,
purely by vegetative means of propagation.
It can be predicted with confidence that a search in the region
where H. fulva is native and wild will reveal plants that are
producing seed or at least strains that will prove compatible
with the self-incompatible strain now found in the United
States. Focke showed that such a condition as this existed in
Lilium bulbiferum. After failing for years to get seed by selt-
ing and crossing plants of this species obtained from various
parts of Germany, he obtained wild plants from the native
habitat in Tyrol and these he found compatible with strains
that previously failed to produce seed.
It has very generally been held that the seed sterility of such
plants as Hemerocallis fulva, Lilium bulbiferum, Lilium ti-
grinum, etc., is “correlative.” That is, the vegetative organs of
propagation are conceived to divert and utilize the available
food so that the embryos in seeds are virtually starved to
death during stages in development, or perhaps organs are
so poorly nourished that they do not function previous to fer-
tilization. But evidence is increasing to the effect that. seed
production in these plants is relative and depends on whether
fertilizations are compatible, quite as is the case in numerous
species of plants that are naturally propagated only by seeas.
The experimental proof of this is sometimes difficult to obtain
in the plants that are propagated vegetatively.
When self-compatible and self-incompatible plants are touna
and the latter prove to be highly seed-producing in certain
crosses, as is the case with Hemerocallis flava, the evidence of
incompatibilities is clear. The American strain of Hemero-
callis fulva has sex organs that do function to some extent in
certain inter-specific crosses and wiil, undoubtedly, produce
abundant seed when it can be tested with stocks from a dif-
a ii a
EXPLANATION OF PLATE
1. Pod of a plant of H. flava; the result of self-pollination showing that
the plant is self-compatible.
2. Pod on same plant as 1; the result of controlled cross-pollination with
pollen of H. fulva.
3. Seeds:from such a pod as shown in 1 and 2; some ovules become mere
rudiments of seeds and evidently are not fertilized: some embryos die during
the development of seeds: some seeds develop fully and are viable.
4. Flowering branch of H. fulva near close of period of bloom. (a) Spur
left when flowers fall. (b) Pod! ro days old, from cross with pollen of
Ai. Thunbergii, but becoming wrinkled and about to fall. Occasionally such
pods contain one or two partly developed seeds.
5. Mature pod of -H. fulva from cross-pollination with H. Thunbergii.
Such pods are rare. As far as known to the writer this is the first time the
fruit of this species has been illustrated.
6, 7 and 8. All from a single plant of H. Thunbergii. All flowers carefully
self-pollinated. Some pods (a) maturing and yielding a few viable seeds:
some pods (6) becoming much shrivelled; no good pods on branch shown at
8. Results characteristic of feebly self-compatible plants of this species.
62
ferent seed source. But to obtain these, plants from widely dif-
ferent geographical sections or even wild plants from the native
habitat may need to be secured.
A. B. Stout. :
New York BoTanicaL GARDEN.
AN ORTHOTKOPOUS OVULE IN AVAGINAIAEES
OMEN TALTS I:
While sectioning ovaries of the hyacinth for embryo sacs one
ovary was found which shows two irregularities. One of the
ovules in the upper part of the ovary is orthotropous instead of
anatropous. This ovule, as figure 1 shows, is typical in all
other respects, the integuments, micropyle, nucellus, and embryo
sac being well formed and apparently functional. In the me-
dian portion of the ovary the carpels seem to be incompletely
fused and the placentas are slightly displaced (Fig. 2). Mas-
Bic. 2
-ters' and Worsdell’ describe many types of modified carpels
and displaced placentas in a great variety of flowering plants.
These authors describe also many modifications of ovules, but
I do not find that either of them records a case of an orthot-
ropous ovule in a plant which normally bears anatropous ovules.
A. M. SHOWALTER
A STATION FOR THE RAM’S-HEAD LADY’S-SLIPPER
On May 19, 1921, Philip D. Fagans, Executive Secretary of
the Woodcraft League of America, discovered near Westport-
on-Lake Champlain, New York, a colony of the Ram’s-head
Lady’s-slipper (Cypripedium arietinum R. Brown) in bloom
and collected a specimen which he showed the next day to Oli-
ver P. Medsger, Head of the Department of Biology in the Lin-
coln High School, Jersey City, N. J., and myself. Since
neither of us had seen this rare orchid growing, Medsger and I
lost no time in visiting the place. Although we did not make
a careful census, there were doubtless fifty or more plants in
the colony. They were growing rather scattered in the meso-
1 Vegetable Teratology. London. Ray Society, 1860.
2 Principles of Plant Teratology. Vol. II. London. Ray Society. 1916.
64
phytic woods, mostly on a gently sloping hillside, only a few
rods from the lake beach. Medsger made a photograph of a
clump. Since Dr. House states that this plant has been col-
lected but a few times in the northern counties of the State of
New York, | thought this worth reporting.
G. CLYDE FISHER
AMERICAN MuseuM oF NATURAL HISTORY
Se VES ERAGY WAS A BOTANISE
The recent death of S. M. Tracy has been felt as a keen per-
sonal loss by all who have known him not only as a broad-
minded, many-sided investigator but as a most genial companion
and friend. His main life work was with forage plants
adapted to the Southern States and with the effort for secur-
ing a greater diversification of southern agriculture.
I had been experimenting with fungicides in the treatment
of pear scab when I first met Tracy. I was delighted to find
that he was interested in fungi and showed him my cultures.
We at once became great friends and continued to correspond
regarding fungi until the time of the New Orleans Cotton Ex-
position which took us both South where we both remained. I
lived for ten years on the Gulf coast of Mississippi while he
was director of the State Experimental Station at Starkville.
He bought a summer home on the north coast of Biloxi Bay
not far from us where he spent his vacations collecting and
studying the Gulf coast flora. It was during this period that
I was most closely associated with him tho later we were com-
panions on several extended collecting trips, notably the one to
the La Plata Mountains in southwest Colorado in company
with C. F. Baker and at another time a long trip through the
Davis Mountain country in western Texas.
As a horticulturist and practical green house man Tracy
was naturally greatly interested in plant breeding, He did
much practical work in the selection and improvement of va-
rieties. At one time he was greatly interested in the long
staple upland cottons and did much to improve and _ stabilize
ae =
6
(a |
these kinds. As a botanist however his interests were frankly
taxonomic. He liked plants as such and liked to study their
relationships. Living as he for the most part did away from
the great botanical centers with their libraries and herbaria his
activities naturally took the form of field work and of collect-
ing rather than the writing of extended monographs. He
loved the open, and the collection and preparation of specimens:
He was always collecting in large sets which he distributed
.widely and in this way probably did more than any other man
of his generation to make the plants of the Southern States
available for study in all of the more important American and
Jcuropean herbaria. His interest in forage plants led him to
specialize in the grasses. He was also a student of the para-
sitic fungi, particularly of: the rusts and the smuts, the two
groups most likely to be found on grasses. His botanical
papers largely deal with these two groups in both of which he
discovered and described a number of new species. As with
the flowering plants however his collections and field studies
of the fungi were much more extensive than his publications
regarding them. Excepting for his early years in Missouri
hotany was Tracy’s recreation rather than his chief work.
During the long period of his activity however there were few
who contributed more than he to the real knowledge of Ameri-
can plants.
F. S. Earte.
REVIEWS
Martin’s Botany with Agricultural Applications*
The suggestion of the technical implied by the original title
of this volume (Botany for Agricultural Students) has led the
publishers to issue the second edition under a new name, one
that conveys somewhat more accurately the real nature of the
book. While primarily designed as a text for agricultural
students, the underlying principle of the book is one that is
rapidly coming to the fore at the present day, viz., that, regard-
* Martin, J. N., Botany with Agricultural Applications, xii + 604 pages,
490 figures, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1920, $3.00.
66
less of the class of students concerned, the chief object of
botanical instruction -in an elemntary course should be to
teach the fundamental facts and principles of botany and to
relate these to problems of practical interest.
A list of the chapter headings will suggest the nature of
the topics treated: (/ntroduction) the nature and subdivisions
of botany; a general view of plants; (Part I) flowers; pistils
and stamens; seeds and fruits; germination of seeds, seed-
lings; cells and tissues; roots; stems; buds (including growth of
stems, pruning, propagation by stems); leaves; (Part IJ) thal-
lophytes (separate chapters on algae, myxomycetes and _bac-
teria, fungi); bryophytes; pteridophytes; spermatophytes
(two chapters); classification of angiosperms, and families of
economic importance; ecological classification of plants; varia-
tion; heredity; evolution.
The present edition differs from the first in that several por-
tions of the text have been rewritten, the chapter on variation
added, and many of the illustrations replaced by new or im-
proved ones.
GrEoRGE FE, NICHOLS
Trees of Indiana
The second edition, completely rewritten, of Chas. C.
Deam’s Trees of Indiana * is an extraordinarily satisfactory pub-
lication. It is gratifying to consider that thousands of students,
farmers, amateur botanists, and tree-lovers in general throughout
that state may profit by such carefully written work from the
pen of Indiana’s most thorough student of the local flora.
Deam has recognized 132 species and 20 varieties of forms.
Each of the former and one of the latter is illustrated by a full-
page half-tone plate, photographed from a herbarium sheet.
Since the sheets were chosen from Deam’s own carefully pre-
pared herbarium, the results are excellent and in most cases
far better than one would naturally expect. Either fruits or
flowers, or both, and frequently bark, are represented. The
* The Department of Conservation, State of Indiana, Indianapolis,
1921, 317 pages, 137 plates.
67
method leaves something to be desired in certain cases, where
the flowers or fruit illustrate important specific differences, but
it must be remembered that the book is prepared for the ama-
teur and not the professional botanist.
‘
The nomenclature “attempted” is that of the International
Code. Synonymy is omitted. Descriptions are carefully
drawn from Indiana material. The general distribution of
each species is indicated and ranges within the state are dis-
cussed in such detail that the book will be an important source
of information for phytogeographers. A third paragraph in-
cludes. general notes, largely of a popular nature, on the
abundance, uses, and local names of the plant and other mis-
cellaneous information.
The genus Salix is contributed by C. R. Ball and the family
_ Malaceae by W: W. Eggleston.
The whole treatment is conservative and impresses one as
having been carried out with extreme care and consequently
reliable results. The attitude of the author toward “ split-
ting’? is clearly shown and may be indicated here by two
quotations:
“Nieuwland separates a variety from the smooth forms
which he calls Sassafras albida variety glauca and reports it
as occurring in the counties in the vicinity of Lake Michigan.
The writer has at hand 46 specimens from 41 counties in In-
diana, including all of the Lake Michigan Counties, and he
has not been able to find a single character that is constant
enough to make a division of our forms.”
“While Sargent’s key to Tilia quite distinctly separates the
species and varieties, yet when specimens are collected from
an area where the species overlap and seem to intergrade, the
task of referring a specimen to the proper species or variety
is not an easy one.”
The same care has been used in excluding 23 reported
species, each of which has been the subject of detailed inves-
tigation. 3
68
The book closes with a list of measurements of large speci-
mens of Indiana trees, a table of specific gravities of woods,
two state maps, and an index.
Typographical errors are very few, print and ‘paper lare
good, half-tones are well executed, and the cloth binding is
substantial. Both the author and the Department of Conser-
vation are to be congratulated on the work.
H. A. GLEASON
PROCEEDINGS OF (THE. GLUB
MEETING OF FEBRUARY 25
Announcement was made of the death on January 30 of Dr.
George T. Stevens, of this city. Dr. Stevens had done much
to make general an interest in botany, especially through his
illustrated “‘Guide to the Wild Flowers of the Northeastern
United States.’ Dr. W. A. Murrill, under the title of Notes
on Fungi, remarked on ‘the recent finding of ‘underground
fungi, chiefly truffles in the United States, and on their method
of collecting them. He also called attention to a curious
double specimen of the cultivated mushroom, an illustrated
account of which has since appeared in Mycologia 13: I1Q-
E22: |
Mr. R. S. Williams gave an account of mosses recently
received from the district of Kaietur Falls, in British Gut-
ana. Of eleven species, one, a Macromitrium, proved to be
undescribed.
Dr. J. K. Small discussed the species of palmetto, Sabal, in the
south giving the history of the discovery of each, and showing
specimens of his own collecting.
MEETING oF Marcu 6
Dr. H. A. Gleason gave an illustrated lecture on the Big Trees
of California. He showed an extensive series of views and de-
scribed the vast size and something of the past history of Se-
quoia gigantea. He strongly urged the need of bringing more
of these giants into park reserves.
|
69
MEETING OF MarcH 26
On Saturday afternoon the Torrey Club in cooperation with
the New York Bird and Tree Club and other local organizations
attended a lecture at the American Museum of Natural History
by Dr. Edgar T. Wherry on Where the Wild Flowers Grow and
Why. The speaker chiefly considered the nature of the soil,
this forming the most variable feature of the plant’s environ-
ment locally and laid stress on its chemical character.
MEETING OF MARCH 30
The scientific program consisted of three papers. Miss Cor-
nelia L. Carey explained the structure of an agar gel. ‘‘The
structure is not to be confused with an ultramicroscopic one,
but is much coarser and appeared when the dried gel that had
been soaked in water was viewed under the microscope. It con-
sisted of horizontal concavities each shaped like a convex lens
in section, and together giving almost the aspect of lamellations.
The structure varied somewhat in gels of different strengths,
gels of lower concentration showing chiefly larger slits and those
of higher agar content more fine ones. When removed from
the water the gels would exude under pressure a considerable
amount of liquid. The slits were also visible to the eye when
light was reflected from the cut surface.
“The structure is considered as due to rapidity of drying, as
all gels dried at 43° C. and 70° C. showed this whether they were
dried upon frames or not, whereas this was not true of gels
dried at room temperatures. The formation of this structure
started when the gel possessed 92-92.5 per cent. and ‘ceased with
21.5. per cent. by weight of water. Gels varying in agar con-
tent from 0.5-I0 per cent. were used.”
Dr. T. E. Hazen reported on his studies in motile algae, con-
sidering the phylogeny of Brachiomonas and Lobomonas. This
brought out the problem of the development of lobed structures
among unicellular algae. Some of the results of this study will
be presented in an early number of the Torrey Bulletin.
70
Miss Edna L. Smith discussed the formation of mucilage in
some floral organs of certain orchids. She had studied espe-
cially the genus Brassia and considered that there the mucilage
was a product of the cytoplasm, not as has been thought for
some Cactaceae, of the cellulose of the cell wall.
MEETING OF APRIL 12
The program of the evening was an illustrated lecture by Dr.
Tracy E, Hazen, entitled “Botanizing . in. Vrmidad gos
Hazen was one of the party headed by Dr. Britton which
visited Trinidad in the spring of 1920, his attention being given
to the collection of algae and ferns. While he told of this work,
he discussed chiefly the larger features of the vegetation, show-
ing views of forests, savanna, and cultivated fields and many
pictures of different species of trees and herbs. Palms, orchids,
Ficus (with air roots), rubbber tree (Hevea), Bromelaids, Me-
lastomads, Maipighiads and Cactaceae were among these.
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE SPECIAL FUND FOR
SupPPorRT OF PUBLICATIONS
In response to letters telling of the financial needs of the Club,
the total amount of contributions to date received from member-
ship is $2,211.63. As more than $1,000.00 was received by May
i, 1921, we were able to secure the conditional $1,000.00 to be
given if a second thousand could be raised from the membership
at large, by that time. The total number of contributors is 94.
The list of contributors is as follows:
IDES ING IOs avait on ae eee $1000.00. Mrs: E. G, Britton’. .......0. 25.00
Die sah Weehaniehae, seo onoco5 zT00,.00, Mrs. R. M> Hoe. aa... oo. 25.00
Missm Gm G-s Hayilesa wrists tooloo, (Mri EA. Raw... acter ‘, 25.00
Mirlames obs Bord?.s: sists Tpo0o! ° Miss CG. 1. (Careyee esses 20.00
Lear A iarpen ic» tie (olsich 50.00 Mr. J. T. Enequist......22 2 20.00
Mise UReAs) TAT PET § eislaiaioiete ie 50.00 Mrs. A. B. Tweedy........-. 20.00
Mir ise Rk. Mackenzies ss. riejcis.0 soioo) Mr. A. LT. Bealsenc cr esisterte 20.00
IDSe Mil hele JOEn GCe A oA 5 Ace 40.00 Mr: M..L. Delafield. . 0. ccin- 15.00
IDs. IBIS IIR Sk eh e5 pepeage a0 o.ceo 35.00 Miss M. L. Sanial .......... 15.00
Dre Vie ehards:).\seteisio 30.00 Miss D. W. Marble.......... 15.00
7.
71
Mr. O. W. Caldwell yeh cu diae ats EOOOMmeMissnG= G. Lyman. «-.p10a ee 5.00
EE Some ire Cre) ROFIAS No.<'s,vs oles 10,00: 5 ‘Miss: R. Benhamin.2.. 3. sce 5-00
ree ea OULAT Esc) 0,-, 5 \0r o's LO:00meaMir, «Co Billingtonae.c = cree revere 5-00
Mire Wey Ferguson's... 2c TOSOOme LOE. AneL): eSelbyiie.ctescercere 5.00
re ee |ee POOL ./. cers:e = 0 «s18s 10.005 # Miss. (G: Stewarts tones cass 5-00
item Gaver s= eos. os. e:s0r6 EO:00 “Ving IS We; Clokey 5 <> tenets 5-00
IDE. 1b Bela Es ee ee 10:00) Stor, 1) B82) Chaniberlain. s.r 5.00
Ves Are FLOW s:s< oes clove os FO:00." Miss D> Wevy-saernoeacieeoe: 5.00
Dirham Rydberg. oo. <<. 0 TO004. Nin He inomas mess sera 5-00
MersGe. Osterhout. .. <<... 50,00) oe Mass Aw G: Runge ss a. ace eres 5-00
MrmCGn-A. Schwatze...... 2. 10.00 Mr. H. A. Cassebeer........ 5.00
DrseWerA-- Setchells. 3... 40:00) ¢MrsiW A. Stowell 2c oa5c oe 5-00
Dre cr Wie ISVANS = 525.5 6de-0 es 2 10.00 =Mir:-G. -€., Bisher: <<. 5.- PE aL O0
Mirreiie JOneSacr.!o5... sence 10,00"). 0D t shi Vie Denslows.-.-cn see 5-00
Liss) al Eel Cee fi G Ll ao eee 10:00), | Dr Aj BE. Blakeslees:.3.2. eas 5.00
Mice eNorreys < sce. occ To:00F 4D G: a Nichols? 5.6.00 ace 5.00
Meebo ba Bickel. 3.5% a... EO.00e Dr: wisaac. Juevituen-i-.5 eee 5.00
Draehe Be Douclass.>.:.....- 10.00' Dr. G. S: Burlingham........ 5.00
Mima ieee IViesETO ir oer. (sce a Stace #2 410/00) — Mrs: #Ba Ei Olcott. cs: sane 5.00
Oe BrOAGHUESE o/c.) co si 0,00), ex indianag Unive. ibe teers 5.00
Mr. Barrington Moore...... <7 4.10:00! 9 “Dr wAY Hollick.s acoso 5.00
iterebre tbs (Bartram .. 2... 0+ ae 10.00) — Mr Ae Cuthberta:-.. cee 5.00
Dr WieeAe Murrill. 355... o.< 10:00) 3 Miisse )).. b.
The Turrey Botanical Club
Contributors of ccepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous copies
of the number of TORREYA in which their papers appear, will kindly notify the
editor when returning proof.
Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned to the editor. The
New Era Printing Co. 41 North Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the
following rates:
4Pp.| 8pp.| r2pp.| -16pp. | 2opp. | 24pp. | 28pp. | 32pp. | 48pp. | 64pp.
25 copies $1.40| $2.45| $3.65|$ 4:40\$ 5.65\$ 6.50| $ 8.00| $ 8.45| $12.55| $15.90
50 mn 1.65} 2.90} 4.25 5.10] 6.65 7-75| 9-40} 19.85} 14.15] 17-35
75 1.95] 3-35} 4.85 5.65 7.60 8.75} 10-45] 11.25] 315.65] 19.95
TOG"). 2.25| 3.80) 5.35] 6.35) | 8.25] <9:80} T1I.55| 12.45] 17.55| 22.05
TOM tp 2.70} 4.60} 6.50] 7.60] 10:20] 12.10} 14.20] 15.20] 21.35] 26.80
20042" 3:00} 5.05! 7.15} 8.35] 11-40} 13.50] 15-80) 16.85) 23.55) 209.60
Zoos 3-85| 6.20) 9.20] 10.70}. 14.85) 17.55} 20.50) 21.05) 30.20) 37.40
Covers: 25 for $1.75. Additional covers, 1}c. each. Plates: roo for $1.00.
Committees for 1921.
Finance Committee
R. A. HARPER, Chairman.
J. H. BARNHART,
E. P. BIcKNELL
Miss C. C. HAYNES
: SERENO STETSON
Budget Committee
H. J. BARNHART, Chairman.
Field Committee
A. T. BEALS, Chairman.
G. C. FISHER
LupDLOW GRISCOM
MICHAEL LEVINE
Miss Datsy LEVY
PErRcY WILSON
Membership Committee
J. K. SMALL, Chairman.
T. E. HAZEN
R. A. HARPER NorRMAN TAYLOR
N. L. BRITTON é
A. W. Evans Local Flora Committee
~ C. S. GAGER N. L. Britton, Chairman.
M. A. Howe
Phanerogams: Cryptogams:
H. H. Russpy
Program Committee
Mrs. E. G. BRITTON, Chairman.
Miss JEAN BROADHURST
ALFRED GUNDERSEN
M. A, HowE
Mrs. E.G. BRITTON
N. L. BRITTON E. B. CHAMBERLAIN
H. M. Denstow A.W. Evans
LupLow Griscom T. E. HAzEn
BayarRD LONG M. A. Howe
K. K. MACKENZIE MICHAEL LEVINE
G. E. NICHOLS W. A. MuRRILL
NORMAN TAYLOR F. J. S. SEAVER
E. P. BICKNELL
Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora
Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict.
Lichens: W. C. Barbour
Mosses: Mrs. E. G. Britton Sphaeriaceae, Dothideaceae: H.M
Lriverworts: A. W. Evans Richards
Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen Hypocreaceae, Perisporieae, Plectas-
Marine Algae: M. A. Howe
GaSteromycetes. G. C. Fisher
Hymenomcetes: W. A. Murrill
Except Ryssula and Lactarius: Miss G.
Buruingham
Cotinarius: R. A. Harper
Polyporeae: M. Levine
Exobasidii: H. M. Richards
Rusts and Smuts: E. W. Olive
Discomycetes: B. O. Dodge
cineae, Tuberineae: F. J Seaver
Fungi-forming sclerotia: A. B. Stout
Imperfecti: H. M. Richards, F.
Seaver, Mel T. Cook
Oomycetes: C. A. King
Zygomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee
Chytridiaceae,
Myxomycetes: Mrs. H. M. Richards
Yeast and Bacteria: Prof. J. Broadhurst
Insect galls: Mel T. Cook
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
(1) BULLETIN
A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established
1870. Vol. 47 published in 1920, contained 598 pages of tex
and 17 full-page plates. Price $4.00 per annum. Yor Europe,
18 shillings. Dulau & Co., 47 Soho Square, London, are,
agents for England.
Of former volumes, only 24-47 can be supplied entire ; cer-
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock
of some numbers has been ‘reserved for the completion of sets
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars
each; Vols. 28-47 three dollars each.
Single copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not
breaking complete volumes.
(2) MEMOIRS
The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregu-
lar intervals. Volumes 1-15 are now completed; No. 1 of
Vol. 16 has been issued. The subscription price is fixed at
$3.00 per volume in advance; Vol. 17, containing Proceedings
of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the Club, 490 pages, was
issued in 1918, price $5.00. Certain numbers can also be pur-
chased singly. AQ list of titles of the individual papers and of
prices will be furnished on application. :
(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri-
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New
York, 1888. Price, $1.00.
Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to
DR. F. J. SEAVER
New York Botanical Garden
Bronx Park, New York City
Vol. 21 September—October, 1921 No.
TORREYA
A Bi-Montuiy Journat or Borantcay Notes anp News
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873.
CONTENTS
The Forest Flora of Grassy Sprain Ridge: G. T. HasTINGS .... .
‘Some Introduced Plants of Utah: A.O.GaRRHTT.. |. ........
Shorter Notes:
The J. Roberts Lowrie Herbarium: F, D. KERN Ve IAP INT 2 ee 9
Cynosurus echinatus in Oregon: R. V. BRADSHAW
The Boy Scouts and Conservation of Wild Flowers: G. T. HasTincs .-
Reviews:
Reinheimer’s Symbiosis: C. SruarT GAGER .... . PIS 3 Sa
Clement’s Rocky Mountain Flowers: ORLAND E. WHITE... .
Clement’s Flowers of Mountain and Plain: OrRLAND E. WHITE. .
Harshberger’s Pastoral and Agricultural Botany: OrRLAND E. WHITE .
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
At 4x NortH Queen Srreer, LANCASTER, Pa.
sy THK New Era Printinc Company
‘Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa,, as second-class matter.
5
73
76
79
81
83
85
86
88
88
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 10921 Mi
President
H. M. RICHARDS, Sc.D.
Vice- Presidents.
JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D.
C. STUART GAGER, Pu.D., Sc.D.
; Secretary
FRANCIS W. PENNELL Pu.D.
NEw YorkK BOTANICAL GARDEN, NEW YorK CITY
Treasurer
F. J. SEAVER, PH.D.
New York BOTANICAL GARDEN, NEw York CiTy
Editor
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., Px.D.
Associate Editors
JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. M. LEVINE, Pu.D.
J. A. HARRIS, PH.D. G. E. NICHOLS, Pu.D.
GEORGE T. HASTINGS ARLOW B. STOUT, PH.D.
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D.,Sc.D. NORMAN TAYLOR
Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
M. A. HOWE, Pu.D., Sc.D.
MEMBERSHIP
All persons interested in botany are invited to join the Club,
There are two classes of membership: Sustaining, at $15.00 a year,
and Annual, at $5.00 a year. The privileges of members are: (a)
To attend all meetings of the Club and to take part in its business,
and (b) to receive all its publications.
OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE WILD FLOWER PRESERVATION
Society OF AMERICA
Torreya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, thirty cents. To
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY BoTanicaL CLus, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
caster, Pa., or Dr. Fred J. Seaver, New York Botanical Garden,
Bronx Park, New York City.
Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should
be addressed to
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
7 Robbins Place
Yonkers, N.Y.
UUT aU I9Zi
TORREYA enn
Vol. 21 No. 5
September—October, 1921
THE POREST FLORA OF GRASSY SPRAIN RIDGE
ByG. 4by EASTINGS
In walking through the woods in parts of Westchester County
just above New York City the impression was gained that a new
type of forest flora is developing there. To test the accuracy of
this, and at the same time to see if any correlation could be made
between the herbaceous vegetation and particular species of trees,
a study was made of the plants on the top and upper slopes of
Grassy Sprain Ridge. In the study the adaptation of the quadrat
‘method suggested by Dr. H. A. Gleason* was followed. One
meter quadrats were taken every twenty-five paces on lines along
the top and slopes of the ridge. On the quadrat each species of
herb and shrubs was listed and notes made of the surroundings.
All the trees within two meters of the line were counted.
Grassy Sprain Ridge is one of several ridges parallel to the
Hudson Vailey in Westchester County. These ridges were all
originally forested, have all been partially cut over and have gen-
erally gone back to forest condition. The ridge is about two and
a half miles long, about a half mile broad and is cut across by a
swampy area. There’are several rocky knobs along both parts
of the ridge and a little level land on parts of the summit. The
soil is rocky, with frequent outcrops of gneissic rocks, and is
nowhere deep or rich except in a few swampy hollows. A small
part of the land was formerly cleared, but at present only a very
small area is pastured, and none is or has recently been cultivated.
Forty-one species of trees were listed, this including several
small forms—Cornus florida, Carpinus, Osirya, Hamamelis, Rhus,
Sassafras, and Viburnum prunifolium, two cultivated trees that
have grown wild, and one that is practically extinct, Castanea, and
* Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, 47: 21-33, Feb. 1920.
73
74
several others that will disappear as the forest develops—Ailan-
thus, Robinia, Populus grandideniata, Betula populifolia and
Juniperus. Excluding these, the forest trees that can be expected
to persist and make up the final forest number but twenty-six.
Apple trees are frequent and in one place in an old meadow have
grown up into a veritable orchard of scrubby trees. Cherry trees,
Prunus Cerasus, are scattered through the woods, usually in rather
open places, but a few are in close growths of oak and birch and
have assumed a typical forest form, tall and straight with clear
trunks for at least twenty-five feet. There are also many young
cherries growing up in thickets of Viburnum and among the oaks.
Over all the ridge there have been frequent fires that check the
growth of young trees, but in spite of this there were tree shoots—
oak, hickory, ash, maple and elm—on over half of the quadrats,
all old enough to have survived at least one fire, and on half as
many more there were seedlings of one or two years that had not
been subjected to fire.
In all 1,857 trees were counted, 37 per cent. of the total being
oaks. Of these Quercus velutina was most abundant and made
13.4 per cent. of the total, Cornus florida—11, Quercus prinus—
9.7, QO. alba—9.5, Acer saccharum—6.4, Betula lenta—6.2, Hicoria
glabra—6.2, Robinia Pseudo-acacia—5.7, and Fraxinus Ameri-
cana—4. If the trees that are not of forest type are excluded,
the oaks would form over 50 per cent. of the total. The dominant
tree in most parts of the ridge is the black oak, Quercus velutina,
though some of the drier sections were dominated by the chestnut
oak, Q. prinus. In a few low spots with deeper soil the sugar
-maple, Acer saccharum, dominated, and in .the same localities:
were found most of the tulip trees, basswood, beech and hemlock.
Practically all of the locusts were in spots previously cut clean
for pasture or cultivation. With the locusts grew all of the pin
oak, swamp-white oak, walnut, staghorn sumach and apple, and
half of the sassafras, elm, gray birch and sour cherry. But one
tree each of Ailanthus, Celtis, Populus grandidentata, P. tremu-
loides and Ouercus stellata was found, and but two each of walnut
and hemlock. Those of which but one specimen was found were
75
probably acéidental entrants, the hemlock and walnut relicts of
former more abundant growth. The chestnuts were all dead
trunks with young root shoots. Other chestnuts had been cut in
recent years, as witnessed by the stumps, so that the 62 dead trees
(making 3.6 per cent. of the total) is only about half the number
that would have been found before the chestnut canker wrought
havoc among them. The young shoots are the heroic effort
of the dying trees to hold their place in the forest, but are,
of course, of no importance to the future of the forest. Evidently
the climax forest will differ from the one it succeeds chiefly in the
loss of the chestnuts, walnut and hemlock and in the addition of
sour cherry, hackberry and ailanthus. The apple trees, while
holding their own with the younger growth, show no sign
of being able to persist in a denser and larger forest growth. The
locust, sumach, aspens and gray birch are pioneer trees that will
‘later give way. Judging of the future composition of the forest
by the young growth, ash will become relatively more important
than at present, as there were more of both seedlings and shoots
than of any other tree. Hickory, white and black oak, black birch
and sugar maple all have frequent shoots and less frequent seed-
lings, and even with the frequent ground fires will be at least as
important in the future as at present. If fires could be prevented
dense forest would soon develop. Tulip trees seem to be more
sensitive to fire than others, for while seedlings of one season were
common older ones or root shoots were entirely absent.
No definite correlation could be made between the shrubby and
herbaceous vegetation and the trees. Chestnut oaks, which domi-
nated certain parts of the ridge, had associated with them laurel,
azalea and Vacciniums, none of which grew with the black oaks.
Under the same trees, too, Helianthus divaricatus and Anychia
canadensis had their greatest frequency indices. Black oak, the
most abundant tree, and for large areas the dominant one, had no
plants especially associated with it, though the most abundant
plant of the region, Falcata comosa, had its highest frequency
index under these trees, as did also Poa compressa and Potentilla
canadensis. With sugar maple in the damper soil grew all the
76
Asarum, Bromus ciliatus and Impatiens, and the largest propor-
tion of Anemonella, Antennaria, Arisaema, Aster divaricatus,
Polysiichum and Adiantum. With the locust trees grew plants
characteristic of the open rather than of the woods; in fact, no
forest plants at all were found except one plant of Aquilegia and
one of Botrychium virginianum.
It is evident that the climax forest that will develop if allowed
to will differ but slightly from the original forest of the region.
This difference will be due to the loss of a few species, especially
chestnut and hemlock, and the possible addition of a few new
species, such as sour cherry and ailanthus, which will never make
a large proportion of the trees. There will also be a greater pro-
portion of black oak and white ash. ‘The vegetation below the
trees will show more change, as some introduced plants char-
acteristic of open places are so well established in parts of the
forest with shallow soil and somewhat xerophytic conditions that
they may be considered a permanent part of the forest. Among
such plants are Potentilla canadensis, Poa compressa, O-ralis
stricta, Fragaria virginiana, Ambrosia artemisaefolia and Rubus
occidentalis.
SOME-INTRODUCED- PLANTS: OF-ULAR
By A. O. GARRETT
The following paper is supplementary to one entitled “Some
Introduced Plants of Salt Lake County,” published in the Octo-
ber, 1919, number of Torreya. In that paper sixty-eight species
were enumerated as occurring in Salt Lake County. These, to-
gether with those here listed, brings the State catalog up to a total
of 102 species.
69. Asparagus officinalis L. Garden Asparagus. A common
escape along streams and irrigation ditches throughout the State.
70. Rumex Patientia L. Patience Dock. In Salt Lake and
adjacent counties.
71. Polygonum Convolvulus L. Black Biadweed. Throughout
the State.
far
72. Chenopodium Botrys L. Along the streams of canyons,
Salt Lake County.
73. Chenopodium Bonus-Henricus L. In Ogden Canyon,
Weber Co.
74. Chenopodium murale L. In Salt Lake County.
75. Atriplex rosea L. Tumbling Atriplex. One of the com-
nionest weeds of waste places in the State, especially where the
soil is more or less alkaline. Dr. Nelson described the western
weed as a distinct species under the name of Atriplex spatiosa.
76. Amaranthus graecizans L. Tumbling Amaranth. Common
ir. waste places throughout the State.
77. Chelidonium majus L. Sparingly escaping in Salt Lake
City.
78. Thlas pi arvense L. Field Penny Cress or Mithridate Mus-
tard. Reported from Logan, Cache Co.
79. Camelina microcarpa Andrz. Small-fruited False Flax.
Throughout the State.
- 80. [satis tinctoria L. Dyer’s Woad. Well established and
common in various parts of Box-elder County.
81. Malcomia africana (Willd.) R. Br. A. common weed
around Manti, Nephi, Axtell, etc. In the vicinity of the reservoir
south of Juab there are many acres already covered almost solidly
with it. Naturally a weed of alkaline soils, it is likely to become
one of the troublesome weeds of the State within a very short
time.
82. Galega officinalis L. Goat’s Rue. Collected at Logan,
Utah, August 19, 1920, and sent to Dr. Rydberg, who determined
it. The specimen is now at the New York Botanical Garden.
The specimen collected was certainly an escape. How well it is
established, however, I do not know. .
83. Medicago lupulina L. Nonesuch. Well established in
lawns and other grassy places throughout the State. —
84. Medicago officinalis L. Alfalfa: Lucerne. Escaping from
cultivation throughout the State.
85. Onobrychis Onobrychis (L.) Rydb. (O. sativa Lam.).
Sandfoin. Escaping and well established in Rock Creek Canyon,
near Provo, Utah Co.
~I
o)
86. Tribulus terrestris L. Bur-nut. Well established in Salt
Lake City along railroad tracks, where it has probably come from
California. The weed is giving a great deal of trouble to auto-
mobile tires in California, where the expressive name of “ Punc-
ture Vine ” is given to it.
87. Hibiscus Trionum L. Bladder Ketmia. This plant was
observed by me to be well established in cultivated fields at North
Ogden, Weber County, and at Provo, Utah County, during the
summer of 1919. Last summer I noticed it in cultivated fields at
Ogden. None of the Floras give this plant for Utah.
88. Daucus Caroia L. Carrot; Queen Anne’s Lace. Along
irrigation ditches in Salt Lake County. Well established.
89. Cuscuta planiflora Tenore. Alfalfa Dodder. Common and
destructive in alfalfa fields throughout the State.
90. Anchusa officinalis L. (A. arvalis L.). ‘Alkanet. Escaping
and well established in Rock Creek Canyon, near Provo, Utah
County.
gt. Cynoglossum officinale L. Common Hound’s Tongue. This
weed, detested especially by sheep men, is thoroughly established
in Logan Canyon and along the railroad tracks in several places
north and south of Logan, especially at Mendon. It is also
equally well established at Nephi, Juab County.
92. Solanum villosum Mill. Vigorous plants of this weed were
observed in cultivated gardens near Lewiston, Cache Co., Au-
gust 20, 1920. A specimen was sent to Dr. Rydberg for deter-
mination.
93. Hyoscyamus niger L. This plant has been reported from
Kaysville, Davis Co., as well established.
94. Verbascum virgatum With. Moth Mullein. Growing abun-
dantly near Ensign Peak, above Salt Lake City. Aree
95. Veronica Tournefortii C. C. Gmel. (V. Buxbaunm
Tenore.) Thoroughly established in Salt Lake and Wasatch
Counties.
96. Veronica hederaefolia L. Ivy-leaved Speedwell. Reported
from Logan, Cache Co.
so
7. Dipsacus sylvestris Huds. Teasel. Thoroughly established
on the sides of the ponds along the railroad tracks, etc., from
Bountiful, Davis Co., north to Logan, Cache Co., and beyond.
98. Maruta Cotula (L.) DC. (Anthemis Cotula L.) Dog
Fennel; Mayweed. Well established and increasing in Utah, Salt
_Lake and Beaver Counties, and probably in other parts of the
State where it has been introduced.
99. Sonchus arvensis L. Field Sow Thistle. An abundant
weed along the streets in the southern part of Salt Lake City.
100. Tragopogon dubius Scop. Yellow-flowered Salsify. Be-
coming fairly common at Salt Lake City, but abundant in Cache
€or ~
tot. Inula Helenium L. Elecampane. Sparingly escaping, but
well established, at Provo, Utah Co., and Orangeville, Carbon Co.
102. Onopordon Acanthium L. Cotton Thistle; Scotch Thistle.
Permanently established near Grantsville, Tooele Co., and at Salt
Lake City.
East HicH ScHOOL,
SALT LAKE City, UTAH.
SHORTER: NOTES
Tue J. Roperts Lowrie Hersaritum.*—During August, 1920,
the officials of The Pennsylvania State College received a letter
from Mr. Roberts Lowrie, of Philadelphia, stating that it was the
desire of the family to present the herbarium, prepared by his
father, Mr. J. Roberts Lowrie, formerly of Warriorsmark, Pa.,
to the College. Acting on the suggestion contained in the letter,
the writer, accompanied by Professor C. R. Orton, made a visit
to the Lowrie residence in Warriorsmark to accept the herbarium
on behalf of the College and to learn more of the botanical activi-
ties of its maker. On this and a subsequent visit to. Warriors-
mark, a village at the base of the Bald Eagle Ridge about twenty-
five miles southwest of State College, we were most cordially
received at the beautiful old homestead by Miss Sarah R. Lowrie,
* A note presented to the Botany Seminar, The Pennsylvania. State Col-
lege, March 16, 1921.
80
daughter of Mr. J. Roberts Lowrie. From Miss Lowrie and
from an account in the Botanical Gazette,* written by Dr. Thos.
C. Porter, shortly after the death of Mr. Lowrie, we gained the
following interesting information regarding the hfe of Mr.
Lowrie.
In 1854 Mr. Lowrie took up his residence at Warriorsmark,
having taken the position as legal adviser and general manager
for what was at the time the largest iron manufacturing firm in
the United States. This firm “ owned one of the largest estates
in central Pennsylvania, including farms, furnaces, ore-banks, and
many thousand acres of mountain lands covered with forests.”
Mr. Lowrie was strongly inclined to the study of the natural sci-
ences, particularly botany, and, as Dr. Porter points out, this
situation gave him a fine opportunity for such studies. That Mr.
Lowrie took advantage of this opportunity to study the native
flora is evidenced by the fine herbarium he left which is rich in
the rare and interesting plants of central Pennsylvania. The fact
that specimens were taken in some of the regions which are now
favorite collecting erounds for the botanists of the College adds
further interest to this collection. During the sixty-six years
since the founding of the Pennsylvania State College, Bear
Meadows, an elevated mountain-bog, has been a famous place for |
botanical explorations. Mr. Lowrie collected there before the
college was founded. - Listera convallarioides Hook., said by Por-
ter to be known in no other station south of northern New York,
was collected in Bear Meadows by Mr. Lowrie in 1853. Prunus
Allegheniensis, described by Porter, a restricted species of central
Pennsylvania, was brought to light by the efforts of Mr. Lowrie.
Aster Lowrieanus,+ dedicated to Mr. Lowrie by Dr. Porter, is an
evidence of high esteem for contributions “to our knowledge of
the flora of central Pennsylvania.”
Not only did Mr. Lowrie build up his herbarium with collec-
tions from his own region, but through his acquaintance with
other botanists he arranged for exchanges so that many other
Ot Gazaeebl OA. STOSOs
7 Bull. Torrey Club 21: 121. 1894.
81
parts of thé United States are represented by specimens. The
very numerous specimens collected by Dr. Porter are of particular
interest, since the Porter herbarium, originally at Lafayette Col-
lege, Easton, Pa., has been so severely damaged by fire.
The specimens are mounted on standard size sheets and are in
good repair. In going over the collection it was found that there
are 2,750 specimens. These represent 144 families and 707 gen-
era. In addition to the mounted and classified specimens, there
are a large number, perhaps a third as many more, unmounted
and not incorporated into the collection. These came into our
hands in the condition in which they lay on the owner’s work
table at the time of his death. }
It may not be out of place to mention here that Mr. Lowrie’s
lcve of plants was further evidenced by the unusually attractive
and extensive manner in which he converted the grounds about
~ his house into an arboretum. These beautiful grounds filled with
rare and interesting shrubs and trees, both native and_ exotic,
occupy a space of nearly twenty acres. During the thirty-five
years since the death of Mr. Lowrie this veritable park has not
had the care and attention that it would have received from its
originator, but even after this long lapse it is still a most remark-
able place, both for its beauty and scientific interest. The won-
derful afternoon which we spent there last August will not soon
be forgotten, and it is our hope that this living monument may
be long preserved to flourish in memory of its maker.
FRANK D, KERN.
CyYNOSURUS ECHINATUS IN OrEGON.—In the February, 1920,
issue of the American Botanist (Vol. 26, No. I) attention was
called to the collection of Cynosurus echinatus at Eugene, Oregon.
It was also recorded in TorrEyA (Vol. 19, No. 10, p. 189). Since
this species is still very rare in the United States, it might prove
of interest to state in detail the conditions of its growth and occur-
rence. My first specimens were obtained in June, 1919, on Skin-
ner’s Butte, which is a very good station for the study of grasses ;
it is directly north of Eugene—between the city and the Willa-
82
mette River. The soil here is dry both winter and summer on
the open south side. On the north side, however, is a heavy
wooded area. Among the typical erass flora found on these
rocky south slopes the most common species are: Aspris caryo-
phyllea (L.) Nash; Poa pratensis L.; Poa annua L.; Poa com-
pressa L.; Poa. scabrella (Thurb.) Benth.; Festuca idahoensis
Elmer ; Festuca megalura Nutt.: Gastridium ventricosum (Gouan)
Schinz and Thell.; Elymus Caputmedusae L.; Elymus glaucus
Buckl.; Sitanion jubatum Smith; Agropyron tenerum Vasey;
Stipa Lemmoni Scribn.; Bromus marginatus Nees; Bromus hor-
deaceus L.; Bromus villosus Forsk.; and Agrostis Hallii Vasey.
The plants of Cynosurus echinatus were on the southwest lower
slope of the butte, overlooking the railroad. There were a large
number of fine specimens along a dry ditch and a road which
leads to the summit. They were growing thickly together, but
only in this one restricted location. Last summer the number had
increased, and the dead stalks of the year before could still be
easily recognized.
I was greatly surprised in June, 1919, to find a few specimens
also on the lower west side of Spencer’s Butte, along a narrow
trail, in a cleared space overgrown with grass and surrounded on
all sides by dense woods. This butte is 2,063 feet high and is
about six miles south of Eugene. On both buttes this grass was
found in rather dry, rocky soil. Prof. J. K. Henry has included
this species in his Flora of Southern British Columbia on page 37,
and writes me in,regard to it: “ Cynosurus echinatus is a not un-
common introduced grass on dry hillsides or even occasionally in
gardens near Victoria.” He first collected it there about five
years ago.
In appearance C. echinatus is not very similar to C: cristaius,
which is sometimes found on parkings in Eugene. The’ spikelets
are somewhat alike in the two species, but the awns of C. echinatus
are long and produce a prickly or burry effect which is not present
in C. cristatus. In the former the panicles are long and slender,
while in the latter they are compact and hardly over 3 cm. long.
Both species are slender and rather inconspicuous. C. echinatus
85
could not be mistaken for any of our native grasses. The only
grass that grows here that even suggests it is a small dry and
stunted Dacfylis glomerata—and this an introduced species.
In order to give an idea of the occurrence of Cynosurus echi-
natus in the United States, the following list of herbarium mate-
rial will indicate its scarcity :
* 1. Gray Herbarium. No specimens from the United States.
* 2. New York Botanical Garden, also none from the United
States.
* 3. U.S. National Herbarium.
California: Marin Co., 1912, Eastwood.
Oregon: Eugene, Bradshaw.
Of the four species now retained in the genus Cynosurus L.,
cnly two are found introduced in the United States; all are of
the Mediterranean region. C. cristatus L. is sometimes cultivated
-in this country, but is of practically no economic importance.
The other seven Linnean species are now referred to other genera.
Hackel says in Engler and Prantl (Nat. Pflanzenf. II. 2, 73):
“C. echinatus L. in Stideuropa, Ackerunkraut.” C. echinatus be-
longs to the section Phalona (which Adanson made a genus),
while C. cristatus is included in the section Eucynosurus. There
is a good figure of C. echinatus in Engler and Prantl. Besides
the material from the United States, the following regions are
represented by collections in the U. S. National Herbarium:
South America; Africa; New Zealand; Italy; France; Syria;
England; Switzerland; Spain—Portugal; Austro-Hungary—Bal-
kans; and the Canary Islands. Macoun collected it as far back
as 1908 in Nanaimo, Vancouver Island.
For assistance in the preparation of data I am deeply grateful
to: Mrs. Agnes Chase; Dr. J. H. Barnhart; Dr. J. K. Small; Miss
Mary A. Day; Prof. J. C. Nelson; and Prof. J. K. Henry.
R. V. BrapsHAw.
EUGENE, OREGON.
TuHE Boy Scouts AND CONSERVATION OF WILD FLoweERS.—One
of the subjects recently offered to scouts for merit badges is
* Duplicates of my collections are to be deposited in these herbaria.
84
botany. To secure this badge a scout must collect, mount and
label fifty specimens of flowering plants, without the roots. In
addition, five each of ferns, mosses, liverworts, lichens, fungi and
algae must be prepared and, if possible, labeled. One of the
other requirements is an essay of at least two hundred words on
the conservation of wild flowers. Both the s¢out handbook and
the merit badge pamphlet on botany emphasize the necessity of
protecting plants and caution scouts not to gather rare flowers.
Parts of two essays recently submitted to the editor by applicants ~
for the Botany Merit Badge are given here as showing the under-
standing scouts have of the importance of wild flower conserva-
tion.
“Leave the flowers alone. Let them grow. By doing this you
can help to increase the beauty of the country. Among the
flowers that are being exterminated are the Jack-in-the-Pulpit,
Spring Beauty, Mountain Laurel, Flowering Dogwood and Wild
Pink. It will be noticed that all of these are now seldom seen
near the cities and some of them seldom ia the woodlands. A
good rule to follow is ‘ Never collect one flower unless there are
three seen, nor collect two unless six are seen, and never collect
a root unless there are more than ten plants in the colony.’
‘One of the most important works of Botanists should be the
conservation of wild flowers. This is especially important in the
parks and other places about cities. If people are allowed to
gather as many flowers as they wish some of the rarer flowers
will soon be extinct in the unprotected places. Among those
flowers which are in danger of extinction is the Pink Lady’s
Slipper. This flower may be found in deep woods along with
the mountain laurel. It is very attractive and likely to attract the
attention of any passer by. The Mountain Laurel also is in dan-
ger of being wiped out, for it is gathered in great bunches by
people who picnic in the mountain woods. Although it is abun-
dant now it is being rapidly diminished.”
Tue Eprror.
. 85
REVIEWS
Reinheimer’s Symbiosis*
The author’s thesis with regard to evolution is that everything
normal and sound in organic evolution is due to biologically right-
eous (1.e., essentially cooperative) behavior, whilst everything ab-
normal and pathological is due to unrighteous (7.¢c., fundamentally
predatory) behavior. This is not the place to discuss the main
thesis of the book, which is not offered as a contribution to
botanical literature, but this is the place to note that the book
contains numerous statements about plants that are inaccurate or
incorrect, and sure to mislead readers not familiar with botany.
Thus on page 41 the author refers to a statement by W. C.
Worsdell that “the root of the vascular plant is less prone than
any other organ to deviate from the normal form,” and then adds:
“When we bear in mind that . . . the premier industry of’ the
plant . . . consists in the conversion of inorganic into organic
material, it seems doubly remarkable that those parts which are
most busily engaged upon such industry, though ever so unob-
strusively and even shut away from sunlight, are the most robust
in health,” etc. On page 57 the author says: “I have contended
these ten years that there is a biological causation of disease. . . .”
The italics are the reviewer's. No biologist needs to be reminded
that a biological causation of disease was experimentally demon-
strated by Pasteur some forty-odd years ago. On the same page .
we read: “ Few would have imagined that the case of hay fever
provides an illustration of the biological causation of disease.”
The very name “hay ” fever indicates that such a relationship has
been commonly recognized for years.
On page 58 the action of pollen in causing pollinosis is ex-
plained on the ground that its “protoplasm is so poor in food
values,” though it is now common knowledge that so-called “ hay
fever’? may be caused by a great variety of proteins, such as
beans, beef, cheese, fowl, fish, whole wheat and others, standing
at the top of the list in food value. On the same page pollen
* Reinheimer, H. Symbiosis: A socio-physiological study of Evolution.
Pp. xii + 295. Headley Brothers, London, 1920.
86
grains are referred to as seeds. On page 59 we read that “the
large majority of the plants whose pollen give rise to hay fever
are worthless weeds,” yet the list of well-known offenders in this
respect includes such economically important plants as cherry,
clover, corn, timothy, rose, and others, and numerous trees of
great importance for timber.
Chapter V, The “intelligence” of plants, is mainly a com-
mentary on Maeterlinck’s essay, L’intelligence des fleurs, which
the author apparently accepts, litteratim. He quotes Maeter-
linck’s citation of the seeds of the mistletoe, juniper and moun-
‘
tain-ash, “which provide for their dissemination by birds and
which, to entice them ... lurk inside a sweet husk.” Maeter-
linck interprets this as evidence on the part of the plant, of a
powerful reasoning. faculty . . . a remarkable understanding of
final causes.” Reinheimer (p. 87) challenges anyone “ to produce
a better and more rational interpretation of these phenomena ” ;
and adds that, “the assumption is by no means fanciful that the
plant is also a direct sustainer of animal intelligence. The animal
takes in ‘knowledge’ with its food .. . ‘knowledge’ which is
‘predigested’ by the plant.” In this connection, it would be
malicious to note that, toward the end of the same paragraph, the
author quotes Prof. John Dewey as saying that, “it is not we
who think in any actively responsible sense; thinking is rather
something that happens in us.”
C. Stuart GAGER.
Clements’s Rocky Mountain Flowers*
A lady, intensely struck with the wealth of form and coloring
of the Texas wild flowers, once wrote me inquiring for a book
describing and illustrating this flora in such a way that she could
with her all but forgotten elementary botany “spot” their names
and learn more about them. I wrote her, regretting the lack of
* Clements, Frederic Edward and Edith Schwartz Clements. Rocky Moun-
tain Flowers. An illustrated Guide for Plant-Lovers and Plant-Users. Field
ed. Pp. xxxi+ 392. Illustrated. The H. W. Wilson Co., New York. 1920.
Price $4.50.
87
such a book*for that section. No doubt many tourists, ranchmen
and others in the Rocky Mountain region and adjacent plains
have wished also for just such a book. In “ Rocky Mountain
Flowers,” Professor Clements and his wife have, I believe, pro-
duced such a volume. There are details that might be criticized,
but in a section where the wild flowers are so striking and varied
in color and form, and so plentiful that they are often a dominant
note in the coloring of the landscape, such a book is much to be
desired, and criticisms as to slight defects in the accuracy of the
color plates and in the use of such unfamiliar Latin names as
Brassicaceae for Cruciferae are out of order. The reviewer,
who has collected plants both as an amateur and a professional
in this region, finds this volume a distinct innovation for that part
of the country. The book has easily worked keys, with family
and genus descriptions, and covers the wild flowers of the West
from the Canadian Rockies to California and New Mexico, and
as far east as the western halves of the plains states of Kansas,
the Dakotas and Nebraska. Both keys and descriptions are
simple enough for the beginners in high schools and colleges, for
general botanists with slight taxonomic training, for tourists, and
for the general lover of nature who desires to know plants and
talk about them, but who has not had the opportunity, time or
inclination to wade through a great mass of technical detail in
order to gain the very general knowledge he desires. In this
volume the general, rather than specific, aspects are emphasized,
making it especially valuable for the forester and ecologist who
of necessity must do much of their identification work in the field,
and who must, therefore, have descriptions not difficult to apply.
There are 25 full-page color plates illustrating 175 floral types in
such a way that the most untrained layman would recognize
them. Added to these are 355 black and white illustrations of
floral “ types.” There is a key flower chart which should be of
great help in plant identification, especially to those other than
professional systematists. The book is convenient in size, very
- attractively bound in dark red limp leather, and contains a glos-
sary of scientific terms.
ORLAND E, WHITE.
88
Clements’s Flowers of Mountain and Plain*
In part this book is an abridged edition of “ Rocky Mountain
Flowers,” in the sense that it contains the same 25 color plates
illustrating one hundred and seventy-five of the most striking
western mountain and plains wild flowers. There are no keys
nor technical descriptions, for the volume is intended primarily
for travelers and flower lovers who wish a souvenir of their trip
in this region, and who desire a means of easily recognizing
flowers met on tramping excursions, or seen from car windows
or an automobile. Each plant illustrated is accompanied by text
giving both its common and scientific names, something about the
kind of place it grows in, its time of bloom, and often other facts
concerning its life history which would be of general interest.
For example, in many cases the edible parts of the plant are noted,
while in other cases facts, regarding insect pollination, stock
poisoning or some ancient superstition are set down. In the
reviewer's opinion, this is just the sort of book to give your un-
botanical friend living in that region or who is going there on a
vacation. It is compact, nicely bound and authoritative.
OrLAND E. WHITE.
Harshberger’s Pastoral and Agricultural Botanyt
Although issued as a textbook of agricultural botany for col-
leges and possibly secondary schools, this volume, from its con-
tents, is evidently intended primarily for a very limited group of
students, such as those interested in veterinary science or in range
problems. The reviewer can not think of any agricultural college
in which this volume could be profitably used as a regular course
text. Approximately one third of the book, or nine of the eigh-
teen chapters, is devoted to stock-poisoning plants, their distribu-
tion, their effect on stock and human beings, and the remedial
measures. The remaining nine chapters consist of one on feeds
and feeding, three on grasses with emphasis on their economic
* Clements, Edith S. Flowers of Mountain and Plain. 2d ed., enlarged.
Pp. 79. Illustrated. The H. W. Wilson Co., New York. 1920. Price $2.75. .
7 Harshberger, John W. Pastoral and Agricultural Botany. Pp. xiii + 294.
Illustrated. P. Blakiston’s Son & Co. Philadelphia. 1920. Price $2.00.
|
89
phases, such as their importance as cereals and forage plants; two
chapters. emphasizing in some detail the economic value of the
legume or pea family, and one chapter on the value of certain
bacteria in accumulating nitrogen. This chapter (XVI) mentions
the value of green manures and the failure of the preparation
“nitragen ’’ in disseminating the nitrogen bacteria. It also con-
tains a long list of mitrogen-consuming plants, very tersely de-
scribed and classified as to part of plant economically valuable.
The final two chapters are devoted to weeds and weed control and
agricultural seeds, seed selection and seed-testing. The author
evidently considers plant breeding and genetics, plant physiology
and plant diseases as subjects of too specialized a. nature to in-
clude: in am elementary agricultural text. So far as the reviewer
cam determine, they are not considered. Extensive bibliographies
om each subject are given, most of the material being very accessi-
ble. Many interesting problems are touched upon. On page 219
the fertilizer waste due to the common method of sewage disposal
from large cities is discussed, while on page 83 a method of de-
sensitizing human beings against poison ivy is described. The
treatment takes one month and gives. immunity for one month.
Oi pages 90-91 is a detailed account of Socrates’ death by poison
hemlock, taken from: Plato. On page 62 the planting of garden
larkspur in masses about gardens is advised by Froggat because
of its poisonous nature, as a protection against locusts and grass-
hoppers. Other species are cited as deadly to maggots and ticks.
This treatment, in the reviewer’s opinion, would probably prove
about as efficacious as the proverbial Frenchman’s flea-powder,
or the use of castor bean plants as protection against mosquitoes.
On pages 15 and 82 blondes (blue eyes) are said to be very sus-
ceptible to poison ivy, while brunettes (dark, swarthy skins) are
practically immune. This statement does not accord with the
reviewer's experience. Among eleven blondes questioned, six,
including the reviewer, were practically immune, while five were
susceptible. Of six brunettes, five were susceptible and one was
practically immune. On page 1o1 nightshade berries (Solanum
nigrum) are mentioned as poisonous. On page 131, Pt. II, Pam-
90
- mel’s Manual of Poisonous Plants, green berries of this plant are
stated to be poisonous to man, but the ripe berries have been
eaten by Pammel and others with no ill effects. In South Dakota
the reviewer has often seen them eaten with no ill effects. In_
fact, they are gathered and, after cooking, used for delicious pie
filling. On page 80 two questionable statements occur regarding
the castor bean, viz., “* Flowers are borne in separate clusters as
pistillate and staminate,” “ Poultry have been poisoned by eating
the seeds.” As well known, castor bean flowers are borne on
different parts of the same flower spike. Poultry are stated to
be especially immune to castor bean poisoning. (Nat’l Dispens.,
2d ed., p. 1146; Pammel’s Poisonous Plants, Pt. I], p. 594.) One-
hardly refers to the horsetail (Equisetwm) as “this fern plant”’
(p. 39) in modern botanies. On page 74 loco-weed, Aragallus
lamberti, is referred to as white-flowered in large areas in Colo-
rado, Wyoming and Montana, while such authorities as Rydberg,
Coulter and Nelson, Britton, and Gray describe the flowers of this
species as purplish or violet, “ rarely white” or “ seldom yellow-
ish.” Rydberg and Chesnut apparently regard the white-flowered
loco-weed as Aragalluse spicatus (Hook.) Rdbg. The book is
attractively bound in limp cloth and the illustrations are good.
OrLAND E. WHITE.
The Torrey Botanical Club
Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous copies
of the number of ToRREYA in which their papers appear, will kindly notify the
editor when returning proof.
Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned to the editor. The
New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the
following rates:
4pp-| 8pp.| r2pp.{ x6pp. | 20pp. | 24pP- 28pp. | 32pp.- 48pp. | 64pp.
25 copies | $1.40] $2.45| $3.65|$ 4.40] $ 5.65|$ 6.50| $ 8.00| $ 8.45| $12.55) $15.90
or I.65| 2.90) 4.25 Rito) ~ Os05)\002-9:75| O74 0l 40285] St As S|) EFS
ie ni, 1.95) 3:35| 4-85} 5-65| 7.60] ».8.75| 10.45] 11:25] 15.65): 19.95
TAO» %%, 2.25) 3-80] 5-35|° 6.35] 8.25) 9.80] II.55]- 12.45} 17-55] 22-05
£50}. 2.70}. 4.60| 6.50] 7.60] 10.20) X2.10) 14.20] 15.20] 21.35} 26.80
200 /.'%" 3-00}. 5.05} 7.15} 8.35] 11.40) 13.50) 15.80) 16.85] 23.55] 29.60
300. -3, “* 385, 6.20| 9.20) 10.70] 14.85). 17.55! 20.50 21.05} 30.20 37.40
. |
Covers: 25 for $1.75. Additional covers, 1}c. each. Plates: 100 for $1.00.
Committees for 1921.
Finance Committee Field Committee
R. A. HARPER, Chairman. A. T. Breas, Chairman.
J. H. BARNHART, G. C. FISHER
E. P. BICKNELL LupLOowWw GRISCOM
Miss C. C. HAYNES MICHAEL LEVINE
SERENO STETSON Miss Daisy LEVY
Percy WILSON
Membership Committee
Budget Committee
J. K. SMALL, Chairman.
H. J. BARNHART, Chairman. aT AT AGEN
R. A. HARPER NORMAN TAYLOR
N. L. BRITTON
A. W. Evans Local Flora Committee
C. S. GAGER N. L. Britton, Chairman.
M. A. Howe :
H. H. Russy Phanerogams: Cryptogams:
E. P. BICKNELL Mrs. E.G. BRITTON
Program Committee N. L. BRITTON E, B. CHAMBERLAIN
H. M. Denstow A. W. Evans
Mrs. E. G. BRITTON, Chairman. LupLtow Griscom T. E. HAZEN
Miss JEAN BROADHURST BAYARD LONG M. A. HOWE
ALFRED GUNDERSEN K. K. MACKENZIE MICHAEL LEVINE
M. A. Howe G.. E. NICHOLS W. A. MurriLy
NORMAN TAYLOR F.. J. S. SEAVER
Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora
Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict. .Lichens: W. C. Barbour
Mosses: Mrs. E. G. Britton. Sphaeriaceae, Dothideaceae: H.M
Lr verworts: A. W. Evans Richards as
-Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen Hypocreaceae, Perisporieae, Plectas
Marine Algae: M. A. Howe cineae, Tuberineae: F. J. Seaver
GaSteromycetes. G. C. Fisher Fungi-forming sclerotia: A. B. Stout
Hymenomcetes: W. A. Murrill Imperfecti: H. M. Richards, F.
Except Ryssula and Lactarius: Miss G. Seaver, Mel T. Cook
Buruingham : Oomycetes: C. A. King
Cotinarius: R. A. Harper Zygomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee
Polyporeae: M. Levine Chytridiaceae,
Exobasidii: H. M. Richards Myxomycetes: Mrs. H. M. Richards
Rusts and Smuts: E. W. Olive Yeast and Bacteria: Prof. J. Broadhurst
Discomycetes: B.O, Dodge . Insect galls: Mel T. Cook
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
(1) BULLETIN |
A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established
1870. Vol. 47 published in 1920, contained 598 pages of tex
and 17 full-page plates. Price $4.00 per annum. For Europe,
18 shillings. Dulau & Co., 47 Soho Square, London, are,
agents for England.
Of former volumes, only 24-47 can be supplied entire ; cer-
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars
each; Vols. 28-47 three dollars each. ) |
Sivele copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when Hot
breaking complete volumes.
(2) MEMOIRS
The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregu-
lar intervals. Volumes I-15 are now completed; No. 1 of
Vol. 16 has been issued. The subscription price is fixed at
$3.00 per volume in advance; Vol. 17, containing Proceedings
of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the Club, 490 pages, was
issued in 1918, price $5.00. Certain numbers can also be pur-
chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers and of
prices will be furnished on application.
(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteris: |
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New | as
York, 1888. Price, $1.00.
Correspondence relating to the above publications should be ;
addressed to
DR, F. J. SEAVER
New York Botanical Garden
Bronx Park, New York City
Vol. 21 November—December, Ig21 No. 6
TORREYA
A Bi-MonTHLy JourNAL oF Botanicat Notes anp News
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
GEORGE T, HASTINGS
JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873.
CONTENTS
Cape Cod Vegetation: RorAND M. HARPER. ....- - Mac a Page ee yak Oe 9!
Observations on the Spores of Schizophyllum commune: J.F. ADAMS .... 98
~Shorter Notes :
Another Sonchus for America: JoHN K. SMALL
UE ree = ree toe
A High School Flower Show: G. T. HastINGs ......+-+.-.+45. 101
ReMCROCInee ST CDS CARD. |. aoe ie a ig oe fe TER Pk: fe hes Wee a ees tox
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
AT 4: NortH Queen STREET, LANCASTER, Pa.
sY Tsk New ERA PRINTING ComMPANY
“Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter.
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1021
President
H. M. RICHARDS, Sc.D.
Vice- Presidents
JOHN HENDLEYV BARNHART, A.M., M.D.
C. STUART GAGER, Pu.D., Sc.D.
Secretary
FRANCIS W. PENNELL Pu.D.
New YorkK BOTANICAL GARDEN, NEW YORK CITY
Treasurer
F. J. SEAVER, Pu.D.
New York BOTANICAL GARDEN, NEw YorK CITY
Editor
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D.
Associate Editors
JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. \ M. LEVINE, Pu.D.
J. A. HARRIS, Pu.D. G. E. NICHOLS, Pxu.D.
GEORGE T. HASTINGS ARLOW B. STOUT, Pu.D.
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D.,Sc.D. NORMAN TAYLOR
Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
M. A. HOWE, Pu.D., Sc.D.
MEMBERSHIP
All persons interested in botany are invited to join the Club
There are two classes of membership: Swstamming, at $15.00 a year,
and Annual, at $5.00 a year. The privileges of members are: (a)
To attend all meetings of the Club and to take part in its business,
and. (b) to receive all its publications.
TORREYA IS THE OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE
WiLp FLOWER PRESERVATION SOCIETY OF AMERICA
TorREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, thirty cents. To
subscribers elsewhere, twenty-five cents extra, or the equivalent thereof.
Postal or express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New
York City banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New
York Clearing House compel the request that ten cents be added to the
amount of any other local checks that may besent. Subscriptions are
received only for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Re- — f
prints willbe furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances
should be sent to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLuB, 41 North
Queen St., Lancaster, Pa., or Dr. Fred J. Seaver, New York
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City.
Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should
be addressed to
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
7 Robbins Place
Yonkers, N. Y.
sO iin, VA hg
Vol. 21 No. 6
November—December, 1921
CAPE COD VEGETATION
RoLanD M. HARPER
Cape Cod, which is approximately coextensive with Barnstable
County, Massachusetts, being practically the northernmost exten-
sion of the Atlantic coastal plain of North America, and easily
accessible from several large ceriters of population and scientific
activity, has attracted the attention of many botanists, past and
present. There are innumerable references to Cape Cod plants in
taxonomic and floristic works, but, strange to say, comparatively
few papers relating primarily to the flora of the Cape, and still
fewer that contain illustrations of the vegetation as such or give
any idea of the relative abundance of the species.
The earliest work that deserves to be cited in this connection
perhaps is Thoreau’s book, “Cape Cod,” first published in 1865
(after the author’s death), and reprinted in various editions. It
gives a very general idea of the aspects of nature, but devotes more
space to people than to plants, although the author was well ac-
quainted with the New England flora.
The only paper on the land plants of Barnstable County cited
in Miss M. A. Day’s list of New England local floras* is a short
one by Walter Deane, entitled “ A Few Cape Cod Plants” (Bot.
Gaz. 14: 45-47. 1889). This relates to the vicinity of Hyannis-
port, on the south side of the Cape. In the next few years after
the publication of Miss Day’s list several important papers on
Cape Cod vegetation (as distinguished from mere flora*) appeared.
Dr. Arthur Hollick, in his “Geological and botanical notes:
Cape Cod and Chappaquiddick Island, Mass.” (Bull. N. Y. Bot.
* Rhodora 1: 158. 1899.
+ For a discussion of the difference between vegetation and flora see
TORREYA 17: 1-3. 1917.
91
92
Garden 2: 381-407. April, 1902), gives a good account of the
dune vegetation around Provincetown, at the tip of the Cape (pp.
389-397). Later in the same year Charles H. Shaw published a
successional study of a different type of vegetation at the opposite
extremity of the county, with several illustrations, entitled ‘‘ The
development of vegetation in the morainal depressions of the
vicinity of Woods Hole ” (Bot. Gaz. 33: 437-450, figs. I-6. June,
1902). 8.75] 10.45] 11.25] 15.65] 19.05
100 2.25| 3-80) 5.35) 6.35 8.25] 9.80) 11-55] 12.45! 17-55) 22.05
fats Na 2.70! 4.60; 6.50). 7.60} 10.20) 12.10} 14.20 15.20] 21.35| 26.80
200 ** 3-00} §.05| 7-15) 8.35} 11.40) 13.50 15.80) #85! 23.55| 20.60
(00 aa 3-85) 6.20 ae) 10.70 14.85, 17-55 20:50) 2205) 30.20) 37-40
Covers: 25 for $1.75. _ Additional covers, 1}c. each. Plates: 100 for $1.00.
Committees for 1921.
Finance Committee
R. A. HARPER, Chairman.
J. H. BARNHART,
E. P. BICKNELL
Miss C. C. HayNES
SERENO STETSON
Budget Committee
J. H. BARNHART, Chairman.
R. A. HARPER
N. L. BRITTON
A. W. Evans
C. S. GAGER
M. A, Howe
H. H. Russy
Program Committee
Mrs. E. G. BRITTON, Chairman.
Miss JEAN BROADHURST
ALFRED GUNDERSEN
M. A. Howe
Field Committee
A. T. BEALS, Chairman,
G. C. FISHER
LUDLOW GRISCOM :
MICHAEL LEVINE
Miss Daisy LEvy
PERcY WILSON
Membership Committee
J. K. SMALL, Chairman.
T. E. HAZEN
NORMAN TAYLOR
Local Flora Committee
N. L. Britton, Chairman.
Phanerogams: Cryptogams:
E. P. BICKNELL Mrs. E.G. BRITTON
N. L. BRITTON E. B. CHAMBERLAIN
H. M. DENsLOow. A. W. Evans
LupLow Griscom T. E. HAzEn
BAYARD LONG M. A. Howe
K. K. MACKENZIE MICHAEL LEVINE
G. E. NicHOLS W. A. MurRRILL
NORMAN TAYLOR F. J. SEAVER
Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora
Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict
Mosses: Mrs. E. G. Britton
Liverworts: A. W. Evans
Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen
Marine Algae: M. A. Howe
Gasteromycetes. G. C. Fisher
Hymenomycetes: W. A. Murrill
Except Russula and Lactarius: Miss G.
S. Burlingham
Cortinarius: R. A. Harper
Polyporeae: M. Levine
Exobasidii: H..M. Richards
Rusts and Smuts: E. W. Olive
Discomycetes: B. O. Dodge
Lichens: W. C. Barbour
Sphaeriaceae, Dothideaceae: H.M
Richards
Hypocreaceae, Perisporieae, Plectas
cineae, Tuberineae: F. J. Seaver
Fungus-forming sclerotia: A. B. Stout
Imperfecti: H.M. Richards, F. Jj.
Seaver, Mel T. Cook
Oomycetes: C. A. King
Zygomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee
Chytridiaceae:
Myxomycetes: Mrs. H. M. Richards
Yeast and Bacteria: J. Broadhuist
Insect galls ;:Mel T Cook
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
(1) BULLETIN
A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established
1870. Vol. 47, published in 1920, contained 598 pages of text
and 17 full-page plates. Price $4.00 per annum. For Europe,
$4.25. Dulau & Co., 47 Soho Square, London, are agents
for England. |
Of former volumes, 24-47 can be supplied separately at _
$4.00 each; certain numbers of other volumes are available, but
the entire stock of some numbers has been reserved for the com-
pletion of sets. Single copies (40 cents) will be furnished only
when not breaking complete volumes.
(2) MEMOIRS
The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregu-
lar intervals. Volumes I-17 are now completed. The sub-
scription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance; Vol. 17,
containing Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of —
the Club, 490 pages, was issued in 1918, price $5.00. Certain
numbers can also be purchased singly. A list of titles of the -
individual papers and of prices will be furnished on application.
(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri-
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New
York, 1888. Price, $1.00.
Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to
DR. F. J. SEAVER
New York Botanical Garden \
Bronx Park, New York City — ;
= :
Lib
iii)
5 6406
Saha Ae ta
Se wae Ry tH 500
Pe oR ETL ce
Pe 0
al
EW rte typ hea, acre tata! wu
Chobahidee etd tiated aan tad
bs “
- se m * oe - , + variate tan, Ste, fh a then arsashre ata,
fe thas , e 7 rr 4 .
Ln Shine
hae So ep ries
* Pappy dnd
2 -e—rathle Abend amet
Orr ee o